CRV07 Service Manual CH 5

Transaxle
Automatic Transmission .................................. 14-1
Rear Differential ................................................ 15-1
Driveline/Axle ................................................... 16-1
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is

required)
The CR-V SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the
glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles,
side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely
service the SRS is included in this Service Manual. Items marked with an asterisk ( * ) on the contents page include or
are located near SRS components. Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items require special precautions and
tools, and should be done only by an authorized Honda dealer. '
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
• Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II),
or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the
airbags may deploy.
• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats,
in the roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.
( .
Automatic Transmission
, '
Automatic Transmission .
AIT Gear Position Indicator
Special Tools ............................................... 14-2
Component Location Index ....................... 14-290
General Troubleshooting Information ...... 14-4

Circuit Diagram ................................ ........... 14-291
DTC Troubleshooting Index ....................... 14-12

Transmission Range Switch Test .............. 14-292
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 14-16

Transmission Range Switch

Replacement ............................................ 14-294
System Description .................................... 14-29

NT Gear Position Indicator Panel
DTC Troubleshooting ................................. 14-78

Light Harness Replacement ................... 14-296
RoadTest ..................................................... 14-211

NT Gear Position Indicator Panel
Stall Speed Test .......................................... 14-213

Replacement .... .......... ...................... .. ...... 14-300
Pressure Test ............................................... 14-214

D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting ........... 14-302
Shift Solenoid Valve Test ......... .................. 14-218'

D3 Switch Test ............................................ 14-304
Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement .......... . 14-222

D3 Switch Replacement ............................. 14-305
Shift Solenoid Harness Replacement ....... 14-222
NT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid AIT Interlock System

Valve A Component Location Index ...... ................. 14-307
Test .. .... ................... .................................. 14-225

Circuit Diagram ............ ......... .................... .. 14-308
Replacement ........ .. .......... ::...................... 14-227

Shift Lock System Circuit
NT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Troubleshooting ...................................... 14-309
Valve B * Key Interlock System Circuit
Test .. ......................................................... 14-228

Troubleshooting ................ .. .................... 14-314
Replacement .......................... ................. . 14-232

ShiftLockSolenoidTest ...... .... .................. 14-316
NT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement ............. 14-317
Valve C Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Test ...... ............ .... ...................... .. ............. 14-230

Replacement .................................... ........ 14-318
Replacement .................. ...... .................... 14-232

Shift Lock Release, Release Spring,
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Release Shaft Replacement ................... 14-319
Replacement ..................................... ....... 14-233

Park Pin Switch Test .... .. .. .. ........................ . 14-320
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Park Pin Switch Replacement .............. ...... 14-320
Replacement ..................................... ...... . 14-233
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Transmission End Cover

Switch Replacement ............................... 14-234
End Cover Removal ................. ................... 14-324
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Park Lever Stop
Switch Replacement ...................... .. ....... 14-234

Inspection and Adjustment .................... 14-327
ATF Temperature Sensor Idler Gear Shaft Bearing Replacement ..... 14-327
Test/Replacement ................................... 14-235

Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal
ATF Level Check ........ .. ............................ .... 14-238

Replacement ........... ................ ................. 14-328
ATF Replacement ..................................... .. 14-239

Selector Control Shaft Bearing
Transfer Assembly Inspection ................... 14-241

Replacement .. ................ ............ .............. 14-328
Transfer Assembly Removal .................... . 14-242

ATF Feed Pipe Replacement ........ ...... ........ 14-329
Transfer Assembly Installation .. .. ............. 14-244

End Cover Installation ................................ 14-383
Transmission Removal .... ................... ....... 14-246
Transmission Installation ......................... .. 14-256

Transmission Housing
Drive Plate Removal and Installation ........ 14-267
Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal .... 14-330
ATF Cooler Cleaning ................................... 14-268

Bearing Removal .......................... .............. 14-332
ATF Cooler Hose Replacement ................. 14-270

Bearing Installation ........................ ............ 14-333
ATF Filter Replacement ............................. . 14-271

Reverse Idler Gear
Shift Lever Removal ................. .................. 14-272

Removal and Installation ........................ 14-334
Shift Lever Installation .............................. . 14-274

Shaft Assembly and Housing
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly .. ... . 14-275

Installation .............. ................................. 14-378
Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly

Replacement ............................................ 14-276
Shift Lever Knob Replacement .................. 14-280
Shift Lever Knob Cover Replacement ...... . 14-281
Shift Lever Ring Replacement ................... 14-282
Shift Cable Replacement ............................ 14-284
Shift Cable Adjustment .............................. 14-286
Valve Body AIT Differential

Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal 14-335.
Va lve Body Repair ....... ............................. .. 14-337

Backlash Inspection .................................... 14-390
Valve Body Valve Installation ................... . 14-338

Differential Carrier Replacement .............. 14-391
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Final Driven Gear Replacement ................ 14-391
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-339

Transfer Drive Gear Replacement ............ 14-391
ATF Pump Inspection ........ ..... .................... 14-340

Carrier Bearing Replacement .................... 14-392
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Oil Seal Replacement ........... ...... ;............... 14-393
Inspection, and Reassembly .......... ........ 14-341

Carrier Bearing Outer Race
Servo Body Disassembly, Replacement ............................................ 14-394
Inspection, and Reassembly ................ .. 14-342 .

Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection 14-396
Shift Solenoid Valve

Removal and Installation ........................ 14-343
Transfer Assembly
Valve Body and ATF Strainer Inspection ............ ........................................ 14-399
Installation ..... ......... ............. ........... ........ . 14-376

Disassembly ......................... ....................... 14-401
Transfer Holder Disassembly ........ ............ 14-404
Torque Converter Housing Transfer Holder Roller Bearing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement ........................................ ,... 14-405
Replacement ..... .. ................. ........... ......... 14-344

Transfer Holder Tapered Roller
Countershaft Bearing Replacement ....... ... 14-345

Bearing Outer Race
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement ." 14-346

Removal/Installation ............................... 14-405
Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Transfer Drive Gear Bearing
Repl acement .... .......... .. .. ... .... .. ...... ........... 14-347

Replacement ...................... .................... .. 14-406
Transfer Output Shaft Bearing
Shafts and Clutches Removal/Installation ............................... 14-406
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing
Reassembly ......... ..... ...... .. ..... ...... .. .......... 14-348

Outer Race Replacement ........................ 14-407
Mainshaft 5th Gear Axia l Clearance Reassembly .... ............................................. 14-409
Inspection ........ .......... .. ........... .. ............... 14-349
Countershaft Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .... .............. 14-351
Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and

3rd Gear Removal .......................... ........ . 14-352
Countershaft 3rd Gear and

Reverse Selector Hub Installation ......... 14-353
Secondary Shaft Disassembly,

Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-354
Secondary Shaft Ball Bearing,

Idler Gear Removal and Installation ...... 14-355
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Clearance

Inspection .... ... ...... .. .. ... ... ... .. ...... ............. . 14-356
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance

Inspection ' ........ .......... .. ........ ...... .............. 14-358
Idler Gear Shaft

Removal and Installation ............... ... .. .. .. 14-360
Idler Gear/Idler Gear Shaft

Replacement ................................... ......... 14-361
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Disassembly ....... 14-362
4th and 5th Clutch Disassembly .. .............. 14-363
Clutch Inspection ........................................ 14-366
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference

Inspection ......... ... .... .... ..... .............. ..... .... 14-367
Clutch Clearance Inspection ...................... 14-368
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly ........ 14-372
4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly ................. 14-373
Special Tools
Ref. No.
CD
Tool Number
07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF!,)0100 •
. Mainshaft Holder
Description Oty
1
® 07GAD-SD40101 • Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 1
®
CD
. 07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A I
07JAB-OO 1020A
. Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly
Holder Handle
1
1
® 07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
® 07LAD-PW50601 Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 1
(j) 07 LAE-PX40 100 Clutch spring Compressor Attachment 2
® 07LAF-PZ70110 Bearing Installer Attachment 1
® 07MAF-SP0013A .' , Installer Shaft 1
@ 07MAJ-PY4011A AfT Pressure Hose, 2,210 mm 3
® 07MAJ-PY40120 , . AfT Pressure Hose Adapter 3
@ 07NAD-PX40100 Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 1
@ 070AD-POA0100 Attachment, 42 mm I.D. 1
® 07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B Companion Flange Holder 1
@ 07ZAE-PR PO 100 Clutch Compressor Attachment 1
@ 070AF-PS50110 Tapered Bearing Outer Race Attachment 1
@ 070AJ-0020101 Preload Inspection Tool 1
@ 07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 , AfT Clutch Pressure Gauge Set/Panel 1
@ 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Adjustable Bearing Puller, 25-40 mm 1
07HAE-PL50101 may also be used to substitute one of 07LAE-PX40100.
~ ~ ~
~
©()))))))))))
diJ 1-:=--7J
CD ® ® CD ®
~ ®
~
(j)
~
® ®
Q
@
~ 0 [j p0
o <:>
..-
~
® @ @ ® @
r
~
~ f
(~~~J
~
@ @ @ @
14-2
Ref. No. Tool Number DescriQtion Qty
®> 077 46-00 10100 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 1
® 077 46-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 1
@ 07746-0010400 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
@ 077 46-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 1
@ 077 46-0010600 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 1
@ 077 46-00 10800 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 1
@ 077 46-00 10900 Attachment, 40 x 42 mm 1
® 077 46-0030 100 Driver, 40 mm 1.0. 1
® 077 46-0030400 Attachment, 35 mm 1.0. 1
@ 077 49-00 10000 Driver 1
® 07947-SD90101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
® 07947 -ZVOO 100 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A must be used With commercially available 3/8 "-16 slide hammer.
~.
®>®@@@@@ ®
e
® @ ®
e ®
14-3
General Troubleshooting Information
How to Check for OTCs with the Honda If the D indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIl)
Diagnostic System (HOS) has been reported on, or if a driveability problem is
suspected, do this:
When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses an
abnormality in the input or output system, the D 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user's
indicator (A) in the gauge control module (tach) (8) will manual for specific instructions.)
usually blink.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select NT system,
B and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on the
HDS screen.
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the

PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page
11-197).
3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs, and NT DTCs,

and freeze data.
4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the

fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except for DTC P0700, which means there is one or
A more NT DTCs, and no problems were detected in
the fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
When the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) is connected 5. Clear the DTC and data .
to the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located behind the
driver's dashboard lower cover) and the SCS mode is 6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
selected, it will indicate the diagnostic trouble code same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
(DTC) when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and the data, and then recheck for a DTC. If the NT DTC
appropriate menu is selected. returns, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting .
If the DTC does not return, there was an
./
intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
Symptom Troubleshooting Versus OTC

Troubleshooting
Some symptoms will not trigger diagnostic trouble

codes (DTCs) or cause the D indicator to blink. If the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) was reported ON or
the D indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If the
vehicle has an abnormal symptom, and there are no
DTCs stored, do the symptom troubleshooting. Check
the list of probable cause(s) for the symptom, in the
sequence listed, until you find the problem.
14-4
How to Check for orcs with the SCS Mode If the D indicator and the MIL come on at the same time,
(retrieving the flash codes) or if a driveability problem is suspected, do this:
NOTE: The preferred method is to use the HDS to 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user's
retrieve the P-code. manual for specific instructions.)
When the PCM senses an abnormality in the input or 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select SCS mode,
output system, the D indicator (A) in the gauge control then observe the D indicator in the gauge control
module (tach) (8) will usually blink. module. Codes 1 through 9 are indicated by
individual short blinks. Code 10 and above are
B indicated by a series of long and short blinks. One
long blink equals 10 short blinks. Add the long and
short blinks together to determine the code.

11-197).
Example: DTC 1-1

Short blink (once)
A
OFF~L' ____________________________
Example: DTC 15-5

When the D indicator has been reported on, connect the long blink Short blinks (five)
1MnrUl_
HDS to the DLC (A) (located behind the driver's

dashboard lower cover) . Turn the ignition switch ON (II),
select SCS mode, then the D indicator will indicate flash
the DTC.
OFF--=!' 10 + 5 = 15
3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs and NT DTCs.
4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the

fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except DTC 70, which means there is one or more
NT DTCs, and no problems were detected in the
fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
5. Clear the DTC and data.
6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, and then recheck for DTCs. If the NT DTC
returns, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.
If the DTC does not return, there was an
intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
(cont'd)
14-5
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 3. Remove the harness clamp bracket (A) from the
Connectors PCM cover.
NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP

system for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is c
turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the
ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting
the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS
line first. can damage the PCM.
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A).
4. Release the three clips (8) securing the under-hood

fuse/relay box (C), and lift up the box.
5. Disconnect PCM connectors (A), and probe the

terminals in the inspection port on the terminal side
of the connectors.
2. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.

11 -197).
14-6
6. Check the connector inspection port (A) size, and 8. Gently slide the pin probe into the inspection port
select a suitable pin probe . at the connector terminal side. Always use the
inspection port. Do not slide the probe into the
connector terminals.
INOTICEI
• For accurate result, always use the pin
probe (male).
• To prevent damage to the connector
terminals, do not insert test equipment
A
probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as
they can damage the terminals. Damaged
terminals cause a poor connection and an
incorrect measurement.
• Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.
Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
electrica I connections .
7. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminal to a
digital multimeter (8), and connect the other side of
the patch cord terminals to a commercially
available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool
No. 3563 or equivalent) (C).
(cont'd)
14-7
Clear AIT OTCs Procedure How to End a Troubleshooting Session
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting.
1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engi ne is
stopped.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait for
30 seconds.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the
HDS from the DLC.
5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-304).
6. Start the engine with the shift lever in the P or N
position, and warm it up to normal operating
temperature (the radiator fan comes on) .
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

7. To verify that the problem is repaired, fest-drive the
3. Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen. vehicle for several minutes at speeds over 30 mph
(50 km/h) or under the same conditions as those
OBO Status indicatecj by the freeze data.
The OBD status shows the current system status of

each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is
used to see if the technician's repair was successfully
finished . The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are
displayed as:
• PASSED: On-board diagnosis is successfully finished .

• FAILED: On-board diagnosis has finished but failed .
• NOT COMPLETED: The on-board diagnosis was
running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC.
14-8
PCM Updating and Substitution for Testing 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the
engine.
Special Tools Required
• Honda diagnosis system (HOS) TOSG02200 2. Connect the HOS to the OLC (A).
• Honda interface module (HIM) EQS05A35570
• HOS pocket tester TOSS3557011401
These special tools are available through the American
Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857.
Use this procedure when you have to substitute a

known-good PCM in a troubleshooting procedure.
Update the PCM only if the PCM does not already have
the latest software loaded.
NOTE: Do not turn the ignition switch OFF while

updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch OFF
before completion, the PCM can be damaged.
How to Update the PCM
NOTE:
• Make sure you have the latest software on the HDS. 3. Make sure the HOS communicates with the PCM . if
• To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM it does not, go to the OLC circuit troubleshooting
update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. (see page 11-197). If you did the OLC ci rcuit
• You cannot update a PCM with the program it already troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5, then clean the
has. It will only accept a new program. throttle body (see page 11-338) after step 9.
• Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is
fully charged. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HOS.
• To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything
electrical (audio system, brakes, AlC, power windows, 5. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST
moonroof (if equipped), or door locks) during the with the HDS.
update.
• If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module NOTE: If there is no result from TP POSITION
(HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or CHECK, clean the throttle body (see page 11-338)
was flashing during the update, leave the ignition after this procedure.
switch in the ON (II) positionwhen you disconnect the
HIM from the data link connector (OLC). This will 6. If the HOS does not have the update function,
prevent PCM damage. disconnect the HOS from the OLC, and connect the
• High temperature in the engine compartment m ight Honda interface module (HIM) to the OLC.
cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If
the engine has been running before this procedure, 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect
open the hood and cool the engine compartment. the HOS or the HIM from the OLC, and go back to
the procedure that you were doing . If the software
in the PCM is not the latest, do the PCM update
procedure as described on the HIM label or in the
PCM update system.
NOTE : If the PCM update system requires you to

cool the PCM, follow what is shown on the screen.
8. 00 the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-304).
9. 00 the crank pattern clear/crank pattern learn

(pulser F/B) procedure (see page 11-4).
(cont'd)
14-9
How to Substitute the PCM . 9. Remove the harness clamp bracket (A) from the
PCM cover (8).
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the

audio or the navigation system (if equipped).
o
2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A).
10. Release the three clips (C) securing the under-hood

fuse/relay box (D), and lift up the box.
3. Turn tile ignition switch ON (II). 11. Remove the bolts (A), and remove the PCM (8) .
o
4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If
it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
(see page 11 7197). If you did the DLC ci rcuit
troubleshooting , skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the c
throttle body (see page 11 -338) after substituting
the PCM.
E
5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST

with the HDS.
NOTE: If the result of TP POSITION CHECK was

failed, clean the throttle body (see page 11-338)
after this procedure.
~A
9.8N·m
7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.'. (1.0 kgf·m.
7.2Ibf·ft)
8. Remove the battery.
12. Disconnect the PCM connectors A (C). 8 (D), and C
(E).
NOTE: PCM connectors A. B, and C have symbols

(A=D. 8=6 , C=O ) embossed on them for
identification.
13: Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order
,. of removal.
14-10
NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or

Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been
programmed into the PCM . Ignore it, and continue
this procedure.
15. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS.
16. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest

software.
17. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS.
18. Rewrite the immobilizer code w ith the PCM

replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to
start the engine.
19. Reset the PCM with the HDS.
20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11 -304) .
21. Do the crank pattern learn procedure.
22. Enter the anti-theft code for the aud io or the

navigation system (if equipped), then enter the
audio presets, and set the clock.
14-11
OTe Troubleshooting Index
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and anyon-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
OTe' ll) 0 MIL Detection Item Page

Indicator 0 I
P0107 (12-7) Blinks OFF or Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor circuit (see page 14-78)
ON 0(3) low volta.ge input
P0108 (12-8) Blinks OFF or Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor circuit (see page 14-79)
ON ' (3) high voltage input
P0335 (88-2) Blinks OFF or Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor no signal (see page 14-80)
ON 0(3)
P0339 (88-6) Blinks OFFor Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor Circuit \'
(see page 14-81)
ON 0(3) intermittent interruption
P0365 (89-2) Blinks OFFor Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B no signal (see page 14-82)
ON'(3)
P0369 (89-6) Blinks OFFor Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B intermittent (see page 14-83)
ON '(3) interruption
~062F (0-3) Blinks OFF or Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal (see page 14-84)
ON 0(31 Control Module Keep Alive MemolY (KAM) Error
P0705 (5-2)' (2) Blinks ON Transmission range switch (see page 14-85) l
(multiple shift-position input)

P0706 (6-2) ·(2) Not blinks ON Transmission ral}ge switch (~en) (see~<!Re 14-91)
P0711 (28-5)' (21 Blinks OFF ATF temperature sensor (range/performance) (see~a.ge 14-95)
P0712 (28-3) . (21 Blinks OFF ATF temperature sensor (short) (see page 14-96)
P0713 (28-4)' (21 Blinks OFF ATF tem~erature sensor (QIlen) (see~'!fle 14-98)
P0716 (15_5) 0(21 Blinks ON Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see page 14-101)
(ran~e~erformance)
P0717 (15-3) '(21 Blinks ON Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see page 14-101)
(no sl9.nal i ~ut) - -
P0718 (15-6)· (2) Blinks ON Input shaft (ma inshaft) speed sensor (see page 14-106)
(intermittent failure) --
P0721 (9-5) 0(21 Blinks ON Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see page 14-110)
(range/performance)
P0722 (9-3) '(21 Blinks ON Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see page 14-110)
(no signal in~ut) -
P0723 (9-6) 0(21 Blinks ON Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see page 14-115)
(intermittent failure)
P0731 (64-1) Blinks OFF 1st~ear incorrect ratio (see~<!Re 14-119)
NOTE:
* (1): The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the SCS mode. The first number(s)
before the - (hyphen) is the flash code the D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected
to the HDS, and in the SCS mode.
* (2): This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
* (3): The MIL comes on when the PGM-FI control system detects the same failure.
14-12
DTC'(1I D MIL Detection Item Page

Indicator a
P0732 (64-2) Blinks OFF 2nd gear incorrect ratio (see page 14-120)
P0733 (64-3) Blinks OFF 3rd Qear incorrect ratio (see page 14-121)
P0734 (64-4) Blinks OFF 4th gear incorrect ratio (see page 14-122)
P0735 (64-5) -. (see page 14-123)
Blinks - OFF 5th gear incorrect ratio
P0741 (40-3) Blinks OFF Torque converter clutch circuit performance or (see page 14-124)
stuck OFF
P0747 (76-4) Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see page 14-125)
stuck ON
P0752 (70-4) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve A st uck ON (see page 14-126)
P0756 (71-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B stuck OFF (see page 14-127)
P0757 (71-4) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B stuck ON (see page 14-128)
P0761 (72-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve C stuck OFF (see page 14-129)
P0771 (74-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve E stuck OFF (see page 14-130)
P0776 (77-3) Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see page 14-131)
stuck OFF
P0777 (77-4) Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see page 14-132)
stuck ON
P0780 (45-1) Blinks ON Shift control s~stem (see page 14-133)
P0796 (78-3) Bli nks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see page 14-134)
stuck OFF
P0797 (78-4) Blinks ON AfT clutch pressu re control solenoid valve C (see page 14-135)
stuck ON
P0842 (25-3) Blinks ON 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see page 14-136)
(short or stuck OI\J)
P0843 (25-4) Blinks ON 2nd clutch transmission flu id pressure switch (see page 14-138)
(open or stuck OFF)
P0847 (26-3) Blinks OFF 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see page 14-141)
(short or stuck ON)
P0848 (26-4) Blinks OFF 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see page 14-143)
(open or stuck OFF)
P0962 (16-3) . (2) Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure contro l solenoid valve A (see page 14-146)
(open/short)
P0963 (16-4) ' (2 ( Bli nks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see page 14-149)
NOTE:
transmission .
(cont'd)
14-13
DTe Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. record all freeze data and anyon-board snapshot, and review General
DTC'lll D MIL Detection Item Page

Indicator 0
P0966 (23-3) ' 121 Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B . (see page 14-151)
(open/short)
P0967 (23-4)' (21 Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (seeJ:)a~e 14-154)
P0970 (29-3) ' 121 Blinks ON AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see page 14-156)
(open/short)
P0971 (29-4) '121 Blinks ON AfT clutch~ressure control solenoid valve C (see~aJle 14-159)
P0973 (7-3)' 121 Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve A (short) (seeQaRe 14-161)
P0974 (7-4)'121 Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve A (o~en) (see page 14-164)
P0976 (8-3) '121 Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B (short) (see page 14-167)
P0977 (8-4) '121 Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve B (open) (see~'!Re 14-170)
P0979 (22-3) ' 121 Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve C (short) (see~'!Re 14-173)
P0980 (22-4)' 121 Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve C (open) (see page 14-176)
P0982 (60-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve D (short) . (see~'!Re 14-179)
P0983 (60-4) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve D (Qpen) (see~'!Re 14-182)
P0985 (61-3) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve E (short) (see~age 14-185)
P0986 (61-4) Blinks ON Shift solenoid valve E (~en) (see~'!Re 14-188)
P16CO (99-1) Not blinks ON PCM AfT control system incomplete u~date (see~'!Re 14-191)
P1717 (62-1) Blinks OFF Transmission range switch ATP RVS switch (see page 14-192)
(open)
P1730 (45-2) Blinks ON Shift control system (see page 14-195)
• Shift solenoid valve A or D stuck OFF
• Shift solenoid valve B stuck ON
• Shift valve A, B, or D stuck - -c-
• Shift solenoid valve E stuck ON
• Shift valve E stuck
• AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
stuck OFF
• Shift solenoid valve B or C stuck ON
• Shift valve B or C stuck
NOTE:
transmission.
14-14
DTC· I1l D MIL Detection Item Page

Indicator 0
• Shift solenoid valve D stuck ON
• Shift valve D stuck
• AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
stuck OFF
• Shift solenoid valve B or C stuck OFF
• Shift valve B or C stuck
P2122 (20-3) Blinks ON Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A (see page 14-205)
(throttle position sensor D) circuit low voltage
P2123 (20-4) Blinks ON Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A (see page 14-206)
(throttle position sensor D) circuit high voltage
U0028 (107-1) Blinks OFF or F-CAN malfunction (F-CAN bus OFF) (see page 14-207)
ON · lll
U0122 (107-4) Blinks OFF F-CAN malfunction (PCM-to-VSA modulator (see page 14-208)
control unit)
U0155 (107-3) Blinks OFF or F-CAN malfunction (PCM-to-gauge control (see page 14-210)
ON· 12l module)
NOTE:
* (2) : The MIL comes on when the PGM-FI control system detects the same failure.
14-15
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

When you turn the • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC
ignition switch ON • Gauge control module defective (see page 22-237).
("), the D indicator • PCM defective • Check NT gear position indicator drive circuit in
comes on and the gauge control module by gauge control
stays on in a" shift module self-diagnostic function (see page
lever positions, or 22-230).
it never comes on
at a"
NT gear position • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a OTC
indicator does not • Gauge control module defective (see page 22-237).
come on while the • PCM defective • Check NT gear position indicator drive circuit in
shift lever is in that • Transmission range switch the gauge control module by gauge control
position defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
22-230).
Transmission still • 03 switch defective

. • Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
14-292) .
• Check the 03 switch circuit (see page 14-302).
shifts into 4th or • 03 switch circuit defective • Check the 03 switch (see page 14-304).
5th gear in D even • Transmission range switch • Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
though the D3 defective .I 14-292).
switch is ~ushed
When you turn the • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAI\J communication line for a OTC
ignition switch ON • Gauge control module defective (see page 22-237).
(II), the D3 • PCM defective • Check NT gear position indicator drive circuit in
indicator comes on • 03 switch defective the gauge control module by gauge control
and stays on in all • 03 switch circuit defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
shift lever 22-230).
positions, or it • Check the 03 switch circuit (see page 14-302).
never comes on at • Check the 03 switch (see page 14-304).
all
03 indicator does • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a OTC
not come on in 03 • Gauge control module defective (see page 22-237).
driving mode • PCM defective • Check NT gear position indicator drive circuit in
• 03 switch defective the gauge control module by gauge control
• 03 switch circuit defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
22-230).
• Check the 03 switch circuit (see page 14-302).
• Check the 03 switch (seeJLage 14-304).
14-16

Shift lever cannot • Accelerator pedal pos ition sensor • Inspect the APP Sensor signal (see page 11-261).
be moved from P circuit • Troubleshoot the shift lock system circuit
while you are • Accelerator pedal position sensor (see page 14-309).
pressing on the defective • Test the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-316).
brake pedal • Brake switch circuit • Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
• Brake switch defective 14-292).
• Shift lock solenoid defective
• Shift lock solenoid control circuit
• Shift lock mechanism defective
• Throttle body defective
• Transmission range switch ATP P
switch stuck OFF
• Transmission range switch ATP P
switch line opened -
Ignition switch • Interlock control system circuit • Troubleshoot the key interlock system circuit
cannot be moved • Key interlock solenoid stuck ON (see page 14-314).
from ACC (I) to • Park pin switch stuck OFF • Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
LOCK (0) (key is • Transmission range switch 14-292).
pushed in, shift
lever in P)
HDS does not DLC circuit error Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-197).
communicate with
the PCM or the
vehicle
(cont'd)
14-17
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
S~!'l~tom Probable causels) Notes

Engine runs, but 1. Low ATF level • Checkthe ATF level, and check the ATF cooler
vehicle does not 2. Shift cable broken or out of lines for leakage and loose connections. If
move in any gear adjustment necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
3. Connection between the shift • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
cable and transmission or body the transmission control shaft.
is worn • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque
4. ATF pump worn or binding converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure.
5. Regulator valve stuck or spring The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking
worn noise or a high pitched squeak.
6. ATF strainer clogged • Check the line pressure.
7. Mainshaft worn or damaged • Be careful not to damage the torque converter
8. Final gears worn or damaged housing when replacing the main ball bearing.
9. Transmission-to-engine You may also damage the ATF pump when you
assembly error torque down the main valve body. This will result
10. Axle disengaged ,in ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the
proper tools.
• Install the main seal flush with the torque .
converter housing. If you push it into the torque
converter housing until it bottoms out, it will
block the fluid return passage and result in
damage.
• Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF
strainer is clogged with particles of steel or
aluminum, inspect the ATF pump.lfthe ATF
pump is OK, find the damaged components that
caused the debris. If no cause for contamination
is found, replace the torque converter.
• Inspect the differential pinion gears for wear. If
the differential pinion gears are worn, replace the
differential assembly, replace the ATF strainer,
thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean the
torque converter, cooler, and lines.
Vehicle moves in 2 1. 1st accumulator defective • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
and R, but not in D 2. 1st gears worn or damaged • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
or 1 3. 1st clutch defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the
clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the
clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
discs and plates for wear and damage. If the
discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height
is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
the clutch end plate.
• Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. Ifthe 1st clutch
feed pipe is scored, replace the end cover.
• Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the
1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.
14-18
, .
Symptom Probable cause(s) N otes

Vehicle moves in 1. 2nd accumulator • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
D, 1, and R, but defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
not in 2 2. 2nd gears worn or O-rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear
damaged and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc
3. 2nd clutch defective clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the
clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. Ifthe discs are
worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch
wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace
the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end plate.
Vehicle moves in 1. Shift solenoid valve E • Check the D indicator, and check for loose connectors .
D, 2, and 1, but defective • Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and O-rings for
not in R 2. Shift fork shaft stuck wear and damage.
3. Shift valve E defective • Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft.
4. 4th/reverse accumulator • Check the 4th clutch pressure.
defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
- 5. 4th clutch defective O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
6. Reverse gears worn or Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the
damaged clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and
plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or
damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave
plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the
wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end plate.
• Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers, and
inspect the engagement teeth chamfers of the counters haft
4th gear and reverse gear. Replace the reverse gears and
the reverse selector if they are worn or damaged. If the
transmission makes a clicking, grinding, or whirring noise,
also replace the mainshaft 4th gear, reverse idler gear, and
countershaft 4th gear.
Poor
acceleration;
1.
2.
Low ATF level
Shift cable broken or out
· Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler lines for
leakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean the ATF
flares when of adjustment cooler lines .
starting off in D 3. ATF pump worn or • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
and R; stall binding transmission control shaft.
speed high in 2 4. Regulator valve stuck or • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter
and 1, and in D spring worn housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are
in 1st and 2nd 5. ATF strainer clogged mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched
6. Torque converter check squeak.
valve defective
• Check the ATF strainerfor debris. Ifthe ATF strainer is
clogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATF
pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damaged
components that caused the debris. If no cause for
contamination is found, replace the torque converter.
(cont'd)
14-19
Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes .1 i
Poor acceleration; 2nd clutch defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure. , .
flares when • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check

starting off in D valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
and R; stall speed retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the
high when starting clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the
off in 2 clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
the clutch endplate.
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift cable broken or out of • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
flares when adjustment the transm ission control shaft.
starting off in D 2. 4th clutch defective • Check the 4th clutch pressure in the D and R
and R; stall speed positions.
high in R • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
valve, and O-rings. Check the spring reta iner for
wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate
to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out of
tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for
wear and damage. If the discs are worn or
damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the
clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of
tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and
plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the
clutch end plate. .
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
stall speed low in 2 2. Torque converter one-way clutch connectors.
and 1, and in D in defective • Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and
1st and 2nd 3. Eng ine output low O-ring for wear and damage.
4. Torque converter clutch piston • Replace the torque converter.
defective
5. Lock-u~ shift valve defective
Poor acceleration; 1. Engine output low Replace the torque converter.
stall speed low in R 2. Torque converter clutch piston
defective
3. Lock-up shift valve defective
14-20

Engine idle 1. Misadjusted engine and • Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler
vibration transmission mounts lines for leakage and loose connections . If
2. Low ATF level necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
3. Shift solenoid valveE defective · • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque
4. Drive plate defective or converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure.
transmission misassembled The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking
5. Engine output low ' noise or a high pitched squeak.
6. Torque converter clutch piston • Inspect theATF strainer for clogging with
defective particles of steel or aluminum . If the ATF strainer
7. ATF pump worn or binding is clogged, replace it, and clean the torque
B. Lock-up shift valve defective converter, cooler, and lines.
• Check the D indicator, and check for loose
connectors. Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for
seizure, and O-rings for wear and damage.
• Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.
• Adjust the engine and transmission mounts.
• Replace the torque converter.
Vehicle moves in N 1. Excessive ATF • Check the ATF level, and drain the ATF if it is
2. Foreign material in separator over-filled.
plate orifice • Check the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch
3. Relief valve defective pressures.
4. 1st cl utch defective • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF
5. 2nd clutch defective strainer is clogged with particles of steel or
6. 3rd clutch defective aluminum, inspect the ATF pump. Ifthe ATF
7 . 4th clutch defective pump is OK, find the damaged components that
B. 5th clutch defective caused the debris. If no cause for contamination
9. Clutch end plate-to-top disc is found, replace the torque converter.
clearance incorrect • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
10. Needle bearing seized up, worn, valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
or damaged retainer seal (1st, 2nd, and 3rd) for wear and
11. Thrust washer seized up, worn, damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc
or damaged clearance. If the clearance is out of tolerance,
inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and
damage. If the discs are worn or damaged,
replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave
i plate height. If the height is out of tolerance,
replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are
OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate.
• Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch
• Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch
feed pipe is scored, replace it and O-ring under
the feed pipe guide.
1st or 3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.
• Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe.lfthe 5th clutch
feed pipe is scored, replace it and the O-ring
under the feed pipe guide.
• Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5th
clutch feed pipe is loose or dama~ed.
(cont'd)
14-21

Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective o Check the D indicator, and check for loose
shifting from N to 2. NT clutch pressure control connectors.
D, or excessive solenoid valve A defective o Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
shock when shifted 3. NT clutch pressure control O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
into 0 solenoid valve B defective solenoid valves for seizure.
4. AfT clutch pressure control o Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
solenoid valve C defective and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
5. Shift cable broken or out of installation.
adjustment o Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
6. Connection between the shift the transmission control shaft.
cable and transmission or body '0 Check the 1st clutch pressure.
is worn o Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
7. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
sensor defective retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the
8. Output shaft (countershaft) clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the
speed sensor defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
9. ATF temperature sensor discs and plates for wear and damage. If the
defective discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
10. Foreign material in separator Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height
plate orifice is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
11 . Servo control valve defective discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
12. 1st accumulator defective the clutch end plate.
13. 1st check ball stuck o Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch
14. Lock-up shift valve defective feed pipe is scored, replace the end cover.
15. 1st clutch defective o Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the
1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.
Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective o Check the D indicator, and check for loose
shifting from N to 2. AfT clutch pressure control connectors.
R, or excessive solenoid valve A defective o Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
shock when shifted 3. Shift cable broken or out of O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
into R adjustment solenoid valves for seizure.
4. Connection between the shift o Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
cable and transmission or body and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
is worn installation.
5. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed o Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
sensor defective the transmission control shaft.
6. Output shaft (countershaft) o Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
speed sensor defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
7. ATF temperature sensor wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate
defective to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out of
8. Shift fork shaft stuck tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for
9. Foreign material in separator wear and damage. If the discs are worn or
plate orifice damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the
10. Shift valve E defective clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of
11. 4th/reverse accumulator tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and
defective plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the
12. Lock-up shift valve defective clutch end plate.
13. 4th clutch defective o Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift
fork shaft.
o Check the 4th clutch pressure.
o Ins2ect the servo valve and O-rin!=!.
14-22

Transmission does 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
not shift sensor defective connectors.
2. Output shaft (countershaft) • Check the input shaft (mainshaft) and output
speed sensor defective shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation.
Excessive shock or 1. NT clutch pressure control • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
flares on all solenoid valve B defective connectors.
upshifts and 2. NT clutch pressure control • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
downshifts solenoid valve C defective O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed solenoid valves for seizure.
sensor defective • Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
4. Output sh aft (countershaft) and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
speed sensor defective installation.
5. ATF temperature sensor
defective
6. Foreign material in separator

plate orifice
Excessive shock or 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
flares on 1-2 2. NT clutch pressure control connectors.
upshift or 2-1 solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
downshift 3. NT clutch pressure control O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
solenoid valve B defective solenoid valves for seizure.
4. AfT clutch pressure control • Check the 1st and 2nd clutch pressures.
solenoid valve C defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
5. 2nd clutch transmission fluid valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
pressure switch defective retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the
6. Foreign material in separator clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance . If the
plate orifice clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
7. 1st accumulator defective discs and plates for wear and damage. If the
8. 2nd accumulator defective discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
9 . 1st check ball stuck Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height
10. 2nd check ball stuck is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
11. Lock-up shift valve defective discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
12. 1st clutch defective the clutch end plate.
13. 2nd clutch defective • Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch
1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaQed.
(cont'd)
14-23
SymJ)tom Probable causers) Notes

Excessive shock or 1. AfT clutch pressure control • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
flares on 2-3 solenoid valve B defective connectors.
upshift or 3-2 2. AfT clutch pressure control • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
downshift solenoid valve C defective O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
3. 3rd clutch transmission fluid solenoid valves for seizure.
pressure switch defective • Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures.
4. Foreign material in separator • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
plate orifice valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
5. 2nd accumulator defective retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the
6. 3rd accumulator defective clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance. If the
7. 2nd check ball stuck clearance is out ottolerance, inspect the clutch
8. 2nd clutch defective discs and plates for wear and damage. If the
9. 3rd clutch defective discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
, the clutch end plate.
I • Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the
3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaQed.
Excessive shock or 1. AfT clutch pressure control • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
upshift or 4-3 2. AfT clutch pressure control • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
downshift solenoid valve C defective O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
3. Foreign material in separator solenoid valves for seizure .
plate orifice • Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.
4. 3rd accumulator defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
5. 4th accumulator defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer and
6. 3rd clutch defective retainer seal (3rd) for wear and damage. Inspect
7. 4th clutch defective the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance . Ifthe
clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
the clutch end plate.
3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaQed.
14-24
Sym~tom Probable cause(s) Notes

Excessive shock or 1. NT clutch pressure control • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
upshift or 5-4 2. NT clutch pressure control • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
downshift solenoid valve C defective a-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
3. Foreign material in separator solenoid valves for seizure.
plate orifice • Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressures.
4. 4th accumulator defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
5. 5th accumulator defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
6. 4th clutch defective wear and damage. Inspect the clutch end-plate
7. 5th clutch defective to-top disc clearance. If the clearance is out of
tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for
wear and damage. If the discs are worn or
damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the
clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of
tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and
plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the
clutch end plate.
• Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutch
feed pipe is scored, replace it and the a-ring
• Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5th
clutch feed pipe is loose or damaQed.
Noise from 1. ATF pump worn or binding • Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque
transmission in all 2. Mainshaft bearing, countershaft converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure.
shift lever bearing, or secondary shaft The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking
positions bearing defective noise or a high pitched squeak.
• Be careful not to damage the torque converter
housing when replacing the main ball bearing.
You may also damage the ATF pump when you
torque down the main valve body. This will result
in ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the
proper tools.
• Install the main seal flush with the torque
converter housing. If you push it into the torque
converter housing until it bottoms out, it will
block the fluid return passage and result in
damage.
• Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging with
particles of steel or aluminum . If the ATF strainer
is clogged, replace it, and clean the torque
converter, cooler, and lines.
• Inspect the mainshaft, countershaft and
secondary shaft for wear or damage.
Vehicle does not Torque converter one-way clutch Replace the torque converter.
accelerate above defective
31 mph (50 km/h)
Vibration in all Drive plate defective or transmission • Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate.
shift lever misassembled • Adjust the engine and transmission mounts.
positions
(cont'd)
14-25

Shift lever does 1. Transmission range switch • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
not operate defective or out of adjustment connectors.
smoothly 2. Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch fbr
adjustment operation.
3. Connection between the shift • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
cable and transmission or body is the transmission control shaft.
worn
Transmission does 1. Shift cable broken or out of • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
not shift into P adjustment the transmission control shaft.
2. Connection between the shift • Check the park pawl spring installation and the
cable and transmission or body is park lever spring installation. If installation is
worn incorrect, install the spring correctly. Make sure
3. Park mechanism defective that the park lever stop is not installed upside
down. Check the distance between the park pawl
shaft and park lever roller pin. If the distance is
out of tolerance, adjust the distance with the park
lever stop.
Torque converter 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
clutch does not 2. NT clutch pressure control connectors.
disengage solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
3. Torque converter clutch piston O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
defective solenoid valves for seizure.
4. Lock-up shift valve defective • Replace the torque converter.
5. Lock-up control valve defective
operate smoothly solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
3. Torque converter clutch piston O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
defective solenoid valves for seizure.
4. Torque converter check valve • Replace the torque converter.
defective
6. Lock-UQ control valve defective
14-26
S'lmQ1:om Probable cause(s) Notes

engage solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the
sensor defective solenoid valves for seizure.
4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed • Replace the torque converter.
sensor defective • Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
5. Torque converter clutch piston and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
defective installation.
6. Torque converter check valve
defective
8. Lock-up control valve defective
--
NT gear position 1. Transmission range switch • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
indicator does not defective or out of adjustment connectors.
indicate shift lever 2. Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch operation.
positions adjustment • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
3. Connection between the shift the transmission control shaft.
cable and transmission or body is
worn
Speedometer and Output shaft (counters haft) speed • Check the D indicator, and check for loose
odometer do not sensor defective connectors.
work • Inspect the transmission range switch operation.
• Check the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor installation.
The engine does VTEC rocker arms defective Check the engine rocker arms.
not rev to high rpm,
and the
transmission
upshifts at low rQm
14-27
Component Location Index
D3SWITCH
Circuit Troubleshooting,
page 14-302
Test, page 14-304
Replacement, page 14-305
PARK PIN SWITCH

Key Interlock System
page 14-314
Test, page 14-320
J~J-;l_-----tr-t\rr~\ Shift
SHIFTLock
LOCK SOLENOID
Sy~tem
page 14-309
Test, page 14-316
OUTPUT SHAFT ICOUNTERSHAFT)

SPEED SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE IPCM)
INPUT SHAFT
SPEED SENSOR
(MAINSHAFT)
AIT CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
Test, page 14-225.
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
Test, page 14-292
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
Replacement, page 14-234 SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVEC
AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE Test, page 14-218
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C Replacement, page 14-222
Test, page 14-230
Replacement, page 14-232 ~f------l-.._ SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B
AlT CLUTCH PRESSURE Test, page 14-218
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B Replacement, page 14-222
Test, page 14-228
SHIFT SOLENOID
Replacement, page 14-232/ VALVE A
Test, page 14-218
SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE E VALVE D ATF TEMPERATURE
Test, page 14-218 Test, page 14-218 SENSOR
Replacement, Replacement, Test/Replacement, page 14-235
page 14-222 page 14-222
14-28
System Description
General Operation . .1 '
The automatic transmission is a combination of a 3-element torque converter and triple-shaft electronically controlled
unit which provides 5 speeds forward and 1 reverse, The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine,
Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches

The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single unit. The converter housing (pump)
is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns as the engine turns. Around the outside of the torque converter is a
ring gear which meshes with the starter pinion when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assembly
serves as a flywheel while transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft, the transmission has three parallel
shafts; the mainshaft, the countershaft, and the secondary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine crankshaft,
and includes the 4th and 5th clutches, and gears for 5th, 4th, reverse, and idler. The mainshaft reverse gear is integral
with the mainshaft 4th gear. The countershaft includes the gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, reverse, park, and the final
drive. The final drive gear is integral with the countershaft. The countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft reverse
gear can be locked to the countershaft providing 4th or reverse gear, depending on which way the selector is moved.
The secondary shaft includes the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches, and gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and idler. The idler shaft is
located between the mainshaft and secondary shaft, and the idler gear transmits power between the mainshaft and
the secondary shaft. The gears on the mainshaft and the secondary shaft are in constant mesh with those on the
countershaft. When certain combinations of gears in the transmission are engaged by the clutches, power is
transmitted through the mainshaft, then to the secondary shaft to the countershaft or through the mainshaft to the
countershaft to provide drive.
Electronic Control
The electronic control system consists ofthe powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves . Shifting
and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located under the
hood next to the battery.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. They are bolted to the
torque converter housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve, the shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief
valve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The
regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, lock-up shift valve, and the 1st
and 3rd accumulators. The servo body contains the servo valve, the shift valve D, accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th,
and shift solenoid valves for A, B, C, D, and E. Fluid from the regulator passes through the manual valve to the various
control valves. The 1st, 3rd, 5th clutches receive fluid from their respective feed pipes, and the 2nd and the 4th
clutches receive fluid from the internal hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control Mechanism

The PCM controls shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E, and the NT clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and
C, while receiving input signals from various sensors and switches located throughout the engine and transmission.
The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port leading hydraulic pressure to the
clutch. The NT clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C regulate their respective pressure, and pressurize
to the clutches to engage it and its corresponding gear. The pressures of the NT clutch pressure control solenoid
valves also apply to the shift valves to switch the port.
Lock-up Mechanism
The lock-up mechanism operates in the D pOSition (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in D position D3 driving mode (2nd and
3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque
converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the
same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing and volume
of the lock-up mechanism. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve E pressure
switches the lock-up shift valve on and off. The NT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control
valve control the volume of the lock-up conditions.
(cont'd)
14-29
System Description (cont'd)
General Operation (cont'd)
Gear Selection
The shift lever has six positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D: DRIVE 1st through 5th gear range, and 1st
through 3rd gear range with D3 driving mode, 2: 2nd gear, and 1: 1st gear.
Position Descri tion

P: PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with park gear on countershaft. A"
clutches are released.
R:REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 4th
clutch en a ed.
N:NEUTRAL All clutches are released.
D: DRIVE General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then 5th,
(1st through 5th) depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 4th, 3rd,
2nd, and 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd,
3rd, 4th, and 5th gears.
D: DRIVE Used the rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving, up-hi" and
with D3 driving mode down-hi" driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd,
(lstthrough 3rd) depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 2nd to
1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd and 3rd
2: SECOND
1: FIRST
Starting is possible only in the P and N positions because of a slide-type neutral-safety switch.
Automatic Transmission (AfT) Gear Position Indicator

The AfT gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which shift lever position has been selected without
having to look down at the shift lever.
Transfer Mechanism (4WD)

The transfer mechanism consists of the transfer drive gear on the differential, the transfer shaft, the transfer drive gear
(hypoid gear), the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear), and the companion flange. The transfer mechanism assembly is
on the rear of the transmission, beside the differential. The transfer drive gear on the differential drives the transfer
shaft and transfer drive gear (hypoid gear), and the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) drives the transfer output shaft
(hypoid gear). Power is transmitted from the transfer drive gear on the differential to the rear differential via the
transfer shaft and the propeller shaft.
\'J
"
, ,
14-30
Clutches and Gears
The 5-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission
gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction
discs and steel plates together, locking them so they don't slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch
pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases
the friction discs and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin
independently on its shaft, transmitting no power.
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission, 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.
MAINSHAFT
MAINSHAFT 5TH GEAR
REVERSE 4TH GEAR RING GEAR
IDLER GEAR MAINSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
\\lI!Jj..... . - - DRIVE PLATE
MAINSHAFT
IDLER SHAFT l~='1I1L~,,\:~'--- FINAL DRIVE GEAR
5TH GEAR
~!'F='3---- 2ND CLUTCH

COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE GEAR
~I5§j~~I- TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
Q. DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER
ASSEMBLY
FINAL DRIVEN
GEAR
TRANSFER SHAFT
DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT

(HYPOID GEAR)
(cont'd)
14-31
Clutches and Gears (cont'd)
1st Clutch
The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 1st clutch is
joined back-to-back to the 3rd clutch. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the
secondary shaft.
2nd Clutch
The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the end of the secondary shaft, opposite the end cover.
The 2nd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
3rd Clutch
The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 3rd clutch is
joined back-to-back to the 1st clutch. The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the
secondary shaft.
4th Clutch
The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located atthe middle of the mainshaft. The
4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the, 5th clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe
within the mainshaft.
5th Clutch
The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 5th clutch is joined
back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 5th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft.
Gear operation
Gears on the mainshaft:
• 4th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
• 5th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
• Reverse gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
• Idler gear is splined with the mainshaft, and rotates with the mainshaft. '.
Gears on the countershaft:

• Final drive gear is integral with the countershaft.
• 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, and park gears are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with the countershaft.
• 4th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 4th gear and reverse
gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so that the 4th gear and
reverse gear engage with the countershaft.
Gears on the secondary shaft:

• 1st gear engages/diseng~ges with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch.
• 2nd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch.
• 3rd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 3rd clutch.
• Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary shaft.
The idler gear on the idler shaft transmits power between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft.
The reverse idler gear transmits power from the mainshaft reverse gear to the countershaft reverse gear, and changes
rotational direction of the countershaft to reverse.
14-32
~. '
Power Flow
P Position
Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutch. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is locked
by the park pawl, interlocking the park gear.
N Position
Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft idler gear, the idler shaft idler gear, and the
secondary shaft idler gear, but hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the .
counters haft. In this position, the position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shifted
from the D or R position:
• When shifted from the D position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 4th gear and the reverse
selector hub, and the 4th gear engages with the countershaft.
• When shifted from the R position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse
selector hub, and the reverse gear engages with the countershaft.
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.
MAINSHAFT
REVERSE
IDLER GEAR
SELECTOR
~
COUNTERSHAFT
/
IDLER S H 7 'rn-,..-,-.,------,.
IDLER SHA'7
IDLER GEAR/
I
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
(cont'd)
14-33
Auto matic Transmission
Power Flow (cont'd)
1st Gear
o Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the
secondary shaft.
o The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.
o The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
o Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear
(4WD). '
o 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
MAINSHAFT COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER GEAR 1ST GEAR
_ _ _ TORQUE CONVERTER
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER SHAFT
IDLER SHAFT!
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
TRANSFER
/ DRIVEGEAR
/ (HYPOID GEAR)
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

' TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
IHYPOID GEAR)
14-34
2nd Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with the
secondary shaft.
• The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear.
• The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.
• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear
(4WD) .
• 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) .
COUNTERSHAFT ~ TORQUE CONVERTER

MAINSHAFT 2ND GEAR
IDLER GEAR
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
IDLER SHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
2ND GEAR
TRANSFER
DRIVE GEAR
(HYPOID GEAR)
FAINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
(cont'd)
14-35
Power Flow (cont'd)
3rd Gear
o Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the secondary shaft 3rd gear with the
secondary shaft.
o The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear.
o The secondary shaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear and the countershaft.
o Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear
(4WD).
o 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
COUNTERSHAFT
3RDGEAR
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERS HAFT
IDLER SH/n-r--.-_"L-..J.
IDLER SHAFT!
IDLER GEAR
SECOND~R
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
\
3RDGEAR
3RDCLUTCH
TRANSFER
DRIVE GEAR
(HYPOID GEAR)
/
/
/
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

'TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
14-36
4th Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 4th gear and
reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in forward range (D, 2, and 1 positions).
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft.
• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the f inal driven gear, and the transfer drive gear
(4WD).
• 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
NOTE : The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.
MAINSHAFT
. - - - - - - TORQUE CONVERTER
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE
SELECTOR
HUB
TRANSFER
DRIVE GEAR
(HYPOID GEAR)
/
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

'TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
(cont'd)
14-37
Power Flow (cont'd)
5th Gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft.
(4WD).
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERS HAFT
TRANSFER
DRIVE GEAR
(HYPOID GEAR)
/
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

.' TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
14-38
R Position
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear
and reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in the R position.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear.
• The rotation direction of the countershaft reverse gear is changed by the reverse idler gear.
• The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector, which drives the reverse selector hub.
(4WD) .
MAINSHAFT 4TH CLUTCH
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERS HAFT
TRANSFER
DRIVE GEAR
(HYPOID GEAR)
/
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR

TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
14-39
Electronic Control System
Functional Diagram
The electronic contro l system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and -solenoid valves.
Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions.
The PCM receives input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and outputs
signals for the engine control system and AfT control system. The AfT control system includes shift control, grade
logic contro l, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control.
The PCM actuates the shift solenoid valves and the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shifting
transmission gears and torque converter.
PCM
Engine RPM Signal

~ •
Accelerator Pedal ~
Position Sensor SignaIIETCS)
PGM-FI Control
Engine Coolant ~ System
D3 Indicator
Temperature Sensor Signal
.
~
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
~
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal A/T Control System
~
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal Shift Solenoid Valve A r--+
~
Shift Control
Service Check Signal Shift Solenoid Valve B r--+
Grade Logic Control
!----.. Shift Solenoid Valve C f---+
i
• Ascending
~ Control
Transmission • Descending Shift Solenoid Valve D ~
Range ~ Control Automatic
.-
~ --
Switch Signal 5-speed and
Shift Solenoid Valve E ~~ Reverse
.-
AfT Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A I+-
D3 Switch Signal
~ Clutch Pressure
Control
AfT Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve B I+-
~
Input Shaft (Mainshaftl AfT Clutch Pressure
Speed Sensor Signal Control Solenoid Valve C ~
~
Output Shaft ICountershaft) Lock-up
Lock-up Control ~
Speed Sensor Signal ON/OFF
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid ~ Lock-up

Pressure Switch Signal Self-diagnosis/ ~
Conditions
Fail-safe Function I Vehicle Speed Signal
Communication and Data link Connector
~
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal Output Function
~
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal
Shift Lock Control Shift Lock Solenoid
~
Cruise Control
Downshift Request Signal
14-40
Shift Control
The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from sensors and switches, and
it actuates the shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E to control shifting transmission gears. ."
Shift solenoid valves are a normally closed type. Shift solenoid valve opens the port of shift solenoid valve pressure
leading to shift valves while shift solenoid valve is turned ON by the PCM, and closes the port when shift solenoid
valve is OFF.
The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are shown in the table.
Position Gear position Shift solenoid valves

A B C 0 E
D Shifting from N ~osition OFF ON ON OFF OFF
Stays in 1st ON ON ON OFF OFF
Shifting gears between 1st and 2nd OFF ON ON OFF OFF
Stays in 2nd OFF ON OFF ON OFF orON
Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd · OFF ON ON ON OFF or ON
Stays in 3rd OFF OFF ON OFF OFF or ON
Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF or ON
Stays in 4th ON OFF OFF OFF OFF orON
Shifting gears between 4th and 5th ON OFF OFF ON OFF orON
Stays in 5th ON OFF ON ON OFF orON
2 2nd gear OFF ON OFF ON OFF
1 1st gear ON ON ON OFF OFF
R Shifting from P and NQosition OFF ON OFF OFF ON
Stays in reverse ON ON OFF OFF ON
Reverse inhibit OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
p Park OFF ON OFF OFF ON ·
N Neutral OFF ON ON OFF OFF
(cont'd)
14-41
Electronic Control System (cont'd)

., ' I'~ 0< I ,... ~
Shift Control· Grade Logic Control

The grade logic control system has been adopted to control shifting in the D position, The PCM compares actual
driving conditions with programmed driving conditions, based on signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor,
the throttle position sensor, the engine coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal
position switch signal, and the shift lever position signal, to control shifting while the vehicle is ascending or
descending a slope ,
PCM
- -
,
Engi!1e RPM Signal
•
Engine RPM
Control
,
, I
" J Shift Position 1

Transmission Range .1 Control
Switch Signal
,
I
. ~
Fail-safe Control ..... fo r-. Shift Solenoid
Valve
, ,A
Accelerat'ol" Pedal
"
f f0- r-. Shift Solenoid

Position Sensor Signal
Throttle Position ... Actual Driving
Shift Position '~
Valve B
Sensor Signal r---=1 Comparison

with Signals
fo- f-+ Shift Solenoid
Valve C
~
I,. J ReadofATF
Shift Solenoid
, 'I Temperature r-- r+ Valve 0
,...
Output Shaft
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
"
;.Master Target of
Shifting Position
;-
Shift Solenoid
ValveE
Input Shaft
(Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
~."?t Selection of
Shifting Mode
Grade logic Control
ATF Temperature 1
Sensor Signal ~
Calculation of
Brake Pedal Position Gradient
Switch Signal
rt '---
Engine Coolant Correction of Engine

Temperature Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal Sensor Signal Data
-1 Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
I
14-42
Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control

When the peM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in the D position, the grade logic system extends the
engagement area of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd
gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more
power when needed.
Shift programs stored in the peM between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th
gears, enable it to automatically select the most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient.
ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule

100 0/0
CII - - - - - : FLAT ROAD MODE

c::
.2:
III : GRADUAL ASCENDING MODE
g. 50
III - ,,-,,-,,_. : MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE
Eo
""."",,. : STEEP ASCENDING MODE
~ -.-._._ .. : HEAVY STEEP ASCENDING MODE
o
Vehicle speed
Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

When the peM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in the D position, the shift-up speed from 4th to 5th
gear, from 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd gear (when the throttle is closed) becomes faster than the set speed
for flat road driving to widen the 4th gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear driving area. This, in combination with engine
braking from the deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending . There are three
descending modes with different 4th gear driving areas, 3rd gear driving areas, and 2nd gear driving areas according
to the magnitude of a gradient stored in the peM. When the vehicle is in 5th gear or 4th gear, and you are decelerating
when you are applying the brakes on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to lower gear. When you accelerate,
the transmission will then return to a higher gear.
DESCENDING MODE: Downshift Schedule

1000/0
CII - - - - ' - - - : FLAT ROAD MODE

·cc:: . - - - - - - - - - . : GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE
'"oc 50
III -,,-,,- ,, _ . : MEDIUM DESCENDING MODE
E0
.ct- /'
(
""""."."""" "" .. : STEEP DESCENDING MODE
L"-"~"'~"l:
O
Vehicle speed
(cont'd)
14-43
Shift Control· 0 Position 03 Driving Mode Control

The automatic transmission is provided with the 03 driving mode in the 0 position. The 0 position has two modes;
general driving mode (shifts gears automatically 1st through 5th), and the 03 driving mode (shifts gears automatically
1st through 3rd). The transmission mode switches by pushing the 03 switch on the shift lever knob in the D position.
In the D3 driving mode, the 03 indicator next to the D indicator in the gauge assembly comes on. The 03 driving mode
is cancelled by pushing the 03 switch, and the D3 indicator goes off. Also, the 03 driving mode is cancelled when the
ignition switch is turned off. When the shift lever is moved out of the D position in the D3 driving mode, the D3
indicator goes off, but the transmission returns into 03 driving mode when returning the shift·lever into the 0 position,
and the 03 indicator comes on.
14-44
Clutch Pressure Control

The PCM actuates AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to control the clutch pressure. When shifting
between gears, the clutch pressure regulated by AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C engages and
disengages the clutch smoothly.
The PCM receives input signals from the'various sensors and switches, processes data, and outputs current to AfT
clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C.
PCM
PGM·FI
Input Shaft
Ignition Timing
Requirement ~ Control
System
(Mainshaftl
Speed Sensor Signal
Output Shaft
t t
(Countershaft) Actual
Speed Sensor Signal Decision ot
Driving Shift Shifting Mode
Position
Accelerator Pedal
Throttle Position
- t t
-
..
Sensor Signal
Master Target of
Controlling Current
..... Current
Feedback
~
r-
AIT Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid
Valves A, B, and C
~"::r
Manifold Absolute
-
Pressure Sensor Signal .,
:;
III
.,
VI
Correction of Engine
Q:"iij
Engine RPM Signal
'- Torque Signal Data
u
.-::00'"
.,E
l:
~
0
2nd Clutch o~ VI
l:
Transm ission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal
Correction of
Hydraulic Pressure
'" '"
alcn
'---
Applying Tim ing
3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal
U Correction of Engine
Coolant Temperature
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal
U Sensor Data
Correction of ATF
Temperature Sensor
Signal Data
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
(cont'd)
14-45
Lock-up Control
The shift solenoid valve E controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve and lock-up ON and OFF.
The PCM actuates the shift solenoid valve E and the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to start lock-up. The
AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A applies and regulates hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve to
control the volume of the lock-up.
The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in the D position D3 driving mode (2nd
and 3rd).
PCM
Engine Coolant
Temperature I Temperature
Engine Coolant
Control
Sensor Signal
j
Transmission Range
Switch Signal
Barometric
Shifting Position
Control
I
Pressure
Sensor r--
Signal Gradient Control
by Magnitude
Accelerator Pedal
Throttle Position Fail·safe Control
Sensor Signal
Output Shaft Actual

(CountershaftJ Driving
Speed Sensor Signal Shift
Position
I Lock·up Control
Input Shaft
(Mainshaftl • Lock-up ON/OFF
Speed Sensor Signal Control Shift Solenoid
• Lock·up Condition ValveE
Control
Correction
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
ofATF
Temperature r-.
Sensor Data
Driving
Engine RPM Signal Shift
I Position f+
Information
t
,
Master Target of
Controlling Current
I A/T Clutch Pressure

Current Feedback Control Solenoid
VBlveA
14-46
PCM AfT Control System Electrical Connections
IGMTIONS\\ITC1l PCM
BATTERY
C36
0-~BAT IGI
IGI
AfT ClUTCH PRESSUR£
carmOL SOLENOID VAlVE A
SHFTLOCI( B44
LSA r{)I)
SOLENOID
~
AfT ClUTCH PRESSUlif
BRAXEPEDAl SLS carmaL SOLENOIl VAlVE B
POSIT1ON SWITCH B3S
LSB '00'
.,.., A40
BKSW AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE
BRAKHIGKTS ~ LSC
B25
CONlllOL SOLENOID VAlVE C
'00'
I I
A31
DATA LM COIHCTOII -- SCS r,
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE

A36
CANH SHIFT SDLENOID
I P
F-CAN
T.......... I All BIO
VAlVE A
CAN (;()ntroller CANL
SHA - '00'
SI<FT SOLENOID
VAlVES
BI1
SHB '00'
l AJT Gear PDsition Iodir.1tOl'
DriYtrCirQlit
J B20
SI<FT SOLENOID
VAlVEC
l 000000I~
SHC ' QQ
SHiFT SOLENOID
VALVED
82&
SHD '00'
AfT Goo, Posl1lon - . . Dim min g
SItFTSOLENOID
Oimmng CirwiC Circuit
VAlVEE
824
SHE '00
B13 r,
P
All'P
TRAH SM1SSIDN R B14
RANGESWITCH ATl'R
N B12
All'N C13
821 Veel
D
I
~/,
All'D C43 OUTl'UTSHAFT
NC ICOUNTERSHAFTl
2 B16
All'2 SGI
C14 I sr£ED SENSOR
BI5
B28
AT1'I
MAP
Cll '---I MANIFOlD
ABSOLUTE
" B22
AT1'FWD
I P!!ESSURE
SENSOII
ATPRVS 818
D3SWTTCH VCC2
A41
Bll I INPUT SHAfT
I o/c DlSW
NM
B33 J
IMAINSHAFT]
Spa;D SENSOR
SG2
,)r 2ND ClUT~ TRANSMISSION
RUil PRESSURE SWITCH
I o/c 88
OP2SW
I
ATF
TEMPEHATURE
),.- lAD ClUT~ TRANSMISSION Am
827
SENSOII
ROO PRESSURE SWITCH 89
o/c OP3SW
J 1136
EGRP
B29
PGl
Bl EGRVAlVE
PG2 POSmoN
C40 82 SENSOII
LG, EGR
C44
LG2
n J
PCM H.mess Connec:tor TlIfTTlirlll l.ocItions
1/1 /1/ o I • I 6 / 61· 1

1'0V/ /1 '0 1'6 1'6 17 18 " 1
12• 21 22 >< 2324 261
126 27 / 291/J 31 V 33 34 ,.1 r
136 I37/ 39 10.1 01 02 VI .. I
AI44PJ BI44PI
Termlnll side of ftmale tmnlNlI
(cont'd)
14-47

PCM AfT Control System Inputs and Outputs
PCM Harness Connector Terminal Locations
A (44P) B(44P) C(44P)
Terminal side of female terminals
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)

Terminal Wire color Terminal narne Description Signal
number
A27 RED SLS (SHIFT LOCK Drives shift lock solenoid With ignition switch ON (II), in the P position, brake
SOLENOID) pedal pressed, and accelerator released: Battery
volt!!lje
A31 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECK Detects service check signal With service check signal shorted with the HDS:
SIGNAL) AboutOV
With service check signal QPened: About 5.0 V
A36 WHT CAN H (CAN Sends communication With ignition switch ON (II) : About 2.5 V (pulses)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
HIGH)
A37 ~ CAN L (CAN Sends communication With ignition switch ON (II): About 2.5 V (pulses)
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
LOW)
A40 LTGRN BK SW (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal With brake pedal released: About 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) ~osition switch signal With brake~edal~ressed: Battery voltage
A41 BLU D3 SW (D3 SWITCH) Detects D3 switch signal With ignition switch ON (II):
• With D3 switch ON : About 0 V
• With D3 switch OFF: BattID voltage
PCM CONNECTOR B (44~

Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal
number ,
B1 BLK PG2 (PCM GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 0.5 V at all times
circuit -
B2 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST GAS Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: Duty controlled
RECIRCULATION (EGR) With EGR not operating: About 0 V
VALVE)
B8 BLU/RED OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH Detects 2nd clutch With ignition switch ON (II):
TRANSMISSION FLUID transmission fluid pressure • Without 2nd clutch pressure: About 5.0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal • With 2nd clutchQressure: About 0 V
B9 BLU/WHT OP3SW (3RD CLUTCH Detects 3rd clutch With ignition switch ON (II):
TRANSMISSION FLUID transmission fluid pressure • Without 3rd clutch pressure: About 5.0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal • With 3rd clutch_pressure: About 0 V
B10 BLU/BLK SH A (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid In the R position, and in 1st, 4th, and 5th gears in the
VALVE A) valve A D position: Battery voltage
In the P and N positions, and in 2nd and 3rd gears in
the D position: About 0 V
14-48
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)

number
B11 GRN/WHT SH B (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid In the P, R, and N positions, and in 1st and 2nd
VLVE B) valve B gears in the D position: Battery voltage
In 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears in the D position: About
OV
B12 RED/ BLK ATP N (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In the N position: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH N switch N position signal In any position other than N: About 5.0 V
POSITION)
B13 BLU/BLK ATP P (TRANSMISSION Detects transmi ssion range In the P position: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH P switch P position signal In any position other than P: Battery voltage
POSITION)
B14 WHT ATP R (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In the R position: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH R switch R position signal In any position other than R: Battery voltage
POSITION)
B15 RED ATP 1 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In the 1 position: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 1) switch 1 signal input In anYl!osition other than 1: Battery voltaoe
B16 GRN/RED ATP 2 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In the 2 position: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 2) switch 2 siQnal input In any position other than 2: Battery voltage
B17 WHT/RED NM (INPUT SHAFT Detects input shaft With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V or about
(MAINSHAFT) SPEED (mainshaft) speed sensor 5.0V
SENSOR) siQnal With enQine runninQ in N position: About 2.5 V
B18 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): About 5.0 V
With ionition switch OFF: About 0 V
B20 GRN SH C (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid In the N position, and in 1st, 3rd, and 5th gears in
VALVE C) valve C the D position : Battery voltage
In the P and R position s, and in 2nd and 4th gears in
the D position: About 0 V
B21 YEL/GRN ATP D (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In the D position : About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 0 switch D position signal In any position other than D: Battery voltage
POSITION) input
B22 RED/WHT ATP RVS (TRANSMISS ION Detect s transmission range In R position: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH R switch R position signal In any position other than R: Battery voltage
POSITION)
B24 YEL SH E (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift sol enoid valve E In the P and R positions: Battery voltage
VALVE E) In the N position, and in 1st gear in the D position:
AboutO V
B25 BLU/YEL LS C (AfT CLUTCH Drives AfT clutch pressure With ignition switch ON (II) : Pulses
PRESSURE CONTROL control sol enoid valve C
SOLENOID VALVE C)
B26 GRN/RED SH 0 (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid In 2nd and 5th gears in the D position : Batte..y-
VALVE D) valve 0 voltage
In the P, R, and N positions, and in 1st, 3rd, and 4th
oears in the D position: About 0 V
B27 RED/YEL ATFT (ATF TEMPERATURE Detects ATF temperature With ignition switch ON (II): About 0.2-4.0 V
SENSOR) sensor signal depending on ATF temperature
With iQnition switch OFF: About 0 V
B28 BLU/YEL ATP FWD (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission range In the D, 2, and 1 positions: About 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 0, 2, AND switch 0 , 2, and 1 signal In any position other than D, 2, and 1: Battery
1) input voltaoe
(cont'd)
14-49

PCM AfT Control System Inputs and Outputs (cont'd)
PCM Harness Connector Terminal Locations
A (44P) B/44P) C/44P)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44PI

Terminal ! Wire color Terminal name Description Signal
number I
B29 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST GAS Detects EGR valve position With engine running: 1.2 3.0 V depending on EGR
RECIRCULATION (EGR) sensor signal valve lift
VALVE POSITION SENSOR)
B33 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 0.5 V at all times
B35 BRN LS B (AfT CLUTCH Drives AfT clutch pressure With ignition switch ON (II): Pulses
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve B
SOLENOID VALVE B)
B36 BLK PG1 (PCM GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 0.5 V at all times
circuit
B44 RED/BLK LS A (AfT CLUTCH Drives AfT clutch pressure With ignition switch ON (II) : Pulses
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve A
SOLENOID VALVE A)
PCM CONNECTOR C (44PI

number
C11 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLD Detects MAP sensor signal I With ignition switch ON (II) : About 3.0 V
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE At idle: About 1.0 V depending on engine speed
(MAP) SENSOR)
C13 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): About 5.0 V
With ignition switch OFF: About 0 V
C14 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 0.5 V at all times
C36 BLK/RED IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage
-- -- .- With iQnition switch OFF: About 0 V -
C40 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM Less than 0.5 V at all times
circuit
-(;43 - - -------sLK/wHT NC (OUTPUT SHAFT Detects output shaft With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V or about
(COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED (countershaft) speed sensor 5.0V
SENSOR) signal With drivil},g: Pulses
C44 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground circuit for PCM L-ess than 0.5 V at all times
14-50
,.
Hydraulic Controls
Valve Bodies
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. The ATF pump is driven
by splines on the· left end of the torque converter which is attached to the engine. Fluidflowsthrough the regulator
valve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the manual valve, directing pressure to the shift
valves and to each of the clutches via the solenoid valves. The shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are bolted on the
servo body. The NT clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C are mounted on the outside of the
transmission housing.
AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE

SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A VALVE B
VALVE D
~ II AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE
. 7'C
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE E CONTROL SOLENOID
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B /
SHIFT SOLENOID
, VALVEC
'.
A/TCLUTCH
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE A
SERVO BODY
/ /
MAIN VALVE BODY
(cont'd)
14-51
Hydraulic Controls (cont'd)
Main Valve Body

The main valve body contains the manual valve, the shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief valve, the lock-up control
valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The primary function of the main valve
body is to switch fluid pressure on and off and to control hydraulic pressure going to the hydraulic control system.
SHIFT VALVE A
SHIFT VALVE B
SHIFT VALVE C
RELIEF VALVE
COOLER CHECK VALVE
LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
Regulator Valve Body

The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, the lock-up shift valve, and
the 1st and 3rd accumulators.
REGULATOR VALVE
TORQUE CONVERTER
CHECK VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE BODY
LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
14-52
Regulator Valve
The regulator valve maintains a constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while
also furnishing fluid to the lubrication system and torque converter. Fluid from the ATF pump flows through Band C.
Fluid entering from 8 flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the regulator
valve to the right side, and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter and
the relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator valve returns under
spring force. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through 8, the position of the regulator valve changes,
and the amount of fluid from C through torque converter also changes. This operation is continued, maintaining the
line pressure.
To TORQIJE To LUBRICATION
CONVERTER To RELIEF VALVE
t t VALVE SPRING
VALVE ORIFICE
REGULATOR VALVE
Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are performed by the regulator valve using stator torque reaction.
The stator shaft is splined with the stator in the torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring cap .
When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (torque converter range), stator torque reaction acts on the stator shaft,
and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction . The
stator reaction spring compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is regulated by
the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.
, TORQUE CONVERTER
./
REGULATOR VALVE
REGULATOR
VALVE BODY
STATOR
STATOR SHAFT ARM END STATOR SHAFT
(cont'd)
14-53
Hydraulic Controls (cont'd)
Servo Body
The servo body contains the servo valve, the shift valve D, accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid
valves for A, B, C, D, and E.
SHIFT SOLENOID / SHIFT SOLENOID

VALVE A / VALVED
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE E
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVES
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVEC
SERVO VALVE SHIFT VALVE D
Accumulator
The accumulators are located in the regulator valve body and the servo body. The regulator valve body contains the
1st and 3rd accumulators, and the servo body contains the 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators. ·
2ND ACCUMULATOR
5TH ACCUMULATOR
4TH ACCUMULATOR
3RD ACCUMULATOR
1ST ACCUMULATOR
SERVO BODY
REGULATOR VALVE BODY
14-54
Hydraulic Flow
Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure

As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transm ission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF
strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure
that is regulated by the regulator valve . Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torque
converter through the lock-up shift valve, and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter check
valve prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF. The shift solenoid valve intercepts line pressure from the ATF
pump via the manual valve when the shift solenoid va lve is OFF. When the shift solenoid valve is turned ON by the
PCM, line pressure changes to shift solenoid valve pressure at the shift solenoid valve, then the solenoid valve
pressure flows to the shift valve . Applying shift soleno id pressure to the shift valves moves the position of the shift
valve, and switches the port of the hydraulic circuit. The PCM also controls NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A, 8, and C. The NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valves regulate hydraulic pressure, and apply the pressure to the
clutches to engage smoothly. The clutches receive optimum clutch pressure which is regulated by the NT" clutch
pressure control solenoid va lves for comfortable driving and sh ifting under all conditions.
HWIdrau rIC Pressure at t h e Port for use in the hydraulic circuit

Port Hydraulic Pressure Port Hydraulic Pressure
No. No.
1 Line S8 Shift solenoid valve 8
3 Line SC Shift solenoid valve C
3' Li ne SD Shift solenoid valve D
4 Line SE Shift solenoid valve E
4' Line 10 1st clutch
4" Line 20 2nd clutch
7 Line 30 3rd clutch
1A Line or NT" Clutch pressu re control solenoid 40 4th clutch
valve A
18 Line 50 5th clutch
3A Line 55 NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
38 Line 55' NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
3C Line 56 NT" clutch pJessure control solenoid valve 8
5A Line 57 NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
58 Line 90 Torque converter
5C Line 91 Torque converter
5D Line 92 Torque converter
5E Lin e or NT" clutch pressure control solenoid 93 ATF cooler
valve B
5F Line or NT" clutch pressure control solenoid 94 Torque converter
valve A or B
5G NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve B 95 Lubrication
5H NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve C 96 Torque converter
5J NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve C 97 Torque converter
5K NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve C 99 Suction
5L NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve C X Drain
5N NT" clutch pressure control solenoid valve C HX High position drain
SA Shift solenoid valve A AX Air drain
(cont'd)
14-55
Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)
N Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valves
are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A stays on the right side
• Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side
• Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to the left side
• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D stays on the left side
• Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left side
Line pressure (1) flows to the shift solenoid valves and the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Under this
condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.
3RDCLUTCH
14-56
o Position: 1st gear shifting from N position

Shift solenoid valves remain the same as in the N position when shifting to the 0 position from N. The manual valve is
moved to the 0 position, and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C. Hydraulic pressure to the 1st clutch from the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is created as shift
solenoid valve A is OFF, Band C remain ON. AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1st
clutch pressure (.10) at the shift valve B, and flows to the 1st clutch. The 1st clutch is engaged gently when shifting to
the 0 position from N.
(cont'd)
14-57
D Position: Driving in 1st gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps 8 and C ON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure
(SA) is applied to the right side of the shift valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side to uncover the line pressure
port leading to the 1st clutch, and to cover the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port.
Fluid flows to the 1st clutch by way of:

Line pressure (1) -- Shift valve D-Line pressure (1A) --+ Shift valve A-Line pressure (18) -- Manual valve-Line
pressure (5A) -- Shift valve C-Line pressure (58) -- Shift valve 8-1st clutch pressure (10) ~ 1st clutch
The 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged securely.
14-58
o Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF, and keeps Band
C ON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) in the right side of shift valve A is released. Shift valve A
is moved to the right side to uncover the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port leading to the 1st
and 2nd clutches. The PCM controls the NT clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. NT
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve 8, and AfT
clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve A. The 1st and
2nd clutches are engaged gently.
(cont'd)
14-59
Hydraulic Flow. (cont'd)

I'
D Position: Driving in 2nd gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, D ON, and keeps A and E OFF, and 8 ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure
(SC) in the right side of the shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is moved to the right side to switch the ports. This
movement covers the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports to stop at shift valves C and A and
uncover the line pressure port leading to the 2nd clutch.
Fluid flows to 2nd clutch by way of:

Line pressure (1) --+ Manual valve-Line pressure (4) --+ Shift valve C-Line pressure (5E) --+ Shift valve B-Line
pressure (5F) --+ Shift valve A-2nd clutch pressure (20) --+ 2nd clutch
The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged securely.
14-60
o Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C ON, and keeps A
and E OFF, and Band D ON . Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the shift valve C. Shift
valve C is moved to the left side to uncover the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports leading to
the 2nd and 3rd clutches. The PCM controls the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic
pressure. NT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve
A, and AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A.
The 2nd and 3rd clutches are engaged gently.
(cont'd)
14-61
o Position: Driving in 3rd gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valves Band D OFF, and keeps A and E OFF, and C ON. Shift solenoid valve B pressure
(SB) in the right side of shift valve B is released, and shift valve B is moved to the right side. Shift solenoid valve D
pressure (SD) in the left side of the shift valve D is released, and shift valve D is moved to the left side. This valve
movement switches the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure port leading to the 3rd clutch.
NT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5J) at shift solenoid valve D and to (5K) at shift
valve B, and becomes 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A. The 3rd clutch pressure (30) is applied to the 3rd clutch,
and the 3rd clutch is engaged securely.
14-62
o Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear

As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, and keeps A. B,
D, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is moved
to-the right side to uncover the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve Band C pressure ports leading to the 3rd
and 4th clutches. The PCM controls the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. AfT
clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A, and AfT
clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B. The 3rd and
4th clutches are engaged gently.
(cont'd)
14-63
D Position: Driving in 4th gear

The peM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps 8, e, D, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied
to the right side of shift valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side to cover the Aff clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and C pressure ports leading to the 2nd and 3rd clutches.
e,
Aff clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to (5G) at shift valve and becomes 4th clutch
pressure (40) at shift valve B. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is held to high by the Aff clutch pressure control solenoid
valve B, and the 4th clutch is engaged securely.
14-64
.\ .
D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the peM turns shift solenoid valve D ON, and keeps A ON,
and B, e, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) is applied to the left side of the shift valve D. Shift valve D is
moved to the right side to uncover the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve e pressure port leading to the 5th
clutch. AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B.
AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve e pressure (57) changes to (5l) at shift valve D and to (5N) at shift valve B,
and becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at shift valve A. The 4th and 5th clutches are engaged gently.
(cont'd)
14-65
D Position: Driving in 5th gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and keeps A and 0 ON, and Band E turned OFF. Shift solenoid valve C
pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Shift valve C is moved to the left side to switch the AfT clutch
pressure control solenoid valve B pressure port leading to the 4th clutch .
The 5th clutch pressure (50) is held to high by the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, and the 5th clutch is
engaged securely.
14-66
2 Position
are as follows :
• Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A stays on the right side
• Shift solenoid valve C: OFF, and shift valve C stays on the right side
• Shift solenoid valve D: ON, and shift valve D moves to the right side
Line pressure (1) changes to line pressure (4) at the manual valve, and flows to shift valve C. Line pressure (4) flows to
shift valve A via shift valve 8, and becomes the 2nd clutch pressure (20) . The 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the
2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged.
2ND
JRD 1ST 1ST 4TH 5TH CLUTCH
CLUTCH CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR
(cont'd)
14-67
1 Position
are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A: ON, and shift valve A moves to the left side
• Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to the left side
• Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D stays on the left side
Line pressure (1) becomes the 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve B.
Fluid flows to 1st clutch by way of:

Line Pressure (1) -+ Shift Valve D - Line Pressure (1A) -+ Shift Valve A - Line Pressure (18) --+ Manual Valve - Line
Pressure (5A) --+ Shift Valve C - Line Pressure (58) --+ Shift Valve 8 - 1st Clutch Pressure (10) --+ 1st Clutch
The 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged.
2ND
4TH 5TH CLUTCH
AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOlfNOID VALVES
14-68
R Position: Shifting to R position from P or N position

When shifting in the R position, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves Band E ON, and A, C, and D OFF. Shift solenoid
valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of shift valve B, and shift valve B is moved to. left side. Shift solenoid
valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the left side of shift valve E, and shift valve E is moved to the right side. Line
pressure (1) changes to (3) at the manual valve, and flows to the servo valve via shift valve E. The servo valve is
moved to reverse range position. Movement of shift valves Band E, and servo valve creates 4th clutch pressure line
between the 4th clutch and the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. The 4th clutch pressure (40) is applied to
the 4th clutch, and the 4th clutch is engaged gently.
(cont'd)
14-69
R Position: Driving in reverse gear

After starting off in reverse gear, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps Band E ON, and C and DOFF.
Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A to cover the NT clutch pressure control
solenoid valve A pressure port, and to uncover the line pressure port leading to the 4th clutch creating full line
pressure. The 4th clutch is engaged securely with line pressure.
Reverse Inhibitor Control

While the vehicle is moving forward, the PCM keeps shift solenoid valve E remaining OFF. Shift valve E covers the port
of line pressure (3') leading to the servo valve reverse position. The servo valve cannot be shifted to reverse position,
and hydraulic pressure is not applied to the 4th clutch from servo valve for reverse; as a result, power is not
transmitted to the reverse direction.
14-70
.k
P Position
Shift solenoid valves Band E are turned ON, and A, C, and D are turned OFF by the PCM . Line pressure (1) flows to the
shift solenoid valves and the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Line pressure (3) changes to (3') at shift
valve E, and flows to the servo valve. The servo valve is moved to reverse/park position. Hydraulic pressure is not
applied to the clutches.
14-71
Automatic Transnlission
Lock-up System
The lock-up mechanism ofthe torque converter clutch operates in D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in D position
D3 driving mode (2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid
passage, causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place,
the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM
ot
optimizes the timing and amount the lock-up mechanism. When the shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM,
shift solenoid valve E pressure switches the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and the lock-up control valve control the amount of the lock-up.
Torque Converter Clutch Lqck-up ON (Eng~ging Torque Converter Clutcb)
Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off, and
fluid entering from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutch
piston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover;
the torque converter clutch lock-up is ON, and the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine.
I Power flow I TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH PISTON
DAMPER SPRING
The power flows by way of:
TURBINE
Engine
Drive plate
! TORQUE To ATF cooler
Torque converter cover CONVERTER
! COVER
Torque converter clutch piston

! '
Damper spring
Turbine
Mainshaft
MAINSHAfT
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passes
through the torque converter and goes out through the chambers between the turbine and the stator, and between the
pump and the stator. As a result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter cover, and
the torque converter lock-up clutch is released; torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.
I Power flow I TURBINE
PUMP
The power flows by the way of :

STATOR
Engine
Drive plate
TORQUE
! CONVERTER
Torque converter cover COVER
Pump
Turbine
Mainshaft
MAINSHAfT
14-72
No Lock-up
Shift solenoid valve E is turned OFF by the PCM, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is not applied to the lock-up
shift valve. The lock-up shift valve stays to the right to uncover the torque converter pressure ports leading to the left
side of the torque converter and releasing pressure from the right side of the torque converter. Torque converter
pressure (92) changes to (94) at the lock-up shift valve, and enters into the left side of the torque converter to
disengage the torque converter clutch . This keeps the torque converter clutch piston keeps away from the torque
converter cover and the torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E
E;=t~I:::"'======jI====91=~===== .--SHIFT VALVE A Bnd 0
~:~~~~~~;=b[::::tt~~~~~-- MANUAL VALVE
(cont'd)
14-73
Autbmatic Transmission
Lock-up System (cont'd)

.t
'. r
Partial Lock-up
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, shift solenoid valve E is turned ON by the PCM, and shift
solenoid valve Epressure (SE) is applied to the right side of the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up ·shift valve is moved to
the left side to switch the torque converter pressure (91) port, which goes to the right side of the torque converter, and
the port of torque converter pressure (94) is released from the left side of the torque converter. Torque converter
pressure (91) flows to the right side of the torque converter to engage the torque converter clutch . The PCM also
controls the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, and AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure
(55) is applied to the lock-up shift valve and lock-up control valve . The position of the lock-up control valve depends on
AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) and torque converter pressure released from the torque
converter. The lock-up control valve controls the amount of torque converter clutch lock-up until fluid between the
clutch piston and torque converter cover is fully released; the torque converter clutch is in partial lock-Up.
E =t::=t::========t== ==4=1= ==== __ SH,IFT VALVE A and D
14-74
Full lock-up
When the vehicle speed increases, the PCM sends a signal to AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to increase
AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55), and the lock-up control valve is moved to the left side by
the increased pressure. Then converter pressure (94) from the left side ofthe torque converter is completely released
at the lock-up control valve, and torque converter pressure (91) engages the torque converter clutch securely; the
torque converter clutch is in full lock-up.
r~-'-'-"=;~'" CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
E:=H::=IE========t=====\F=i====== ---- SHIFT VALVE A and 0
MANUAL VALVE
14-75
Circuit Diagram - PCM AfT Control System
UNDER - HOOD FUSE/RElAY BOX UNDER-DASH fUSEJIIfLAY BOX

BAmRY
"
No. 12 liSA)
GAUGE CONTROl MOOULE
836
~l -----------------------------------------"
POWEIIlAAIN CONTROl
MOOUlf IPCMI
To l2 V
CAN
CONTROUfR To SV
l lGl C36 BlJ(JRfD - - { } lTBLU --~--'
SCS All
i--<-+1-"-O--- -- BRN -----e~-- 8RN
--I> DATAllNK
CONNECTOR
IOlCl
)~ _:_:-~":,- 1'~=___
, __~A~~2~~__
A~D
AlPN
L1 __~
AlP
_-"
~R~~~____~
AlP,,-,-P~=_~
10
Gun
I!IIAKEPEDAL
POSITlONSWlTCH
- - -- WHT - @ - - - lTGRN V G5IJ3
LTGRN
A40 BKSW
MUlT1PLEJ( INTEGRATED
CONTROl UNIT 1M1CU)
TRANSM1SSlON RANGESWlTCU
PCM Harness CoolWK(Qr Termine' locatioos
Termln.1 side of fltfT'lalettrminals
14-76
---.....
t'--._
POWERTllAIN CONTROL
BJ6 PGI MODULE IPCMI To12V
K- -
BLK
-
-----'--~' PRESSURE
81 PG2 LSA 8«
BlJ( r- REDIBlJ( A/TC,LUTCH
-::1:- . CONTROL
C40 LGI 2 SOLENOID
SRNIYEL
.J. BlJ( VAlVE A
BRN/YEL
CI4 LG2
.J. t-C LS8 835
BRN--r-------~ A/TCUlJTCH
PRESSURE
- CONTROL
SOlENOID
G101 BlJ( WI VAlVE 8
,
t-C~ :BL--
~, "ff 8LU/yEl - - t - - t - - - - - --'-i A/TClUTCH
PRESSURE
CI3 CONTROL
@]E
YEliRED SOLENOID
BlJ( VAlVEC
OUTPUT SHAfT 2 C43 NC
ICOUNrulSHAFT) BlK/WHT
SPEEO SENSOR
C14 SGI 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
3 GRN/WHT
J
flUID PRESSURE SWITCH
.J. rr:::::::::J
OP2Sw B8
BlU/RED ---------Lc...::J
GIOI
MANIFOLD
ABSOLUTE 2
VELIRED -
Cl1 MAi f 3RD ClUTCH TRANSMISSION
flUID PRESSURE SWITCH
1
PRESSURE
SENSOR [ }3 GRN/WHT
GRN/RED
lornw as
BlU/WHT -------10 1
: 1f
818 SHIFT SOLINOID
VELIBlU
@]E
VAlVE A
INPlJTSHAFT
IMA.'SHAfT]
2
WHT /RED
817 SIlA 810
BlU/BU< 5 I-- 8LU
SPHDSENSD!!
8J3 SG2
3 GRNI8lJ( SHIFT SOlENOID
.J. VAlVE B
-
SH8 811
GRN/WHT 2 1-__ DRN
VELI8I.U
B29 EGRP
WHT/BlJ( SIlIFT SOlENOID
1~
EGRVAlVE VAlVEC
POSmoN GRN/BL.K
SENSOR
8LUIRED
B2 EG2::H SHC 820
GRN I I- - GltN
SHIFT SOLINDID
VAlVED
-
SHD 826
GRN{HfD 8 I-- VEL
G101
SHIFT SOlENOID
VAlVE E
SHE 82.
VEL 3 I-- RED
ATF'TEMPERATURE
J~
==D
SENSOR
~--- RED/YEL 6 ~ __
GRN/BLK
7 ~_ _
PCM Hamtss CoonectOf TlNminalloartions
'1/1/ / 41 5 16 / 8191 Il 'J 2 3 4JL'JL' 7 6J9J

1'0 V VVI 14 I15 I'6 17 18 19 1oJ.ll 12 131'1'"1'. 17 '!lL1
120 21 22 >< 23 24 25 201>' 22 >< 2324 125 1
'- 126 27V 29 1/1 31 V 33 34 35 r- ' -
26 1 27 2.29130131132 33341 35 1 r-
11 36 137 !/ 39 140 1" 42 1/1 .. 1 113· V V VVI41 42 43144 1
AI«PI BI«PI
14-77
Ole Troubleshooting
OTe P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure 8. Monitorthe OBD STATUS for P0107 in the DTCs/
(MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Input Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs
were indicated on step 7, go to the indicated DTC's
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II)
troubleshooting .•
again.
NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor

3. Check whether DTC P0107 is indicated in the DTCs/ connections and loose terminals at the MAP sensor
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
known-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If
Is DTC P010l indicated in the PGM-FI system? the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS
indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC P0107 in the PGM-FI result comes on.
System (see page 11 -69) . •
NO-Go to step 4.
4. Check whether DTC P0107 is indicated in the DTCs/

Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu with the HDS.
Is DTC P010l indicated?
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this

time.•
5. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not

have the latest software (see page 14-9), or
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II) .
7. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
Mode Menu with the HDS.
Is DTC P010l indicated?
YES-Check for poor connections and loose

terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. If the
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
(see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was
substituted, go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 8.
14-78
DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P010S in the DTCs/
(MAP) Circuit High Input Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Information (see page 14-4). YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
If the PCM was substituted, replace the
were indicated on step 7, goto the indicated DTC's
2. Turn the ignition switch then turn it ON (II)
troubleshooting.•
again.
NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor

3. Check whether DTC P010S is indicated in the DTCs/ connections and loose terminals at the MAP sensor
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a
Is DTe P010S indicated in the PGM-FI sV.'",,,·ll the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS
indicates NOT COMPLETED, idling until a
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC P010S in the PGM-FI result comes on.
System (see page 11-71) .•
NO-Go to step 4.
4. Check whether DTC P010a is indicated in the DTCs/

Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu with the HDS.
Is DTe P0108 indicated?
YES-Go to step 5.

time.•

have the latest softwa re (see page 14-9), or
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II).
Is DTe palOS indicated?

terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. If the
(see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was
NO-Go to step 8.
14-79
OTe Troubleshooting (cont'd)
DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0335 in the DTCs/
No Signal Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. .
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4): YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is .
2. Start the eng.ine. troubleshooting.•
3. Check whether DTC P0335 is indicated in the DTCs/ NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. connections and loose terminals at the CKP sensor
and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a
Is DTC P0335 indicated in the PGM-FI system? known-good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If
the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC P0335 in the PGM-FI indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
System (see page 11-122).• result comes on.
NO-Go to step 4.

Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu with the HDS.
Is DTC P0335 indicated?
YES-Go to step 5.

time. •
5. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not

6. Start the engine.
7. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT


terminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. If the
NO-Go to step 8.
14-80
Ole P0339: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0339 in the DTCs/
Circuit Intermittent Interruption Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
2. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds. troubleshooting .•
3. Check whether DTC P0339 is indicated in the DTCs/ NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. connections and loose terminals at the CKP sensor
System (see page 11-125).• result comes on.
NO-Go to step 4.

YES-Go to step 5.

time.•
6. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds.

terminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. If the
NO-Go to step 8.
14-81
OTe P0365: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 8. Monitor the aBO STATUS for P0365 in the OTCs/
B No Signal Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
were indicated on step 7, go to the indicated OTC's
2. Start the engine. troubleshooting.•
3. Check whether DTC P0365 is indicated in the DTCs/ NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. connections and loose terminals at the CMP sensor
the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HOS
System (see page 11-126) .• result comes on.
NO-Go to step 4.

YES-Go to step 5.

time.•



terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. If the
NO-Go to step 8.
14-82
"\ .
DTC P0369:.Camsh-aft Position (CMP) Sensor 8, Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0369 in the DTCs/
B Intermittent Interruption Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). VES-Ifthe PCMwas updated, troubleshooting is
complete , If the PCM was substituted, replace the
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other OTCs
were indicated on step 7, go to the indicated OTC's
2. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds. troubleshooting.•
3. Check whether OTC P0369 is indicated in the DTCs/ NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
..
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. connections and loose terminals at the CMP sensor
Is DTC P0369 indicated in the PGM-FI system? known-good PCM (see page .1 4-10); then recheck. If
System (see page 11-129) .• result comes on.
NO-Go to step .4.

Freeze Data in A[r Mode Menu with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 5.

time.•

6. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds.
Mode Menu with the HOS.

terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. If the
(see page 14-10), then recheck. lfthe PCM was
NO-Go to step 8.
14-83
DTC P062F: PCM Internal Control Module 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P062F in the DTCs/
Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
2. Check whether DTC P062F is indicated in the DTCs/ troubleshooting.•
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS.
Is DTC P062F indicated in the PGM-FI system? connections and loose terminals at the PCM. If the
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC P062F in the PGM-FI (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was
System (see page 11-140) .• substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on.
NO-Go to step 3.
3. Check whether DTC P062F is indicated in the DTCs/

Is DTC P062F indicated?
YES-Go to step 4.

time.•

Is DTC P062F indicated?

terminals at the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),
then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
1. "
NO-Go to step 6. t
14-84
DTe P0705: Short in Transmission Range 7. Measure the voltage between transmission range
Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-Position Input) switch connector terminals No.6 and No. 10.
NOTE: TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and
anyon-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4) .
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
1 2 345
tra nsm ission. 6 7 8 9 10
ATP P (BlK/BLU) GND(BlK)
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

Wire side of female terminals
3. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever
through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in
each position, and monitor the OBD STATUS for Is there battery voltage?
P0705 in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu
for a pass/fail. YES-Go to step 13.
Does the HDS indicate FAILED? NO-Go to step 8.
YES-Go to step 4. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
time. Check for an intermittent short in the wire
between the transmission range switch and the 10. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
to step 2 and recheck. 11. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B13 and body ground.
5. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
LATP P (BLU/BlK
14-292).
111 2 3 114VV 7 8
91 "
1011 12 13\14\16\16 1718V
Is the switch OK?
2021 22 >< 232426
2627 28 9130131132 333436
YES-With the switch connector disconnected, go
to step 6.
1138 / VVVl 41 4243 441
NO-Replace the transmission range switch Q

(see page 14-294), then go to step 53.
=
6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) . Terminal side of female terminals
Is there continuity?
YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM

connector terminal B13 and the transmission range
switch, then go to step 53.
NO-Go to step 12.
(cont'd)
14-85
12. Check for continuity between transmission range 13. Measure the voltage between transmission range
switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. switch connector terminals No. 7 and No. 10.
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
234 5
6 7 8 9 10
234 5
6 7 8 9 10
ATPR(WHTI GND (BLKI
Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
Is there continuity? Is there battery voltage?
YES-Go to step 48. YES-Go to step 18.
NO-Repair open in the wire between transmission NO-Go to step 14.
range switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground

(Gl0l), or repair poor ground (Gl0l), then go to 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
step 53.
16. Disconnect PCM connector 8 (44P).
17. Check for continuity between PCM connector

terminal 814 and body ground .
J ATP R (WHTI
111 2 3 4 IVV' 7 8 9 I
101112 '3[14161'6 17 18V

j20 21 22 >< 2324 26
26 27 26 29130 3113233 34 36
1136 / /VVI414243441
.Q

connector terminal 814 and the transmission range
switch, then go to step 53.
NO-Go to step 48.
14-86
18. Measure the voltage between transmission range 23. Measure the voltage between transmission range
switch connector terminals No.2 and No. 10. switch connector terminals No.8 and No. 10.
234 5
345
6 7 8 9 10
8 9 10 ATP 0 (PNK) GND (BlK)
'--_ __ _ _ _ - - ' GND (BlK)
Is there about 5 V? Is there battery voltage?
YES-Go to step 23.

YES-Go to step 28.
NO-Go to step 19.

NO-Go to step 24.
19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 25. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
21. Disconnect PCM connector 8 (44P). 26. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
22. Check for continuity between PCM connector 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal 812 and body ground. terminal 821 and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)

ATP N (RED/BlK)
11 2 3 4VV1 7 8 91
10 11 121 3114116116 1718/
2021 22 >< 232426
2627 28~~30131132 333435
136 V / V V 141 4243 441
Q
-=- -=-
Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals
Is there continuity? Is there continuity?
YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM
connector terminal 812 and the transmission range connector terminal 821 and the transmission range
switch, then go to step 53. switch, then go to step 53.
NO-Go to step 48. NO-Go to step 48.
(cont'd)
14-87
switch connector terminals No.3 and No. 10. switch connector terminals No.9 and No. 10.
,- TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR - TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
ATP2 (BLU) 234 5

123 6 7 8 9 10
ATP 1 (BRN)
678
GND (BLK) '--_-'
Is there battery voltage? Is there battery voltage?
31. Disconnect PCM connector 8 (44P). 36. Disconnect PCM connector 8 (44P).
32. Check for continuity between PCM 'connector 37. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal 816 and body ground. terminal 815 and body ground.
ATP 2 (GRN/RED) I ATP 1 (RED)
111 2 3 41/Vll 7 8 91 112 34J,.'fIL J7 8 9J
1011 1213114115116 1718/ 10111213j141151161718V
2021 2 2 > < 232A 25 ~ 2122 >< 232425
2627 28f29I30j31j32 333435 ~ 27 28~30 3!p233~ 35
1138 / VVVI41 4243 441 ]36 V / L/V]41 42 43 44L
Q Q
-= -=
connector terminal 816 and the transmission range connector terminal 815 and the transmission range
14-88
switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 1O. switch connector terminals No.1 and No. 10.
ATP FWD (VEL/RED) ATP RVS (WHT/RED)
123 2 345
678 7 8 9 10
GND (BLKI '--_ _ _ _ __ _ ---' GND tBLK)
/s there battery voltage? Is there battery voltage?
41. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). 46. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
42. Check for continuity between PCM connector 47 . Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B28 and body ground. terminal B22 and body ground.
= =
/s there continuity? /s there continuity?
connector terminal B28 and the transmission range connector terminal B22 and the transmission range
(cont'd)
14-89
48. Update the A{f software in the PCM if it does not 53. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 54. Start the engine.
49. Start the engine. 55. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever
through all position. Stop for at least 1 second in
50. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever each position.
through all position . Stop for at least 1 second in
each position. 56. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
51 . Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
Mode Menu with the HDS. Is DTC P0705 indicated?
Is DTC P0705 indicated? YES-Replace the transmission range switch

(see page 14-294), then return to step 53 and
YES-Check for poor connections and loose recheck.
terminals at the transmission range switch and the
PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known NO-Go to step 57.
good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
PCM was substituted, go to step 1. 57. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs/
Freeze Data in A{f Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NO-Go to step 52.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
52. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs/
Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. YES-Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
DTCs were indicated on step 56, go to the indicated
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? DTC's troubleshooting.•
YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the connections and loose terminals at the
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to
were indicated on step 51, go to the indicated DTC's step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
troubleshooting .• return to the step 54 and recheck .

connections and loose terminals at the
transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM
was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT
14-90
.. . .' ,
DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 7. Make sure the transmission range switch is
Switch Circuit installed correctly (see page 14-294), and adjust the
shift cable (see page' 4-286).
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS .
anyon-board snapshot, and review General "
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 9. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem the VSA OFF switch comes on) . Run the engine in
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the the D position until the vehicle speed reaches
transmission. 35 mph (56 km/h), then slowdown and stop the
wheels.
2. 4WD model: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
is securely supported, and allow all four wheels to
rotate freely. Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
2WD model: Raise the front of the vehicle, make
sure it is securely supported, and allow the front YES-Go to step 11.
wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle.
3. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in at the transmission range switch and the PCM. If
the D position until the vehicle speed reaches the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step
35 mph (56 km/h), then slow down and stop the 9 and recheck.
wheels .
11. Shift to the D position, and verify the ATP FWD and
ATP D inputs with the HDS in the NT data list.
Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Is ATP FWD and ATP DON?

Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
YES-Go to step 12.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 17.
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals '2. Shift to the 2 position, and verify the ATF FWD and
at the transmission range switch and the PCM. If ATP 2 inputs with the HDS in the NT data list.
the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step
3 and recheck. Is ATP FWD and ATP 2 ON?
5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. YES-Go to step 13.
6. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page

NO-Go to step 17.
14-292).
13. Shift to the 1 position, and verify the ATF FWD and
Is the switch OK? ATP 1 inputs with the HDS in the NT data list.
YES-Go to step 7. Is ATP FWD and ATP 1 ON?
NO-Replace the transmission range switch

YES-Go to step 14.
NO-Go to step 17.
(cont'd)
14-91
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
14. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
15. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on 18. Disconnect the transmission range switch
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in connector.
the 0 position until the vehicle speed re1'lches
35 mph (56 km/h), then slow down and stop the 19. Check for continuity between transmission range
wheels. switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground.
16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs/ TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
YES-Go to step 17. 6 7 8 9 10

"

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the transmission range switch and the PCM. If
the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step =
15 and recheck. Wire side of female terminals
Is there continuity? '.
YES-Go to step 20.
NO-Repair open in the wire between the ,

transmission range switch and ground (Gl0l), or
repair poor ground (Gl0l), then go to step 31.
, )
t" •
oj,
,'
14-92
20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 23. Measure the voltage between transmission range
switch connector terminals No. 3 and No. 10.
21. Measure the voltage between transmission range
switch connector termina ls No.5 and No. 10. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

ATP2 (BlU)
ATP FWD (VEL/RED) 2 3

1 2 3 4 6 7 8
GND (BlK) ~_ _
6 7 8 9
GND (BlK) ~_----'
Wire side of f emale t erminal s

Is there voltage?
Is there voltage? YES-Go to step 24.
YES-Go to step 22. NO-Repair open in the wire between the

transmission range switch and peM connector
NO-Repair open in the wire between the terminal B16, then go to step 31 .
transmission range switch and peM connector
terminal B28, then go to step 31 . 24. Measure the voltage between transmission range
switch connector terminals No.9 and No. 10.

2 3 4. 5
6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 45 ATP 1 (BRN)
6 7 8 9 10
ATP 0 (PNK) GND(BlK)
Wire side of f emale t ermin als

Is there voltage?
Is there voltage ? YES-Go to step 25.
YES-Go to step 23. NO-Repair open in the wire between the

transmiss ion range switch and peM connector
NO-Repair open in the wire between the terminal B15, then go to step 31 .
transm ission range switch and peM connector
term inal B21 , then go to step 31 .
(cont'd)
14-93
Automatic Transnlission
DTe Troubleshooting (cont'd)
25. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not 31 . Clear the DTC with the HDS.
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 32. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 33. 4WD model: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it
27. 4WD model: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it rotate freely.
is securely supported, and allow all four wheels to 2WD model: Raise the front of the vehicle, make
rotate freely. sure it is securely supported, and allow the front
2WD model: Raise the front of the vehicle, make wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle.
sure it is securely supported, and allow the front
wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle . 34. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in
28. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on the D position until the vehicle speed reaches
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in 35 mph (56 km/h), then slow down and stop the
the D position until the vehicle speed reaches wheels.
35 mph (56 km/h), then slow down and stop the
wheels. 35. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
Is DTC P0706 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections and loose

YES-Check for poor connections and loose PCM, then go to step 1.
PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known NO-Go to step 36.
good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe
PCM was substituted, go to step 1. 36. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs/
NO-Go to step 30.
Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. YES-Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? DTC's troubleshooting .•
YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the connections and loose terminals at the
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to
were indicated on step 29, go to the indicated DTC's step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
troubleshooting.• return to step 34 and recheck.

transmission range switch and the PCM . If the PCM
substituted, go to step 1. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT
14-94
OTe P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature 4. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR with the HDS.
Sensor Circuit
Does the ATF temperature read about the same as
NOTE: the ECT SENSOR?
anyon-board snapshot, and review General YES-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM .•
transmission. NO-Replace the ATF temperature sensor
1. Check the ATF temperature with the HDS in the AfT
data list. 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Does the ATF temperature exceed the ambient-air 6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D
temperature? position through all five gears.
YES-Record the ATF temperature. Leave the 7. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
engine off for more than 30 minutes, and go to step Mode Menu with the HDS .
2.
NO-Record the ATF temperature. Test the stall
speed RPM (see page 14-213) three times. Go to YES-Check for poor connections and loose
step 2 after stall speed testing. terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the
PCM, then go to step 1.
2. Check the ATF temperature with the HDS.
NO-Go to step 8.
Does the ATF temperature change?
YES-Leave the engine off for more than Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
30 minutes, and go to step 3.
NO-Replace the ATF temperature sensor
(see page 14-235), then go to step 5. YES-Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
3. Check the ECT SENSOR with the HDS. DTC's troubleshooting .•
Is the ECT SENSOR equal to the ambient-air NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
temperature? connections and loose terminals at the ATF
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
YES-Go to step 4. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 6 and recheck.
NO-Leave the engine off until the ECT SENSOR
reads the same as ambient-air temperature, then
go to step 4.
14-95
OTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor 7. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
Circuit harness connector terminal No.6 and body ground.
NOTE: SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR

and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the 567 8
transmission. ATFT (RED/VELI
1. Check the ATF temperature sensor voltage with the

HDS in the AfT data list.
=
Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 Vor Wire side of female terminals
less?
YES-Go to step 2. Is there continuity?
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM
time. Check for an intermittent short in the ATFT connector terminal B27 and shift solenoid harness
wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the connector terminal No.6, then go to step 13.
PCM .•
NO-Go to step 8.
2. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at
the shift solenoid valve cover. 8. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
harness connector terminal NO.6 and body ground.
3. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage with the
HDS.
SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR
Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 Vor

less? 123
YES-Go to step 4. 5 6 7 8
NO-Replace the ATF temperature sensor
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. =

Terminal side of male terminals
6. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). Is there continuity?
YES-Replace the ATF temperature sensor-shift

solenoid harness and connector (see page 14-235),
then go to step 13.
NO-Go to step 9.
14-96


14. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D
position through all five gears.
position through all five gears. 15. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT

terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the
YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known PCM, then go to step 1.
PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO-Go to step 16.
NO-Go to step 12. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0712 in the DTCs/
Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting.•
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, go to step 1. If
were indicated on step 11, go to the indicated DTC's the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step
troubleshooting .• 14 and recheck.

connections and loose terminals at the ATF
temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was
updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go
to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
return to step 9 and recheck.
14-97
. .I ....
DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature Sensor 6. Measure the voltage between shift solenoid
Circuit harness connector terminals No.6 and No.7.
NOTE: SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECT,OR

. Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4) .

and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the 5
transmission. ATFT (RED/YEL)
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage with the
Does the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage exceed Wi re side of female term ina Is
4.93 V?
YES-Go to step 2. Is there about 5 V?
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this YES-Replace the ATF temperature sensor-shift
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals solenoid harness and connector (see page 14-235),
at the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM .• then go to step 16.
,~ i.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. NO-Repair open in SG2 wire between PCM
connector terminal 833 and the shift solenoid
3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at harness connector, then go to step 16.
the shift solenoid valve cover.
5. Measure the voltage between shift solenoid

harness connector terminal No.6 and body ground.
SHIFT SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR
567 8
ATFT (RED/YEL)
=
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Go to step 7.
14-98
7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector.
8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not
9. Disconnect PCM connector 8 (44P). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
10. Check for continuity between PCM connector 13. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D
terminal B27 and shift solenoid harness connector position through all five gears.
terminal No.6.
SHIFT SOLENOID PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
HARNESS CONNECTOR Mode Menu with the HDS.

,---,
111 2 3 4 \;d/i 7 8 9/
1 2 3 // 1011 1213/14/15/16 1718V YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known
5 6 7 8
2021
122 >< 232426 good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe
2627 28 9/30/31/32 333436 PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
IATFT (RED/VEL) 1138 A' I/VVI41 4243 441
IATFT IREDIYEL) NO-Go to step 15.
Q
Wire side of Terminal side of Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
female terminals female terminals
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
YES-Go to step 11 . complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs
NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM were indicated on step 14, go to the indicated DTC's
connector terminal 827 and the shift solenoid troubleshooting .•
harness connector, then go to step 16.
connections and loose terminals atthe shift
solenoid harness connector (ATF temperature
sensor) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 13 and recheck.
(cont'd)
14-99

• I
16. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector.



terminals at the shift solenoid harness connector
(ATF temperature sensor) and the PCM, then go to
step 1.
NO-Go to step 20.

YES-Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

DTC's troubleshooting.•

connections and loose terminals at the shift
solenoid harness connector (ATF temperature
sensor) and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 18 and
recheck.
14-100
DTC P0716: Problem in Input Shaft 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS .
DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal 8. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P) .
Input)
NOTE: terminals C40 and body ground, and between C44
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
transmission .
2. 4WD model: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it

rotate freely.
wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle. Terminal side of female terminals
3. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speed Is there continuity?

sensor installation (see page 14-233). If the sensor
is installed incorrectly, reinstall the sensor correctly, YES-Go to step 10.
then go to step 36.
NO-Repair open in the wires between PCM
4. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on connector terminals C40, C44 and ground (G101) ,
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in or repair poor ground (G1 01), then go to step 36.
the D position, and hold the vehicle at speeds over
35 mph (56 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow
down and stop the wheel.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the

DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
YES-Go to step 6.

at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the
to step 4 and recheck.
(cont' d)
14-101
10. Connect PCM connector C (44P). 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
11. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 15. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
sensor connector.
16. Check for continuity between peM connector
12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminal B18 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor connector terminal No.1.
13. Measure the voltage between input shaft
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) INPUT SHAFT
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.1 (MAINSHAFT)
and body ground. SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)

..' Q)-----,
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
VCC2 (VEL/BLU)
Terminal side of Wire side of

Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity?
YES-Go to step 17.

Is there about 5 V?
NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM
YES-Go to step 18. connector terminal 818 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.
NO-Go to step 14.
terminal 818 and body ground.
VCC2 (VEL/BLU)
111 2 3 4VVJ 7 8 91
1011 1213114115118 1718:1
2021 22>< 232425
2827 28129130131132 33f'l435
U38 1/1/ /1/141 4243 44J

connector terminal B18 and the input shaft
NO-Go to step 32.
14-102
18. Turn the switch OFF. 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal B33 and input shaft (mainshaft)
19. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). sensor connector terminal No.3.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44PI INPUT SHAFT

20. Check for continuity between input shaft (MAINSHAFTI
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.2 SPEED SENSOR
and body ground. CONNECTOR
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)

SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
L....----(Ql-------'
Terminal Wire side of

female female terminals
YES-Go to step 22.
Is there continuity? NO-Repair open in the wire between the input

shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector and PCM
short in the wire between PCM connector terminal 833, then go to step 36.
(mainshaftl speed sensor connector, then go to 22. Connect PCM connector B (44P).
step 36.
NO-Go to step 21.
!mainshaft) sensor connector terminals
No.2 and No.3.
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFTI

Wire side offemale terminals
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 25.
NO-Go to step 29.
(cont'd)
14...103
25. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 29. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
connector.
30. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
31 . Check for continuity between PCM connector
27. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on terminal B17 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in sensor connector terminal No.2.
the D position, and hold the vehicle at speeds over
PCM CONNECTOR B f44P) INPUT SHAFT
35 mph (56 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow fMAINSHAFT)
down and stop the wheel. SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the Q
DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. NM (WHT/RED)
Does the HDS indicate FA/LED? 11 2 3 4VV 7 8 91 . r

NM
(WHTIRED)
YES-Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed

1011 12 13114116116 1718V
2021 22 >< 232426
2627 28 29130[31132 333436
"
11 1 2 1 3 1
sensor (see page 14-233), then go to step 36. VVV I41
1136 / 4243 441
NO-Go to step 32. Terminal side of. Wire side of

/s there continuity?
YES-Go to step 32.

14-104
32. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not 36. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 37. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in
33. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on the D position, and hold the vehicle at speeds over
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the engine in 35 mph (56 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow
the D position, and hold the vehicle at speeds over down and stop the wheel.
35 mph (56 km/h) for more than 10 seconds. Slow
down and stop the wheel. 38. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT
Mode Menu with the HDS. Is DTC P0716 or P0717 indicated?
Is DTC P07:16 or P0717 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections and loose
terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 35. 39. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
. DTCs/Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
DTCs/Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting .•
complete. Ifthe PCM was substituted, replace the
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
were indicated on step 34, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the input shaft
troubleshooting .• (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to
step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor return to step 37 and recheck.
connections and loose terminals at the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. Ifthe PCM
COMPLETED, return to step 33 and recheck.
14-105
OTe P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed 6. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
Sensor Intermittent Failure connector.
NOTE: 7. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 0

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and position through all five gears .
arty on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 8. Monitorthe OBD STATUS for P0718in the DTCs/
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
transmission. Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES-Go to step 9.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 0 NO-Troubleshooting is complete. If the HDS
position through all five gears. indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 7 and
recheck.

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
, .
YES-Go to step 4.
11. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 12. Check for continuity between PCM connector
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals terminals C40 and body ground, and between C44
at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the and body ground.
PCM . If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
5. DisconneCt the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor connector, and inspect the connector and
connector terminals to be sure they are making
good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK?
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Repair the connector terminals, then go to
step 6. Is there continuity?
YES-Go to step 13.

connectorterminals C40, C44 and ground (G101),
or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 34.
14-:106
13. Connect PCM connector C (44P). .. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. .
14. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 18. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
sensor connector.
19. Check for continuity between input shaft
15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.2
and body ground.
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.1 INPUT SHAFT IMAINSHAFT)
and body ground. SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
INPUT SHAFT IMAINSHAFT)
~M (WHT/REDI

=

Is there about 5 V? connector terminal B17 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
YES-Go to step 17. step 34.
20. Connect PCM connector B (44P).
(cont'd)
14-107
22. Measure the voltage between input shaft 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No.2
and body ground . 27. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) 28. Check for continuity between PCM connector
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR terminal 818 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
~
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
~M (WlfT/RED,
Q
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC2 (VEL/BLU)
11 2 3 4VV 7 8 91 VCC2 IVEL/BLUI

1011 121311 4 1161 16 1718V ,---,
Wire side of female terminals 2021 22 >< 232425 11 12 131
~27 28j291 30131132 33134 35
138 LVVl41 42 43 441
V'
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed female terminals female terminals
sensor (see page 14-233), then go to step 34.
NO-Go to step 23.
YES-Go to step 29.
24. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). connector terminal B18 and the input shaft
terminal B17 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed 29. Check for continuity between PCM connector
sensor connector terminal No.2. terminal B18 and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)

(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR VCC2 (VEL/BLUI
CONNECTOR
Q IL1 2 3 4VVl 7 8 91
1011 1213114116J16 1718V
NM (WHT/RED)
2021 2 2 > < 232425
NM
111 2 3 4VV 7 8 91 (WHT/RED) 2627 28j29 1301 31 132 333435
1011 12 13114115~6 1718V r h 1138 lL' V!LJLL41 4243 441
2021 22 >< 232425
2527 2tl j291301 31 132 3334 35
l11213J
1138 V /VV141 4243 441 Q
female terminals female terminals Terminal side of female terminals
YES-Go to step 30. YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM

connector terminal 818 and the input shaft
NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 34.
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 34. NO-Go to step 30.
14-108
30. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not ~ 34. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
have the latest software (see page 14-9), or I
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 35. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D
position through all five gears. 36. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
Mode Menu with the HOS. Is DTC P07l8 indicated?
Is DTC P07l8indicated? YES-Check for poor connections and loose

terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
YES-If the RCM was 'u pdated, substitute a known sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
v,
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? YES- Troubleshooting is complete . If any other
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting . •
were indicated on step 32, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the input shaft
troubleshooting .• (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to
step 1. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
C'onnections and 10,ose terminals at the input shaft
(mains haft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM
14-109
DTC P0721: Problem in Output Shaft 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No 8. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
Signal Input)
NOTE: terminals C40 and body ground, and between C44
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and and body ground.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4) . PCM CONNECTOR C (44PI
transmission.

rotate freely.
wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle. Terminal side of female terminals
3. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speed /s there continuity?

sensor installation (see page 14-233). If the sensor
is installed incorrectly, reinstall the sensor correctly, YES-Go to step 10.
then go to step 36.
4. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on connector terminals C40, C44 and ground (G101),
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the vehicle in or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 36.
the D position with engine speed 2,000 rpm or
higher for more than 10 seconds. Slow down and
stop the wheel.

DTCs/Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Does the HDS indicate FA/LED?
YES-Go to step 6.

at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and
the PCM. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
14-110
11. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed 15. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
sensor connector.
12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). terminal C13 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
13. Measure the voltage between output shaft
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal (COUNTERS HAFT)
No.1 and body ground. SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
,-------lQ}-----,
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERS HAFT)
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR VCC1 (VELJRED)
VCC1 (VEL/RED)

= female terminals female terminals
YES-Go to step 17.

Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 18. connector terminal C13 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.
NO-Go to step 14.
terminal C13 and body ground.
I VCC1 (VEl/RED)
11 2 3 11 4 1 6 1 6 7 8 91
V ll 1213114116~6 1718/
2021 22 >< 23//
V27 /29130131132 / / /
136 V ./ 391 40 141 4243 44[
Q
=
Terminal side offemale terminals

connector terminal C13 and the output shaft
NO-Go to step 32.
(cont'd)
14-111
18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal C14 and output shaft (counters haft) speed
19. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). sensor connector terminal No.3.

20. Check for continuity between output shaft (COUNTERSHAFT)
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal SPEED, SENSOR'
No.2 and body ground. CONNECTOR
Q
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SG1 (GRN/WHT)
.

111 2 3 4 516 7 8 91 SG1 (GRN/WHT)
/ 11 121311 411 611 6 1718/ ,----,
22>< I.
' ,
11 J2 j 3 1
~
2021 23/
/ 27 V 29130131 132 v//
~c fBLK/WHTJ 1136 / V 39140141 4243 441
=
YES-Go to step 22.
Is there continuity? NO-Repair open in the wire between the output

shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector and
YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM PCM connector terminal C14, then go to step 36.
(counters haft) speed sensor connector, then go to 22. Connect PCM connector C (44P) .
step 36.
NO-Go to step 21.
(counters haft) speed sensor connector terminals
No.2 and No.3.
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

~
NC JBLK/WHT) l~Gl JGRN/WHTJ
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 25.
NO-Go to step 29 .
14-112
25. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed 29. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
sensor connector.
30. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
27. Startthe engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on terminal C43 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the vehicle in sensor connector terminal No.2.
the D position with engine speed 2,000 rpm or
higher for more than 10 seconds. Slow down and (COUNTERS HAFT}
stop the wheel. SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Doesthe HDS indicate FAILED? NC

(BLK/WHT)
YES-Replace the output shaft (countershaft)

speed sensor (see page 14-233), then go to step 36.
NO-Go to step 32. , . Terminal side of Wire side of

YES-Go to step 32.

(cont'd)
14-113
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 37. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on
the VSA OFF switch comes on). Run the vehicle in
33. Start the engine, and turn the VSA off (the light on the D position with engine speed 2,000 rpm or
the VSA OFF switch comes on) . Run the vehicle in higher for more than 10 seconds. Slow down and
the D position with engine speed 2,000 rpm or stop the wheel.
higher for more than 10 seconds. Slow down and
stop the wheel. 38. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT
Mode Menu with the HDS. Is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated?
I
Is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections and loose
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
NO-Go to step 35. 39. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the
DTCs/Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
DTCs/Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? YES- Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
were indicated on step 34, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the output shaft
troubleshooting .• (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go
connections and loose terminals at the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM . If the
14-114
OTe P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 6. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure sensor connector.
NOTE: 7. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and position through all five gears .
anyon-board snapshot, and review General I ,
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs/
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem Freeze Data in AfT. Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
transmission. Does the HDS indicate FA/LED?
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES-Go to step 9.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D NO-Troubleshooting is complete. If the HDS
position through all five gears. indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 7 and
recheck.
"
Freeze Data in AfT Mode 'Menu for a pass/fail.

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 4. 11. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 12. Check for continuity between PCM connector
time. Check for poor connections and loose terminals C40 and body ground, and between C44
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed and body ground.
sensor and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
5. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector, and inspect the connector and
connector terminals to be sure they are making
good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK?
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Repair the connector terminals, then go to
step 6. /s there continuity?
YES-Go to step 13.

connectorterminals C40, C44 and ground (G101),
or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 34.
(cont'd)
14-115
14. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed 18. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
sensor connector.
19. Check for continuity between output shaft
15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
No.2 and body ground.
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERS HAFT)
No.1 and body ground. SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
~
~c (.LK/WH.,
-=
-=

Is there about 5 V? connector terminal C43 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
YES-Go to step 17. step 34.
20. Connect PCM connector C (44P).
21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) .
, ."
14-116
22. Measure the voltage between output shaft 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
No.2 and body ground. 27. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P) .
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFTI

SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR terminal C13 and output shaft (col!lntershaft) speed
.' sensor connector terminal No.1 .
~ ..
(COUNTERS HAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
~C'BLKmHTI CONNECTOR
Q
VCC1 (VEL/RED)
=
111 2 3 41516 7 8 91 V~(VE L/RED)

/11 1213114116116 1718/
Wire side of female
,. terminals
2021 22
>< //1/23// 11 I2 I3 I
/ 27 / ~130131j32
1138 / V 39140141 4243 441
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Replace the output shaft (countershaft) female terminals female terminals
speed sensor (see page 14-233), then go to step 34.
NO-Go to step 23.
YES-Go to step 29.
24. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). connector terminal C13 and the output shaft
25. Check for continuity between PCM connector ,;
terminal C43 and output shaft (countershaft) speed 29. Check for continuity between PCM connector
sensor connector terminal No.2. terminal C13 and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR C (44PI OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)

(COUNTERSHAFTI
SPEED SENSOR IVCC, (VEL/RED)
CONNECTOR
111 2 3 114161 6 7 8 91
/11 1213114116116 1718 /
2021 22 >< 23//
NC /271129130131132 I11I
(BLK/WHTI 1138 / V 391 40 14 1 4243 441
Q
=
female terminals female terminals Terminal side of female terminals
YES-Go to step 30. YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM

NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 34.
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 34. NO-Go to step 30.
(cont'd)
14..117
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14~10) . 35. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D

terminals at the output shaft (counters haft) speed
NO-Go to step 33. 37. Monitor the OBO STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs/

were indicated on step 32, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the output shaft
troubleshooting.• (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go
NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor return to step 35 and recheck.
connections and loose terminals at the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
14-118
DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
8. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General data, or run the vehicle in the 1 position at speeds
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds. Slow down
and stop the wheels.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating
temperature (toe radiator fan comes on).

2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the
proper level, and check for fluid leaks.

3. Drain the ATF. (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a YES-Repair the 1st clutch, or replace the
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or transmission, then go to step 10.
excessive clutch material.

Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
clutch material? to step 8 and recheck.
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 10. 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), 11. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
then go to step 4. same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, or run the vehicle in the 1 position at speeds
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-214). over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds. Slow down
Is the line pressure within the service limits?
YES-Go to step 5. Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NO-Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
or replace the transmission, then go to step 10.
YES-Troubleshooting is complete.•
5. Measure the 1st clutch pressure (see page 14-214).
NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 1
Is the 1st clutch pressure within the service and recheck. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
limits? return to step 11 and recheck.
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Shift valves Band C are stuck. Repair these

valves and hydraulic circuit, or replace the
transmission , then go to step 10.
6. Test stall speed in the 1 position.
Does the stall speed test within the service limits?
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these

valves and hydraulic circuit, or replace the
transmission, then go to step 10.
14-119
,\
"
DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General data, or run the vehicle in the 2 position at speeds
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds. Slow down

.
"
proper level, and check forfluid leaks.

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a YES-Repair the 2nd clutch, or replace the
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or transmission, then go to step 10.

Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
clutch material? to step 8 and recheck.
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 10. 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), 11. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
then go to step 4. same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, or run the vehicle in the 2 position at speeds
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-214). over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds. Slow down
Is the line pressure within the service limits?
NO-Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
5. Measure the 2nd clutch pressure (see page 14-214).
Is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service and recheck. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
limits? return to step 11 and recheck.
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Shift valves A, B, and C are stuck. Repair

these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace
the transmission, then go to step 10.
6. Test stall speed in the 2 position.
Does the stall speed test within the service limits?
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Shift valve C is stuck. Repair shift valve C and

hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then
go to step 10.
14-120
OTe P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs/
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES-Repair the 3rd clutch, or replace the
temperature (the radiator fan comes on).

time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
excessive clutch material. same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, or run the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive D3 driving mode at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h)
clutch material? for 20 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 9. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs/
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239),
then go to step 4. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-214). YES-Troubleshooting is complete.•
Is the line pressure within the service limits? NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 1
and recheck. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
YES-Go to step 5. return to step 10 and recheck.
NO-Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve,

5. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure (see page 14-214).
Is the 3rd clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Shift valves A, B, and C are stuck. Repair

these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace
the transmission, then go to step 9.

data, or run the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position
D3 driving mode at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h)
for 20 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
14-121
DTC P0734: Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs/
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES-Repair the 4th clutch, or replace the


data, or run the vehicle in 4th gear in the D position
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
clutch material? Slow down and stop the wheels.
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 9. 11 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs/
Is the line pressure within the service limits? NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 1

5. Measure the 4th clutch pressure (see page 14-214).
Is the 4th clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Shift valves B, shift valve C, servo control

valve, and servo valve are stuck. Repair these
valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the

at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
Slow down and stop the wheels.
14-122
DTC P0735: Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs/
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit , Freeze Data in Nr Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES-Repair the 5th clutch, or replace the

.1 time. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return

Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
clutch material? Slow down and stop the wheels.
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 9. 11 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs/
Is the line pressure within the service limits? NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 1

5. Measure the 5th clutch pressure (see page 14-214).
Is the 5th clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Shift valves A, B, and/or D are stuck. Repair

these valves and the hydraulic circuit or replace the

at speeds over 10 mph (16 km/h) for 20 seconds.
Slow down and stop the wheels.
14-123
1
DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch 8. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road witn a steady
Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF throttle at 55 mph (88 km/h) for 2 minutes.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 9. Monitor the OBDSTATUSfor P0741 intheDTCs/
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.


YES-Repair the faulty torque converter clutch
mechanism, torque converter clutch hydraulic
circuit, lock-up shift valve, or lock-up control valve,
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
excessive clutch material. to step 8 and recheck.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. Inspect NT clutch pressure control solenoid
clutch material? valve A (see page 14-225).
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. Does AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
work properly?
then go to step 4. YES-Repair the hydraulic system related to the
lock-up shift valve, lock-up control valve, and
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. lock-up timing valve, or replace the transmission,
then go to step 11.
5. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous Test
, Menu, and make sure the shift solenoid valve E NO-Replace NT clutch pressure control solenoid
operates with the HDS. va Ive A (see page 14-227), then go to step 11.
Is a clicking sound heard? 11 . Clear the DTC with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 6. 12. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve E (see page data.
14-222), then go to step 11.
13. lVIonitorthe OBD STATUS for P0741 in the DTCs/
6. Run the engine until the engine coolant
temperature reaches 176 "F (80 "C) .

7. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A
in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test NT clutch YES-Troubleshooting is complete.•
pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS .
NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 1
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? and recheck. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
YES-Go to step 8.
NO-Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS

for the test result, but if the HDS has not
determined the cause ofthe failure, go to step 10.lf
any part is replaced, go to step 11.
14-124
DTe P0747: AfT Clutch Pressure Control 9. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A
Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test NT clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
YES-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time.•
by the test result, but if the HDS has not determined
the cause of the failure, go to step 10. If any part is
replaced, go to step 11.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. Inspect NT clutch pressure control solenoid
excessive clutch material. valve A (see page 14-225).
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive Does AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
clutch material? work properly?
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. YES-Repair the hydraulic system related with shift
valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), step 11.
then go to step 4.
NO-Replace NT clutch pressure control solenoid
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. valve A (see page 14-227), then go to step 11.
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all 11. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
five gears at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. 12. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all
6. Test-drive the vehicle again in the D position
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop.
through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph
(20 km/h) for more than 20 seconds, then slow

down to a stop.
down to a stop.

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
YES-Go to step 8. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this YES-Troubleshooting is complete.•

to step 5 and recheck. NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 1
8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. return to step 12 and recheck.
14-125
OTe P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON 9. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and make sure the shift solenoid valve A
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). Is a clicking sound heard?

YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page

10. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a five gears at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph
clutch material? (20 km/h) for more than 20 seconds, then slow
down to a stop.
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 13.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), Freeze Data in Aff Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
then go to step 4.
Does the HOS indicate FAILED?
YES-Repair shift valve A, or replace the
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all transmission, then go to step 13.

more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this

down to a stop .

Freeze Data in Aff Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop .
Does the HDS indicate FAILED? 15. Test-drive the vehicle again in the D position
YES-Go to step 8. (20 km/h) for more than 20 seconds, then slow
down to a stop.
time . If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0752 in the DTCs/
to step 5 and recheck. Freeze Data in Aff Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

14-126
OTe P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF 9. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and make sure the shift solenoid valve B

YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page


down to a stop.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
then go to step 4.
YES-Repair shift valve B, or replace the
more than 20 seconds, then slow .down to a stop. NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time . Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
to step 10 a nd recheck.

down to a stop.

down to a stop.
time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 in the DTCs/
to step 5 and recheck. Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.

14-127
Auto!matic Transmission
DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON 9. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and make sure the shift solenoid valve B

YES-Go to step 10.


11 . Test-drive the vehicle again in the D position
down to a stop.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
then go to step 4.
YES-Repair shift valve B, or replace the


down to a stop.

down to a stop.
to step 5 and recheck. Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED? .

14-128
OTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF 9. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous Test
.., Menu, and make sure the shift solenoid valve C

YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page


strainer. Inspect the straiper for metal debris or more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop.
Does the strainer have metal.debris or excessive through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph
clutch materi.al? (20 km/h) for more than 20 seconds, then slow
down to a stop.
then go to step 4.
YES-Repair shift valve C, or replace the


down to a stop.

down to a stop.

14-129
Ii
DTC P0771: Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF 9. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and make sure the shift solenoid valve E

YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve E (see page

2. Make sure that the transmi'ssion is filled to the

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a . five gears at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for
down to a stop.
then go to step 4.
YES-Repair shift valve E, or replace the
time . If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return

down to a stop.

7. Monitor the OSD STATUS for P0771 in the DTCs/
down to a stop.
time . Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0771 in the DTCs/

14-130
OTC P0776: AfT Clutch Pressure Control 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF
9. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid B
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test AfT clutch
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS.
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?

time.•

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a the cause of the failure, go to step 10. If any part is
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or replaced, go to step 11.
10. Inspect AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive valve B (see page 14-228).
clutch material?
Does AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. work properly?
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), YES-Repair the hydraulic system related with shift
then go to step 4. valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to
step 11.
NO-Replace AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all valve B (see page 14-232), then go to step 11.
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. 11. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

down to a stop.

down to a stop.
NO-Intermittent failure, the,system is OK at this Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

time. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
to step 5 and recheck. YES-Troubleshooting is complete.•

14-131
DTC P0777: AfT Clutch Pressure Control 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON
and anyon-board snapshot. and review General pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS.

time.•

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a the cause of the failure, go to step 10.lf any part is
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive valve B (see page 14-228).
clutch material?
Does AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
then go to step 4. valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to
step 11.
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all valve B (see page 14-232), then go to step 11 .
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. 11 . Clear the DTC with the HDS.

down to a stop.

down to a stop.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
to step 5 and recheck. YES-Troubleshooting is complete.•

and recheck. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
14-132
" '
..
OTe P0780: Shift Control System 4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0780 in the DTCs/
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
1. Check for other DTCs indicated simultaneous with complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
DTC P0780. original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs
, were indicated on step 3, go to the indicated DTC's
NOTE: DTC P0780 means there is one or more AfT troubleshooting.•
DTCs about the shift control system.
Are there other OTCs? connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
valves, AfT clutch pressure control solenQid valves,
YES-Troubleshoot indicated DTC(s): and the PCM. If the PCM was .updated, substitute a
• P1730 (see page 14-195) the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the HDS
• P1731 (see page 14-197) .. indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a
• P1732 (see page 14-199) result comes on.
• P1733 (see page 14-201)
• P1734 (see page 14-203) r . f
NO-Go to step 2.

have latest software (see page 14-9), or substitute a
known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known

PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 4.
14-133
;,
OTe P0796: AfT Clutch Pressure Control 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF
9. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data in the Miscellaneous TesrMenu, and test AfT clutch
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS.

time.•

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a the cause of the failure, go to step 10. If any part is
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive valve C (see page 14-230).
clutch material?
Does AlT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
then go to step 4. valve C, or replace the transmission, then go to
step 11.
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all valve C (see page 14-232), then go to step 11.

down to a stop.

down to a stop.
to step 5 and recheck. YES- Troubleshooting is complete.•

14-134
DTe P0797: AfT Clutch Pressure Control 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS.

YES-Intermittentfailure, the system is OK at this
time.•

3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a the cause ofthe failure, go to step 10. If any part is
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive valve C (see page 14-230).
clutch material?
Does AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 1.1. work properly?
then go to step 4. valve C, or replace the transmission, then go to
step 11.
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all valve C (see page 14-232), then go to step 11.

down to a stop.

down to a stop.
to step 5 and recheck. YES-Troubleshooting is complete. •

14-135
OTe P0842: Short in 2nd Clutch Transmission 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 7. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
ON pressure switch connector.
NOTE: 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) .

anyon-board snapshot, and review General 9. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with the
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). HDS in the NT data list.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?
transmission.
YES-Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. pressure switch (see page 14-234), then go to step
18.
2. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with the

HDS in the NT data list when not in 2nd gear. NO-Go to step 10.
Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF? 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
YES-Go to step 3. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
NO-Go to step 6. 12. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P) .
3. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). terminal B8 and body ground.

4. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the 2 position for
more than 5 seconds, then shift to the D position, OP2SW (BLU/REDlj
and drive in 3rd gear for more than 5 seconds.
Slow down and stop the wheels. 11 2 3 4VV I 7 8 91
10 1112 1311411 611 6 17 18 V
5. Monitor the aBD STATUS for P0842 in the DTCs/
2021 22 >< 2324 26

2627 281291 30131 j32 33 3435
136 l! / ·1/141 42 43 441

Does the HDS indicate FAILED? .
Q
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Terminal side of female t erminal s

time . Check the OP2SW wire for an intermittent
short to ground between the 2nd clutch Is there continuity?
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM
4 and recheck. connector terminal B8 and the 2nd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
18.
NO-Go to step 14.
14-136
have the latest software (see page >14-9), or
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 19. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the 2 position for
more than 5 seconds, then shift to the D position,
15. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the 2 position for and drive in 3rd gear for more than 5 seconds.
more than 5 seconds, then shift to the D position, Slow down and stop the wheels.
Slow down and stop the wheels. 20. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT

terminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.

were indicated on step 16, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutch
troubleshooting.• transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT
NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor COMPLETED, return to step 19 and recheck.
connections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM . If
the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the PCM was
14-137
DTC P0843: Open in 2nd Clutch Transmission 5. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the 2 position for
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch more than 5' seconds, then shift to the 0 position,
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck and drive in 3rd gear for more than 5 seconds.
OFF Slow down and stop the wheels.
NOTE: 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0843 in the DTCs/

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4) . .• Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the YES-Go to step 7.
transmission.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK.at this
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. time. Check for poor connections and loose
terminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
2. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal pressure switch and the PCM. Ifthe HDS indicates
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). NOT COMPLETED, return to step 5 and recheck.
3. Shift into the 2 position while pressing the brake

pedal, and verify with the HDS in the NT data list
that the SHIFT COMMAND indicates 2nd.
4. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with the

HDS in the NT data list.
Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH ON?
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
14-138
....
8. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
pressure switch connector.
13. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
10. Measure the voltage between the 2nd clutch terminal B8 and the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
transmission fluid pressure switch connector pressure switch connector terminal.
terminal and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) 2ND CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR SWITCH CONNECTOR
,---<Ql------,
OP2SW
(BLU/RED)
=
Wire side of female terminal female terminals female terminal
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid terminals at the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch (see page 14-234), then go to step pressure switch and the PCM. If the connections
19. are OK, go to step 15.
NO-Go to step 11. NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal B8 and the 2nd clutch
19.
(cont'd)
14-139
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear inthe 2 position for
more than 5 seconds, then shift to the D position,
16. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the 2 position for and drive in 3rd gear for more than 5 seconds.
more than 5 seconds, then shift to the D position, Slow down and stop the wheels.
Slow down and stop the wheels. 21. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT

terminals atthe 2nd clutch transmission fluid

YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting .•
were indicated on step 17, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutch
troubleshooting . • transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor COMPLETED, return to step 20 and recheck .
connections and loose terminals at the 2nd clutch
PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck.lfthe PCM was
14-140
OTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 7. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
ON pressure switch connector.
NOTE: '. , 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) .

• Before you troubleshoot, record,all freeze data and
anyon-board snapshot, and review General 9. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with the
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). HDS in the AfT data list.
• Th is code is caused by an electrical circuit problem
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF?
transmission .
YES-Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. pressure switch (see page 14-234), then go to step
18.
2. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with the

HDS in the AfT data list when not in 3rd gear. NO-Go to step 10.
Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF? 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
, '
YES-Go to step 3. '

11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS .
NO-Go to step 6. '.. , 12. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
3. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). terminal B9 and body ground.

4. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3
driving mode for more than 5 seconds, then release
the D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, and
d rive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds. Slow
down and stop the wheels. , .
Does the HDS indicate FAILED? Q

YES-Go to step 6.
time. Check the OP3SW wire for an intermittent Is there continuity?
short to ground between the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM
the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step connector terminal B9 and the 3rd clutch
4 and recheck. transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
18.
NO-Go to step 14.
(cont'd)
14-141
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 19. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3
15. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3 the D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, and
driving mode for more than 5 seconds, then release drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds. Slow
the D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, and down and stop the wheels.
drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds. Slow
down and stop the wheels. 20. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT

terminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? Vl:S- Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
original PCM (see page 11 -219). If any other DTCs NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
were indicated on step 16, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
troubleshooting . • transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
connections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
14-142
OTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission 5. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch driving mode for more than 5 seconds, then release
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck the D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, and
OFF drive in 4th gear for more than 5.seconds. Slow
down and stop the wheels.
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0848 in the DTCs/
anyon-board snapshot, and review General Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
transmission. YES-Go to step 7.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
2. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
3. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3
driving mode, and verify with the HDS in the AfT
data list that the SHIFT COMMAND indicates 3rd.
4. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH signal with the

Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH ON?
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
(cont'd)
14-143
Auto'matic Transmission
8. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
pressure switch connector.
13. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P) .
9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) .
10. Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch terminal B9 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
transmission fluid pressure switch connector pressure switch connector terminal.
terminal and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) 3RDCLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR SWITCH CONNECTOR
r----tQ r-----,
OP3SW
(BLU/WHT)
=
Terminal side of
Wire side of
Wire side of female terminal .female terminals
female terminal
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid terminals atthe 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch (see page 14-234), then go to step pressure switch and the PCM. If the connections
19. are OK, go to step 15.
NO-Go to step 11. NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal B9 and the 3rd clutch
19.
14-144
15. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3
16. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position D3 the D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, and
driving mode for more than 5 seconds, then release drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds. Slow
the D3 driving mode by pushing the D3 switch, and down and stop the wheels.
drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds. Slow
down and stop the wheels. 21. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
17. Check for DTC(s) in tl:le.DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT

terminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? YES- Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
complete; If the PCM was substituted, replace the
original PCM (see page 11-219).lf any other DTCs NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
were indicated on step 17, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
troubleshooting .• transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor COMPLETED, return to step 20 and recheck.
connections and loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
14-145
DTC P0962: Problem in NT Clutch Pressure 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit
7. Disconnect the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
NOTE: valve A connector.
anyon-board snapshot, and review General 8. Measure the resistance between AfT clutch
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve A connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals No. 1 and No.2.
transmission.
AIT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
1. Clear theDTC with the HDS.
2. Check that DTC P0962 recurs.
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Go to step 3.
in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test AfT clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. Is there 3- 10 Q ?
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? YES-Go to step 9.
YES-Go to step 4. NO-Replace AfT clutch pressure control solenoid

valve A (see page 14-227), then go to step 16.
NO-Go to step 6.
4. Choose Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control

in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and command AfT
cl utch pressure control solenoid va Ive A at 1.0 A
with the HDS .
5. Monitorthe OBD STATUS for P0962 in the DTCs/

Does the HDS indicate FAILED ?
YES-Go to step 6.

time . Check for poor connections and loose
terminals at AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
14-146
.. (
..
9. Check for continuity between AfT clutch pressure 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No.2
and body ground. 11. Measure the voltage between AfT clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A connector terminals No.1
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
and No.2.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
2
GN~(B~K,)
'.
.• l . n '
' female terminals

Wire side of
LS A
-
(~ED/BLK)
1} 2
' 'Y.
GND (BLK)

YES-Go to step 10. Is there voltage?
NO-Repair open in the wire between AfT clutch YES-Go to step 12.
pressure control solenoid valve A and ground
(G 101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to NO-Repair open or short in the wire between PCM
step 16. ' connector terminal 844 and AfT clutch pressure
I , control solenoid valve A. then go to step 16.
(cont'd)
14-147
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 17. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 0
13. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 0

YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.

complete . If the PCM was substituted,replace the
were indicated on step 14, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at AfT clutch
troubleshooting.• pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,
NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor COMPLETED, return to step 17 and recheck.
connections and loose terminals at AfT clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe PCM was
14-148
Ole P0963: Problem in AfT Clutch Pressure 8. Measure the resistance between AfT clutch
Control Solenoid Valve A pressure control solenoid valve A connector
terminals No.1 and No.2.
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE 'CONTROL
anyon-board snapshot, and review General SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
• This code is caused by an electrical Circuit problem
transmission.

,
Is DTC P0963 indicated? Terminal side of male terminals
YES-Go to step 6. '. '
Is there 3~ 10 Q ?
NO-Go to step 3.
YES-Go to step 9.
in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test AfT clutch NO-Replace AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. valve A (seepage 14-227), then go to step 14.
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? 9. Check for continuity between AfT clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No.2
.
YES-Go to step 4.
,
and body ground.
NO-Go to step 6. AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

~
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A at 0.2 A
with the HDS.
~NDtBLKI
=
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Is there continuity?

time. Check for poor connections and loose
terminals at AfT clutch pressure control solenoid YES-Goto step 10.
valve A and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
COMPLETED, return to step 3 and recheck. NO-Repair open in the wire between AfT clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and ground
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to
step 10.
valve A connector.
(cont'd)
14-149

terminals at NT clutch pressure control solenoid
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.

YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTG's troubleshooting.•
were indicated on step 12, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at NT clutch
troubleshooting.• pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,
connections and loose terminals at NT clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
14-150
DTC P0966: Problem in AfT Clutch Pressure 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.,
Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit
NOTE: valve B connector .
anyon-board snapshot, and review General 8. Measure the resistance between AfT clutch
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve B connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals No.1 and No.2.
transmission. AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Go to step 3.
pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. Is there 3- 10 Q ?

valve B (see page 14-232), then go to step 16.
NO-Go to step 6.

clutch pressure control solenoid valve Bat 1.0 A
with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 6.

valve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
(cont'd)
14-151
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No.2
and body ground. . 11. Measure the voltage between AfT clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B connector terminals No.1
AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
andNo.2.
SOLENOID VALVE
, B CONNECTOR
~
~
" ~NOfBLKI
LS B fBRNI ~NO fBLKI

=

YES-Go to step 10. Is there voltage?
pressure control solenoid valve B and ground
(G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to NO-Repair open or short in the wire between PCM
step 16. connector terminal 835 and AfT clutch pressure
control solenoid valve 8, then go to step 16.
14-152
Is DTC P0966 indic.ted? YES-Check for poor connections and loose

YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck.lfthe
NO-Goto step 15. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0966 in the DTCs/

YES-dfthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting.•
were indicated on step 14, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at AfT clutch
troubleshooting .• pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If
14-153
Ole P0967: Problem in AfT Clutch Pressure 8. Measure the resistance between AfT clutch
Control Solenoid Valve B pressure control solenoid valve B connector
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
anyon-board snapshot, and review General SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
transmission.
Is DTe P0967 indicated? Terminal side of male terminals
YES-Go to step 6.
Is there 3- 10 Q ?
NO-Go to step 3.
YES-Go to step 9.
pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. valve B (see page 14-232), then go to step 14.
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No.2
YES-Go to step 4. and body ground.
NO-Go to step 6. AIT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

~
clutch pressure control solenoid valve Bat 0.2 A
with the HDS.
~NDI.LKI
=
YES-Go to step 6.

terminals at AfT clutch pressure control solenoid YES-Go to step 10.
valve B and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
pressure control solenoid valve B and ground
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (Gl0l), or repair poor ground (Gl0l), then go to
step 14.
valve 8 connector.
14-154
10. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not 14. Clear the DTCwiththe HDS.
position through all five gears. 16. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/FreezeData in NT
12. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in,AfT
Is DTC P096iindicated? t' YES-Check for poor connections and loose

YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO-Goto step 13. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0967 in the DTCs/

DTCs were indicated' on step 16, go to the indicated
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for p00r
troubleshooting .• pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If
,.
r',
- .
J
..
t.
14-155
OTe P0970: Problem in AfT Clutch Pressure 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit
NOTE: valve C connector.
any on-board snapshot, and review General 8. Measure the resistance between AfT clutch
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve C connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals No.1 and No. 2.
transmission. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
YES-Go to step 6.
NO-Go to step 3.
pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. Is there 3- 10 Q ?

valve C (see page 14-232), then go to step 16.
NO-Go to step 6.

clutch pressure control solenoid valve C at 1.0 A
with the HDS.

YES-Go to step 6.

valve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
14-156
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No.2
and body ground. 11. Measure the voltage between AfT clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C connector terminals No.1
AIT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
and No.2.
~NDIBlJ(J
2
LS C (BLU/VEL) GND (BLK)
= , 'Y.

/s there continuity?
YES-Go to step 10. /s there voltage?
pressure control solenoid valve C and ground
(Gl0l), or repair poor ground (Gl0l), then go to NO-Repair open or short in the wire between PCM
step 16. connector terminal 825 and AfT clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C, then go to step 16.
(cont'd)
14-157
12. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not 16. Clear the OTC with the HOS.
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 17. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 0
13. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the 0
Mode Menu with the HOS. Is DTC P0970 indicated?

YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.

OTCs were indicated on step 18, go to the indicated
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
were indicated on step 14, go to the indicated OTC's connections and loose terminals at AfT clutch
troubleshooting .• pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the HOS indicates NOT
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If
substituted, go to step 1. If the HOS indicates NOT
14-158
OTe P0971: Problem in AfT Clutch Pressure 8. Measure the resistance between AfT clutch
Control Solenoid Valve C pressure control solenoid valve C connector
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
anyon-board snapshot, and review General SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the t.
transmission.
Is DTC P0971 indicated? Terminal side of male terminals
YES-Go to step 6.
Is there 3 - 10 Q ?
NO-Go to step 3.
YES-Go to step 9.
pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. valve C (see page 14-232), then go to step 14.
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2
YES-Go to step 4. and body ground.
NO-Go to step 6. AfT CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

~
clutch pressure control solenoid valve Cat 0.2 A
with the HDS.
~NDIBLKI
=
YES-Go to step 6.

terminals at AfT clutch pressure control solenoid YES-Go to step 10.
valve C and the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT
pressure control solenoid valve C and ground
6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (G 101), or repair poor ground (G 101), then go to
step 10.
valve C connector.
(cont'd)
14-159
~utomatic Transmission
11 . Test-drivethe veh icle for several minutes in the D

YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
good PCM (see page 14-10). then recheck. lfthe
NO-Go to step 13. 17. Monitorthe OBD STATUS for P0971 in the DTCs/
Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fait.
Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fait. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete . If any other

complete . If the PCM was substituted, replace the
troubleshooting.• pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM . If
14-160
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 9. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 10. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals B10 and C40.
transmission. PCM CONNECTORS
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. ~ SH A IBLU/BLKI

1111 2 3 4VV1 7 6 91 11 2 3 4151e 7 8 91
2. Start the engine, and shift to the D position. 1011 12 13114~511e 1716V Vll 1213114115116 1716 V
3. Check that DTC P0973 recurs .
2021 122 >< 2321125
~27 28iZBl30l31132 3334 1
35
><
i2ll21 122 23V V
V27 V ~I30131132 lI'VV
1136 1/ V Vl/I41 4243 441 1136 / V 39140141 4243 441
Is DTC P0973 indicated? B 144P) CI44P) ILG1 IBRN/YEL)
Q
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Go to step 4. Terminal side of female terminals
4. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous Test Is there less than 12 Q ?

Menu, and test shift solenoid valve A with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 11 .
Is a clicking sound heard?
NO-Go to step 14.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
5. Start the engine, and shift to the D position.
YES-Go to step 7.

time. Check the SH A wire for an intermittent short
to ground between shift solenoid valve A and the
(cont'd)
14-161
A'u tohlatic Transmission
" . Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 14. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
term inals 810 and C40.
1\ 15. Start the engine ~ and shift to theD position.
PCM CONNECTORS
"
16. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Oata in NT
I I SH A (BlU/BlK)
11111 2 3 4VV 7 8 91 'II 2 3 41518 7 8 91
17 18V
10 11 121 3114116 11 6 V ll 12 13114116116 1718 / Is DTC P0973 indicated?
2021 2 2 > < 2324 26 20 21 22 >< 23 / /
26 27 26~1301311 32 333435 V 127 11' 29 13013113211' / / YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known
1J 36 / ~/VVI41 42 43 441 ,136 / V 391 40 141 4243 441 good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
B(44P) " C (44P) • IlG1. (BRN/YE l) PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
Q
NO-Go to step 17.
Terminal side of female terminals 17. Monitor the 08D STATUS for P0973 in the OTCs/
connector terminal 810 and the shift solenoid YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooti ng is
harness connector, then go to step 18. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other OTCs
NO-Go to step 13. were indicated on step 16, go to the indicated DTC's
troubleshooting.•
13. Inspect shift solenoid valve A (see page 14-218).
NO-If the HOS indicates FAILED, check for poor
Is shift solenoid valve A OK? connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
YES-Go to step 14. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10),
then recheck, If the PCM was substituted, go to step
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve A or the shift 1, If the HOS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
solenoid harness (see page 14-222), then go to step step 15 and recheck.
18.
1"4-162
19. Start the engine, and shift to the 0 position.


terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 21.


DTC's troubleshooting.•

connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
recheck.
14-163
DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 9. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P) .
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals S10 and C40 .
_ SH A (BLU/BLK)
111 2 3 4VVI7 8 91 111 2 3 41616 7 8 91
2. Start the engine in the P position. 101 1 12 1311 4116~8 1718V /1 1 1213114116116
1718V
120 21 22 >< 232426 2021 22 >< 23VV
3. Check that DTC P0974 recurs. j26 27 2B 291301 31132 33 3436 / 27 V ~130131132V V V
1136 / / VV141 4243 441 1136 / V 391 40 141 4243 441
Is DTC P0974 indicated? B (44P) C(44P) ILG1 (BRN/YE L)
Q
YES-Go to step 7.
4. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous Test Is there 12- 25 Q ?

Menu, and test shift solenoid valve A with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 15.
NO-Go to step 11.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
5. Start the engine in the P position.
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Intermittent fa ilure, the system is OK at this

at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the HDS
recheck.
14-164
• !
{' 1 ,'
11 . Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 13. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see page
14-222) . .
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector ~ "
terminal 810 and shift solenoid harness connector 14. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
terminal No.5. harness connector terminal No. 5 and the shift
solenoid valve A connector terminal.
SHIFT SOLENOID PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
HARNESS CONNECTOR SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFJ" SOLENOID
VALVE A HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
ISH A (BLU/BLK)
123
.------J
5 678
ISH A (BLU/BLK)
/i
1
,I'l 2 3 4VV 7' 8 91
1011 12 '31'41'61'8 1718V
~O 21 22 .>< 232426
12627 2B 29130131 ~2 333436
138 / / VVI41 4243 441 SHA(BLU)
5 7 8
SH·A(BLUI
Wire side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminal male terminals
YES-Go to step 13.
YES-Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page
NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM , 14-222), then go,1o step 19.
harness connector, then go to step 19. NO-Replace the shift solenoid harness (see page
(cont'd)
14-165
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Start the engine inthe P position.
16. Start the engine in the P position. 21. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
Mode Menu with the HDS. ' . Is DTC P0974 indicated?

terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM,
YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known then go to step 1.

YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting .•
complete. If the PCM was substftuted, replace the
were indicated on step 17, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
troubleshooting.• valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor recheck.
valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
14-166
OTe P0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. r
Circuit
8. Jump the SCS line wit~ the HDS.
NOTE:
1. Clea r the DTC with the HDS. SH B IGRN/WHTI
11 2 3 4VV 7 6 91 11 2 3 4151 6 7 6 91
2. Start the engine in the P position. 1011 1213114115~6 1716V /11 1213114115116 1716V
~21 22 >< 232425 2021 ~>< 23VV
3. Check that DTC P0976 recurs. ~27 zelz9l30131laz 333435 / 27 Vizsl 30131 1azVVV
136 V /VV141 4243 441 136 / V 391 40 141 4243 441
Is DTe P0976 indicated? B 144PI CI44PI IlG1 IBRN/YE II
Q
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Go to step 4. Terminal side of female te.rminals
4. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test Is there less than 12 Q ?

Menu, and test shift solenoid valve B with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 11.
NO-Go to step 14.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
YES-Go to step 7.

time. Check the SH B wire for an intermittent short
to ground between shift solenoid valve B and the
PCM . Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
(cont'd)
14-167
11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 14. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not
terminals Bll and C40.
PCM CONNECTORS
.' 16. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
SH B (GRNIWHT) Mode Menu with the HDS.
Ii 1 2 3 4VV1 7 8 91 11 2 3 41516 7 8 9111
1011 1213114116116 1718)1 V 1112 13114116116 1718V Is DTC P0976 indicated?
120 21 22 :><::: 23 24 26
1
2021 22.>< 23VV
2627 2829130131132 33~36 /27V 129 13013*2 IVV YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known
1136 / :/ 1/1/141 4243 441 136 V V 39140141 4243 441 good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
B (44P) C(44P) ILG1 (BRN/YE L) PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
Q
NO-Go to step 17.
Terminal side of female terminals 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs/
connector terminal Bll and the shift solenoid YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
harness connector, then go to step 18. complete. If the peM was substituted, replace the
13. Inspect shift solenoid valve B (see page 14-218).
Is shift solenoid valve B OK? connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve B and the PCM.lfthe PCM was updated,
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve B or the shift 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
solenoid harness (see page 14-222), then go to step step '16 and recheck.
18.
14-168
"
.
19. Start the engine in the P position. \


terminals at shift solenoid valve B and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 21 . .,


DTC's troubleshooting .•

valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
recheck.
14-169
DTC P0977: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
8. Jump the SCS line w ith the HDS.
NOTE:
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 10. Measure the resistance between peM connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals 811 and C40.
transmission . PCM CONNECTORS
SH B (GRN/WHT)
. .
/1 2 3 4VV/ 7 8 9/ 1/ 1 2 3 4/ 6 / 6 7 8 9/
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st
1011 1213114116116 1718V /11 1213b 4j1611 6 17 18V
thru 3rd gears in the D position D3 driving mode.
fw 21 22>< 232426 021 22 >< 23VV
~27 28~[30 131J32 333436 /27 V 29130131132 VVV
3. Check that DTC P0977 recurs. /:l6 V /VV/41 4243 44/ 1/36 / V 39/40 /41 4243 44/
B(44P) C (44P) ILGl (BRN/YE L)
Is DTe P0977 ind icated? Q
YES-Go to step 7.
Terminal sid e of female term inals
NO-Go to step 4.
Is there 12-25 Q?
4. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test shift solenoid valve B with the HDS. YES-Go to step 15.
Is a clicking sound heard ? NO-Go to step 11.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
Does the HDS indicate FAILED ?
YES-Go to step 7.

time . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the HDS
recheck.
14-170
14-222).
terminal B11 and shift solenoid harness connector 14. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
terminal No.2. harness connector terminal No.2 and the shift
solenoid valve B connector terminal.
SHIFT SOLENOID PCM CONNECTOR B I44P)
HARNESS CONNECTOR SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B HARNESS CONNECTOR
, CONNECTOR
Q
SH B IGRN/WHT)
SH B IGRN/WHT)
r--l 111 2 3 41/1/ 7 8 9J
1 2 3 V 1011 1213114r5rS 1718 /
2021 22 :::;::..:::::: 232425
SHBIORN) .
5 6 7 8 2627 2829j30I31 132 3334 36

1136 /V V1/141 4243 441 5 678
female terminals female terminals Wire side of Terminal side of
YES-Go to step 13.
YES-Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page
NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM 14-222), then go to step 19.
connector terminal B11 and the shift solenoid
(cont'd)
14-171
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st
thru 3rd gears in the D position D3 driving mode. 21. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT

terminals at shift solenoid valve B and the PCM,

troubleshooting.• valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
14-172
,.
r I .,
OTC P0979: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
8. Jump the SCSline with the HDS.
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 9. Disconnect PCM connectors
, . B (44P) and C (44P) .
'1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SHC(GRN)
11 2 3 4VV 7 '8 91 11 Z 3 41516 7 8 91

2. Start the engine, and shiftto the D position, 1 11 1Z 13114115~6 17181;/ V11 1213114115116 1718V
~Zl 2.2 >< 2.3 2.4 25 )2.021 2.2 >< Z3VV
3. Check that DTC P0979 recurs. 2728 129130131 132 333435 VZ7V ~130131 j32 VVV
1]36 V VVV141 4243 44l 136 / l/ 39140141 4243 44J
Is OTe P0979 indicated? B(44P) C(44P) JLG1 (BRN/YEL)
Q
YES-Go to step 7.
4. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous Test Is there less than 12 Q ? ' '.
Menu, and test shift solenoid valve C with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 11.
NO-Go to step 14.
YES-Go to step 5.
NG-Go to step 7.
YES-Go to step 7.

time. Check the SH C (GRN) wire for an intermittent
short to ground between shift solenoid valve C and
the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
(cont'd)
14~173
terminals 820 and C40.
15. Start the engine, and shift to the D position . .
PCM CONNECTORS
,-- 16. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT

SHC (GRN) Mode Menu with the HDS.
11 2 3 4VV 7 8 91 111 2 3 41516 7 8 91
1 11 12 13114115~6 1718/ /11 1213114116116 1718V Is DTC P0979 indicated?
~21 22><- 1232 Z5 ~21 22>< 23VV
~27 12E 29130131132 33~ 35 /2 /129130 131132 /VV
136 / / 1/1/141 4243 441 V
1136 / 39140141 4243 441 good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
B (44P) C(44P) ILG1 (BRN/YE L) PCM was substituted, go to step 1,
Q
NO-Go to step 17.
Terminal side of female terminals 17. Monitor the 08D STATUS for P0979 in the DTCs/
connector terminal 820 and the shift solenoid YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
harness connector, then go to step 18. complete . If the PCM was substituted, replace the
troubleshooting.•
13. Inspect shift solenoid valve C (see page 14-218).
Is shift solenoid valve C OK? connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve C or the shift 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
solenoid harness (see page 14-222), then go to step step 15 and recheck.
18.
14-174


terminals at shift solenoid valve C and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 21.



valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
recheck.
14-175
OTe P0980: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 9. Disconnect PCM connectors 8 (44P) and C (44P).
transmission . PCM CONNECTORS
r--
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SH C(GRN)
11 2 3 4VVI 7 8 91 11 2 3 4 1618 7 8 91
2. Start the engine in the P position. 1 11 1213114115118 1718V
V" 1213114116118 1718/
120 21 22 >< 232425 120 21 22 >< 23 / /
3. Check that DTC P0980 recurs. 2827 28 29130131J32 3334 136 V27 / 29130131132 / / /
138 V /VV1 41 <1243 441 ,138 V /39140141 4243 441
Is DTC P0980 indicated? B (44P) C(44P) I LG1 (BRN/YE L)
Q
YES-Go to step 7.
,,
4. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous Test Is there 12- 25 Q ?

Menu, and test shift solenoid valve C with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 15.
NO-Go to step 11.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
5. Start the engine in the P position .
YES-Go to step 7.

at shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the HDS
recheck.
14-176
11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 13. , Remove the shift solenoid harness (see page
14-222).
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector '
terminal No . .1. harness connector terminal No.1 and the shift
solenoid valve C connector terminal.
SHIFT SOLENOID PCM CONNECTOR Ii (44P)
VALVE C HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
.Q
• SHC(GRN)
SHC(GRN)'
,--,
:1 1 2 3 4VV 7 8 91
1 2 3 V 1 11 12 '31'4116116 1718 /
2122
>< 23 24 26
1
SHCIGRN)
5 6 7 8 2726 29 130131 j32 33~36

678
,
1136 / 1/VV/41
. 4243
t
441

female termihals female terminals Wire side of Terminal side of
YES-Go to step 13.
YES-Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page
harness connector, then go to step 19. . NO-Replace the shift solenoid harness (see page
(cont'd)
14-177
15. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not . 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Start the engine in the P position.
16. Start the engine in the P position. 21. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT
, ,

terminals at shift solenoid valve C and the PCM,
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known then go to step 1.
Freez~ Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.

YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting . •
troubleshooting .• valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
1. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
14-178
"'!II'
.. ... ...
'
DTCP0982: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
, ...
, I
."
'wI 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS .
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze .data and 9. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P) .
anyon-board snapshot; and review General
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. B(44P) C(44P)
11 2 3 4 V'VI 7 8 91 ' 11 '1 2 3 4 I 5 I 6 7 6 9 I
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st and 101112131141161161716/ / 1112 13114116~6 718/
2nd gears in the D position. 1202122 >< 232A26 20 2122 >< 23//
126 27 2B 23J30131 132 3334 35 / 27V1291 30131 132 / / /
3. Check that DTC P0982 recurs. 136IV / VVI41 42 43 441 1136 /v 391 40 14142 43 441
ISH D(GRN/RED) I LG1 (BRN/YEL)

Is OTe P0982 indicated? L------{Qf-------'
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Go to step 4.
Is there less than 12 Q ? ... .
4. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test shift solenoid valve D with the HDS. YES-Go to step 11.
Is a clicking sound heard? NO-Go to step 14.
YES--Go to step 5. ' ."
"
NO......Go to step 7 .
•t
5. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st and r:

2nd-gears in the D position.
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK atthis

time. Check the SH D wire for an intermittent short
to ground between shift solenoid valve D and the
PCM . If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
(cont'd)
14-179
terminals B26 and C40.
15. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st.and
PCM CONNECTORS
2nd gears in the D position.
B(44P) C(44P)
Mode Menu vilith the HDS.
III 2 3 4lL'1/j 7 8 9J 111 2 3 4151 6 7 8 9 J
011 1213114116116 1716V /11 1213114116~6 1716V
2021 22~ 232426 2021 2 2 > < 23VV Is DTC P0982 indicated?
2627 26 :!9130j31 132 333436 V27 V~I30131)32 VV/'
113611V /VV141 4243 441 1136 V V 39140141 4243 441 YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known
ISH D (GRN/RED) \lG1 (BRN/YE l) good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
Q PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
NO-Go to step 17.

Terminal side of femaie terminals
Is there continuity? Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connector terminal B26 and the shift solenoid
harness connector, then go to step 18. YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
NO-Go to step 13. original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs
13. Inspect shift solenoid valve D (see page 14-218). troubleshooting.•
Is shift solenoid valve 0 OK? NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
YES-Go to step 14. valve D and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated,
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve D or the shift then recheck. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
solenoid harness (see page 14-222), then go to step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
18. step 15 and recheck.
14-180
19. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st and

20. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT .'


terminals at shift solenoid valve D and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
r •
NO-Go to step 21.


DTC's troubleshooting . •

valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
recheck.
• tI 1,
DTC P0983: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
NOTE:
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. B(44P) C144P)
11 2 3 4 VVI 7 8 9 1 ' 1 1 2 3 4 15 16 7 8 9 1
2. Start the engine in the P position. 101112131141161161718V V 1112131141161161718/
20 21,22 ><;:: 232426 jzo 21 22 2< 2311 /
3. Check that DTC P0983 recurs. jzs2f2629130131132333436 V 27/29130131132// /
136lLi/JLVL41 42 43 441 :138 /1/ 39140141 42 43 441
Is DTC P0983 indicated? ISH D (GRN/RED) I LGl (BRN/YEL)

L-.- - - - I n l - - - - - - - - '
YES-Go to step 7.
4. Choose Shift Solenoid 0 in the Miscellaneous Test Is there 12- 25 Q ?

Menu, and test shift solenoid valve 0 with the HDS.
YES-Go to step 15.
NO-Go to step 11.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
YES-Go to step 7.

at shift solenoid va Ive 0 and the PCM. If the HDS
recheck.
14-182
11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 13. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see page
14-222).
terminal No.8. harness connector terminal No. 8 and the shift
solenoid valve D connector terminal.
SHIFT SOLENOID PCM CONNECTOR B (<<PI
HARNESS CONNECTOR SHIFT SOLENOID
.' SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE D
CONNECTOR
"
5
SH D (GRN/REDI 5 SH D(YELI
SHD (YELl

female terminals female terminals Terminal side of W ire 'side of
male terminals female terminal
YES-Go to step 13.
YES-Replace shift solenoid valve D (see page
(cont'd)
14-183
15. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not 19. Clear the DTCwith the HDS.
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Start the engine in the P position.
16. Start the engine in the P position. 21 . Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
Mode Menu ~ith the HDS.
Mod'e Menu w,ifh the HDS. . Is DTC P0983 indicated?

,terminals at shift solenoid valve D and the PCM,
, ,

Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail. Does the HDS indicate PASSED ?

DTCs were indicated on step 21 , go to the indicated
YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC' s troubleshooting . •
complete, If the PCM was substituted, replace the
were indicated on step 17, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose term i nals at shift solenoid
troubleshooting .• valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
valve D and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated,
1. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
14-184
DTC P0985: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve E 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
8. Jump the SCS line with the HOS.
NOTE:
tra nsmission. PCM CONNECTORS
1. Clearthe DTC with the HDS. SH E (YEl)
2. Start the engine in the P position. 4VV

111
2
3
7
~ 91
11
2
3
41616
7 8
91
1011
1213j14J16P617 V
V ll 1213114116116
1718V

><
2021
22 23 2426

2021
22 >< 23VV
2627 26~130131132

33 3

435
V27 /291 3013*2 VVV
1136
/ I/VVI41 42
43 441
136 1/ V 39140141
4243
441
Is DTC P0985 indicated? B(44P) C(44P) ILGl (BRN/YE L)

Q
YES-Go to step 7.
4. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous Test Is there less than 12 Q ?
Menu, and test shift solenoid valve E with the HDS.

YES-Go to step 11 .

NO-Go to step 14.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.
6. Monitor the aBO STATUS for P0985 in the OTCs/
YES-Go to step 7.

time . Check the SH E (YEL) wire for an intermittent
short to ground between shift solenoid valve E and
the PCM. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
(cont'd)
14-185
11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 14. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not ·
terminals B24 and C40.
PCM CONNECTORS
SH E (VEL) Mode Menu with the HDS.
111 2 3 4VV7 91 11 2 3 41516 7 8 91

10 11 1213[14]1 5 11617
V V ll 1213114115116 1718/
20 21 [22 >< 23 2425 2021 22 >< 23/ /
2627 26~130131132 33 3435 V27 /291301 31 132 / / /
136 V V 391 40 141 4243 441
U36 / ltVV!41 42 43 441 !
B(44P) C (44P) ILG1 (BRN/vE L) PCM was substituted, go to step 1.

Q NO-Go to step 17.
Terminal side of female terminals 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0985 in the DTCs/
connector terminal B24 and the shift solenoid YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
harness connector, then go to step 18. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
troubleshooting.•
13. Inspect shift solenoid valve E (see page 14-218).
Is shift solenoid valve E OK? connections and loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve E and the PCM. Ifthe PCM was updated,
YES-Go to step 14. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
then recheck. Ifthe PCM was substituted, go to step
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve E or the shift 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep
solenoid harness (see page 14-222), then go to step idling until a result comes on.
18.
14-186
18. Clear the DTC with the HDS. .,

.,., ..
20. Check for DTC(s) inthe DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT

Mode Menu with the HDS. . "
t.. " I 1
Is DTC P0985 indicated? .• . ,!
YES-Check for poor connections and loose • I •
terminals at shift solenoid valve E and the PCM,

then go to step 1.
NO-Go
.
to step 21. . t.
21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0985 in theDTCs/



valve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
recheck.
r,
14-,1 87
DTe P0986: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve E 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Circuit
8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. '.
NOTE:
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4) . 10. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
transmission. ,
PCM CONNECTORS
.'
c, . 'f
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SH E (VEL) ,.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st and Il' 2 3 4~ 7 ~ 9J Il' 2 .3 41 51 6 7 8 9J
1011 '2'31'41'61'6 17 V V" '2'31'41'6r6 171611
j2(21 22~ 2~ ,2425 2021 22 ~ 23k:':iI
2627 28129130131132 33 3436 V27 V 129130131132VVII
3. Check that DTC P0986 recurs. 1136 IL 1L1LJLj41 42 43~ 1136 1LIL 39~40141 4243 441
Is OTe P0986 indicated?
B (44P)
,
C(44P) JLG1 (BRN/YE L)
Q
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Go to step 4.
Is there 12- 25 Q ?
4. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and test shift solenoid valve E with the HDS. YES-Go to step 15.
Is a clicking sound heard? NO-Go to step 11.
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Go to step 7.


YES-Go to step 7.

at shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. Ifthe HDS
recheck.
14-188
14-222),
terminal No.3. harness connector terminal NO.3 and the .shift
solenoid valve E connector terminal.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44PI SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE E CONNECTOR
.Q
SH E (YELl
SH E (YELl
111 2 3 4V VI 7 6 91 r--l
1011 1213j14j15\16 7611
2021 22 >< 232425
1 2 3 V SHE(REDI
2627 28129130131132 333435 .5 6 7 8

USB V vVVI41 42 43 441

female terminals female terminals Terminal side of Wire side of
male terminals . female terminal
YES-Go to step 13.
YES-Replace shift solenoid valve E (see page
(cont'd)
14-189
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 20. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in 1st and
2nd gears in·the D position.
2nd gears in the D position. 21. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in NT
Mode Menu with the HDS .

terminals at shift solenoid valve E and the PCM,
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known then go to step 1.

YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting . •
troubleshooting .• valve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the HDS
valve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
14-190
DTC P16CO: PCM AfT Control System

Incomplete Update
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot. record all freeze data and
• This code is indicated when PCM updating is
incomplete.
1. Updateth~ AfT software in the PCM (see page 14-9).
2. Check whether the DTC P16CO is indicated in the
DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu with the HDS.
Is DTC P16CO indicated?
YES-Replace the original PCM (see page 11 -219) .

•
NO-PCM updating is complete.•
.,
14-191
DTC P1717: Open in Transmission Range 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Switch ATP RVS Switch Circuit
5. Disconnect the transmission range switch
NOTE: connector.
anyon-board snapshot, and review General 6. Check for continuity between transmission range
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4) . switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
transmission.

1 234 5
2. Shift to the R position, and check the NT R SWITCH 6 7 8 9 10
signal with the HDS in the NT data list.
Is the AfT R SWITCH ON?
YES-Go to step 3. =
NO-Check for proper transmission range switch
installation (see page 14-292). adjust the shift cable
(see page 14-286), then recheck .• Is there continuity?
3. Check the REVERSE SWITCH signal with the HDS. YES-Go to step 7.
Is the REVERSE SWITCH ON? NO-Repair open in the wire between transmission
range switch connector terminal No.5 and ground
YES-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this (G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to
time.• step 14.
NO-Go to step 4.
14-192
7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Check for continuity between the No.1 and No.1 0
terminals at the transmission range switch.
8. Measure the voltage between transmission rarige
switch connector terminals .No. 1 and No. 10. . TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR

IATPR~
f
ATP RVS (WHT/RED) 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
234 5
JGN o
7 8 9 10
'--_ _ _ __ _ ----' GND (BlK)

.,
Is there continuity while the shift lever isin the R
position, and no continuity when the shift lever is
Is there voltage? shifted to any position other than R?
l. ,..
YES-Go to step 9. YES-Check for poor connections and loose
NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM PCM. If the connections are OK, go to step 10.
switch, then go to step 14. NO-Replace the transmission range switch
(cont'd)
14-193
Auto.m atic Transmission
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). 15. Test-drive the vehicle in the R position at speeds
below 3 mph (5 km/h) for more than 2 seconds,
11. Test-drive the vehicle in the R position at speeds then increase the speed and test-drive at speeds
below 3 mph (5 km/h) for more than 2 seconds, o.y er 3 mph (5 km/h) for more than 2 seconds, then
then increase the speed and test-drive at speeds slow down to a stop.
over 3 mph (5 km/h) for more than 2 seconds, then
slow down to a stop. 16. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT

YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known PCM, then go to step 1.
.
~

YES-If the PCM Was updated, troubleshooting is DTC's troubleshooting .•
were indicated on step 12, go to the indicated DTC's connections and loose terminals at the
troubleshooting .• transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to
step 1. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
NO-Ifthe HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor return to step 15 and recheck.
transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM
14-194
DTC P1730: Problem in Shift Control System: 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
• Shift Solenoid Valves A or D Stuck OFF 9. Choose Shift Solenoid A in the Miscellaneous Test
• Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve A
• Shift Valves A, B, or D Stuck operates with the HDS.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data Is a clicking sound heard?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES-Go to step 10.

NO-Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page

10. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B
operates with the HDS.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or Is a clicking sound heard?
YES-Go to step 11.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material? NO-Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page
11. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous Test
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve D
then go to step 4. operates with the HDS.
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard?
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all YES-Go to step 12.
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. NO-Replace shift solenoid valve D (see page
down to a stop.
YES-Go to step 8.

(cont'd)
14-195


down to a stop.

YES-Repair hydraulic system related with shift

valves A, B, and D, or replace the transmission,
then go to step 15.



down to a stop.

YES-Troubleshooting is complete .•

and recheck. Ifthe HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
14-196
.'
'"
DTC P1731: Problem in Shift Control System: 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. '
, "
• Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck OFF 9. Choose Shift Solenoid E in the Miscellaneous Test
• Shift Valve E Stuck Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve E
• AfT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck operates with the HDS.
OFF
Is a clicking sound heard? ,
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve E (see page

in the M iscellaneous Test Menu, and test AfT clutch
3. Dra in the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
excessive clutch material. YES-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time.•
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material? NO-Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 12. the cause of the failure, go to step 11 . If any part is
replaced, go to step 12.
then go to step 4. 11. Inspect AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A (see page 14-225).
Does AlT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all work properly?
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. YES-Repair the hydraulic system related with shift
valve E, or replace the transmission, then go to step
12.

down to a stop.
valve A (see page 14-227), then go to step 12.
YES-Go to step 8.

(cont'd)
14-197


down to a stop.


14-198
• Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck ON 9. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test
• Shift Valves B or C Stuck Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General Is a clicking sound heard?
YES-Go to st-ep 10. I ,

14c222), then go to step 14.

10. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve C
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a operates with the HDS.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or ...
excessive clutch material. Is a clicking sound heard?
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive YES-Go to step 11.
clutch material?
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. 14-222), then go to step 14.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all
then go to step 4. five gears at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph
five gears at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for (20 km/h) for more than 20 seconds, then slow
more than 20 seconds, then slow down to a stop. down to a stop.

down to a stop.

valves Band C, or replace the transmission, then
go to step 14.
YES-Go to step 8. time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
(cont'd)
14-199


down to a stop.


14-200
OTC P1733: Problem in Shift Control System: 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
• Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON 9. Choose Shift Solenoid D in the Miscellaneous Test
• Shift Valve D Stuck Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve D
• NT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck operates with the HDS.
OFF
/s a clicking sound heard?
NOTE: Before you t roubleshoot, record all freeze data
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Replace shift solenoid valve D (see page

in the Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test NT clutch
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
excessive clutch material. YES-Go to step 11.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive NO-Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS
clutch material ? by the test result, but if the HDS has not determined
the cause of the failure, go to step 14. If any part is
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 15. replaced, go to step 15.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all
5. Test-drive the vehicl e in the D position through all through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph

down to a stop.
Does the HDS indicate FA/LED?

valve D, or replace the transm ission, then go to
step 14.
NO-Intermittent fa ilure, the system is OK at this
(cont'd)
14-201
. ,
14. Inspect AfT clutch pressure control solenoid r . , 4 r' I
valve A (see page 14-225).
Does AlT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A

work properly?
YES-Repair the hydraulic system related to shift

valve E, or replace the transmission, then go to step
15.

..
valve A (see page 14-227), then go to step' 15.
,,
15. Clearthe DTC with the HDS.

.
• (20 km/h) for more than 20 seconds, then slow
down to a stop.

YES- Troubleshooting is complete.•
NOHfthe HDS indicates FAILED, return to step 12

14-202
"
• Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck OFF 9. Choose Shift Solenoid B in the Miscellaneous Test
• Shift Valves B or C Stuck Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General Is a clicking sound heard?
YES-Go to step 10.


10. Choose Shift Solenoid C in the Miscellaneous Test
Menu, and check that shift solenoi.dvalve C
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-239) through a operates with the HDS.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or I .
excessive clutch material. Is a clicking sound heard?

"
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive YES-Go to step 11. ..
clutch material?
YES-Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. 14-222), then go to step 14.
NO-Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-239), 11. Test-drive the veh icle in the D position through all
5. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position througl1 all through all five gears at speeds over 12 mph

down to a stop.

valves Band C, or replace the transmission, then
go to step 14.
(cont'd)
14-203


down to a stop.


14-204
DTC P2122: Accelerator Pedal Position .(APP) 5. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not
Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) Circuit have the latest software (see page 14-9), or
Low Voltage Input substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 7. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT
YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known
3. Check whether DTC P2122 is indicated in theDTCs/ good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
Is DTC P2122 indicated in the PGM-FI system? NO-Go to step 8.
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC P2122 in the PGM-FI 8. Monitorthe OBD STATUS for P2122 in the DTCs/
System (see page 11-245) .• Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NO-Go to step 4. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
4. Check whether DTC P2122 is indicated in the DTCs/ YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Freeze Data in AfT Mode Menu with the HDS. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Is DTC P2122 indicated? were indicated on step 7, go to the indicated DTC's
troubleshooting.•
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this connections and loose terminals at accelerator
time.• pedal position sensor A and the PCM. If the PCM
DTC P2123: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) 5. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not
Sensor A (Throttle Position Sensor D) Circuit have the latest software (see page 14-9), or
High Voltage Input substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10).
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 7. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Fr~eze Data in NT
3. Check whether DTC P2123 is indicated in the DTCs/ good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
Is DTC P2123indicated in the PGM-FI system? NO-Go to step 8.
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC P2123 in the PGM-FI 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2123 in the DTCs/
System (see page 11-248) .• Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NO-Go to step 4. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
4. Check whether DTC P2123 is indicated in the DTCs/ YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu with the HDS. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Is DTC P2123 indicated? were indicated on step 7, go to the indicated DTC's
troubleshooting.•
YES-Go to step 5.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this connections and loose terminals at accelerator
time.• pedal position sensor A and the PCM. If the PCM
14-206
DTe U0028: F-CAN Communication Circuit 5. Update the NT software in the PCM if it does not
Error (F-CAN Bus OFF) have the latest software (see page 14-9), or
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Mode Menu with the HDS.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is DTC U0028 indicated?
3. Check whether DTC U0155 is indicated in the DTCs/ YES-If the PCM was updated, substitute a known
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HDS. good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the
Is DTC U0155 indicated in the PGM-FI system?
NO-Go to step 8.
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC U0155 in the PGM-FI
System (see page 11 -184) .• 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for U0028 in the DTCs/
NO-Go to step 4.
4. Check whether DTC U0028 is indicated in the DTCs/
Freeze Data in NT Mode Menu with the HDS. YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Is DTC U0028 indicated? original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other DTCs
YES-Go to step 5. troubleshooting.•
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this NO-If the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
time .• connections and loose terminals at the PCM and
the connectors on the F-CAN circuit. If the PCM was
14-207
Ole U0122: Lost Communication with VSA 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. .
Control Unit
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General 7. Disconnect PCM connector A {44P).
8. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. connector.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Check for continuity between PCM conne.c tor
terminal A36 and VSA modulator-control unit
3. Check that DTC U0122 recurs. connector terminal No. 39, and between A37 and
terminal No. 38.
Is DTC U0122 indicated?
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
YES-Go to step 4.
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this , ,

time.•
4. Check whether any DTC is indicated in the DTCs/

Freeze Data in VSA Mode Menu with the HDS.
VSA MODULATOR
Is any DTC indicated in the VSA? CONTROL UNIT
CONNECTOR
CAN L (RED)
YES-Troubleshoot for the indicated DTC in the
VSA system (see page 19-41) .•
'---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----' CAN H \WHT)

NO-Go to step 5.
Wire side of female term inals
YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Go to step 14.
14-208
10. Update the AfT software in the PCM if it does not 14. Check the communication line between the VSA
have the latest software (see page 14-9), or modulator-control unit and the gauge control
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10). module with the HDS.
11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is there an open or poor connection in the F-CAN
line between the VSA modulator-control unit .and
12. Check for DTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in AfT gauge control module?
YES-Repair open in the wires between the VSA
Is DTC U0122 indicated? modulator-control unit connector and CAN
communication lines.•
good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. If the NO-Substitute a known-good VSA modulator
PCM was substituted, go to step.l. control unit (see page 19-97), then recheck. Ifthe
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
NO-Go to step 13. VSA modulator-control unit, replace the original
VSA modulator-control unit .•
13. Monitorthe OBD STATUS for U0122 in the DTCs/
YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is

NO-If the HDSindicates FAILED, check for poor

connections and loose terminals at the VSA
modulator-control unit the PCM. If the PCM was
keep idling until a result comes on.
14-209
I , ' .
Autnmatic Transmission
DTC U0155: Lost Communicationwith Gauge 5. Update the A!f software in the PCM if it does not
Control Module have the 'latest software (see page 14-9), or
and anyon-board snapshot, and review General 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
7. Check for OTC(s) in the DTCs/Freeze Data in A!f
1. Clear the OTC with the HOS. Mode Menu with the HOS.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Is DTC U0155 indicated?
3. Check whether DTC U0155 is indicated in the OTCs/ YES-Ifthe PCM was updated, substitute a known
Freeze Data in PGM-FI Mode Menu with the HOS. good PCM (see page 14-10), then recheck. Ifthe
Is DTC U0155 indicated in the PGM-FI system?
NO-Go to step 8.
YES-Troubleshoot for DTC U0155 in the PGM-FI
System (see page 11-184) .• 8. Monitor the OBO STATUS for U0155 in the OTCs/
Freeze Oata in A!f Mode Menu for a pass/fail.
NO-Go to step 4.
Does the HDS rndicate PASSED?
4. Check whether the DTC U0155 is indicated in the
OTCs/Freeze Oata in A!f Mode Menu with the HOS. YES-If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Is DTC U0155 indicated? original PCM (see page 11-219). If any other OTCs
were indicated 0171 step 7, go to the indicated OTC's
YES-Go to step 5. troubleshooting.•
NO-Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this NO-If the HDS indicates FAILEO, check for poor
time.• connections and loose terminals at the gauge
control module and the PCM . If the PCM was
to step 1. Ifthe HOS indicates NOT COMPLETED,
keep idling until a result comes on.
14-210
.. ~
Road Test
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating ·

5. Prepare the ,HDS to take a HIGH SPEED SNAPSHOT
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). ",
(refer to the HDS user's guide for more details if
needed):
2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rear
wheels. Start the engine, then shift to the D position • Select the High Speed icon. ," ,I
while pressing the brake pedal. Press the • Select these parameters: . h
I
accelerator pedal, and release it suddenly. The - VSS veh speed
engine should not stall. - Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed
- Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed (rpm)
3. Repeat step 2 in all, shift lever positions.

- RPM engin~ speed
I
- Relative TP Sensor
4. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the AfT - APP Sensor A
data list. If the HDS does not communicate with the - ATF Temp sensor
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page - Battery voltage
11-197). - Shift control
- Brake Switch
• Set the Trigger Type to Parameter.

• Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A
above 1.75 V:
• Set the recording time to 60 sec0nds.
• Set the trigger point to -30 seconds.
' 6. Find a suitable level road. When you are ready to
do the test, press OK on the HDS.
7 . Monitor the HDS and accelerate quickly until the
APP Sensor A reads 1.75 V. Maintain a steady
throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear,
then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.
8. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded
or increase the recording time setting as necessary
and repeat step 7 .
. ~ ,
9. Adjust the parameter setting to 2.25 V. Test-drive
the vehicle again. While monitoring the HDS,
accelerate quickly until the APP Sensor A reads
2.25 V. Maintain a steady throttle until the

transmission shifts to 5th gear (or reasonable
speed), then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.
10. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded

or increase the recording time setting as necessary
and repeat step 9.
11. Accelerate quickly until the accelerator pedal is to

the floor. Maintain a steady pedal until the
transmission shifts to 3rd gear, then slow to a stop,
and save the snapshot.
(cont'd)
14..211
Road Test (cont'd)
12. Review each snapshot individually, and compare Downshift· D Position (reference)
the Shift Command, the APP Sensor A voltage, and Accelerator pedal position sensor A voltage:
the Vehicle Speed to the table below. 1.75V
Lock-up OFF 31-36 m~h (50-58 km/h)
Upshift: D Position 5th-'4th 31-37 mph (50-60 km/h)
Accelerator pedal position sensor A voltage: 4th.....3rd 21-25 mph (34-40 km/h)
1.75V 3rd-+1st 4-8 mJ~h (7-13 km/h)
1st-'2nd 12-15 mph (19-24 km/h) Accelerator pedal position sensor A voltage:
2nd-'3rd 20-24 mph (32-39 km/h) 2.25 V
3rd-'4th 28-33 mJ)h (45-53 km/h) Lock-~OFF 55-63 m...Qh (88-101 km/h)
4th"'" 5th 40-46 mph (64-74 km/h) Fully-opened throttle
Lock-up ON 31-36 mph (50-58 km/h) Accelerator pedal position sensor A voltage:
Accelerator pedal position sensor A voltage: 4.5 V
2.25 V 5th-+4th 113-123 mJ~h (182-198 km/h)
1st.....2nd 20-24 mph (32-39 km/h) 4th---+3rd 83-92 m'ph (134-148 km/h)
2nd.....3rd 34-40 mph (55-64 km/h) 3rd..... 2nd 51-59 m~h (82-95 km/h)
3 rd .....4th 52-59 mph (84-95 km/h) 2nd-+1st 25-31 mph (40-50 km/h)
4th..... 5th • 82-91 mph (132-146 km/h)
Lock-up ON 76-84 mph (122-135 km/h) 13. Drive the vehicle. in 4th or 5th gea r in the D position,
FUlly-opened throttle then shift to the 2 position. The vehicle should
Accelerator pedal position sensor A voltage: immediately begin to slow do~n from engine
4.5V braking, then slow to a stop. '
1st.....2nd 36-43 mJ)h (58-69 km/h)
2nd .....3rd 64-72 mph (103-116 km/h) 14. Shift to the R position, briefly accelerate from a
3rd---+4th 99-109 mph (159-175 km/h) stop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noise
and clutch slippage.
15. Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16 degrees),

apply the parking brake, and shift into the P
position. Release the brake; the vehicle should not
move.
NOTE: Always use the brake to hold the vehicle.

when stopped on an incline in gear. Depending on
the grade of the incline. the vehicle could roll
backwards if the brake is released.
14-212
Stall Speed Test
1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to the 8. If the stall speeds are out of the service limit, the
proper level (see page 14-238). possible problems and probable causes are listed
in the table.
2. Apply the parking brake, and block all four wheels.
Problem Probable causes
3. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the AfT Stall speed rpm high • ATF pump output
data list. If the HDS does not communicate with the in the D, 2,1, and R low
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page positions • Clogged ATF strainer
11-197). • Regulator valve stuck
• Slipping clutch
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 1st clutch
in the 1 position
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 2nd clutch
in the 2 position
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 4th clutch
in the Rposition
Stall speed rpm low • Engine output low
in the D, 2,1, and R • Engine throttle valve
positions closed
• Torque converter
one-way cl utch
slippinQ
4. Make sure the AlC switch OFF.
5. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal

operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on) .
After the engine is warmed up, shift to the D
position.
6. Firmly press and hold the brake pedal, and then

firmly press the accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds,
and note engine speed. Do not move the shift lever
while raising engine speed .
7. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test in

the 2,1, and R positions.
NOTE:
• Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds
at a time.
• Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic
purposes only.
• Stall speed should be the same in the D, 2,1, and
R positions.
• Do not test stall speed with the AfT pressure
gauges installed .
Stall Speed rpm:
Specification: 2,445 rpm
Service Limit: 2,295-2,595 rpm
14-213
Pressure Test
Special Tools Required 5. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal

• AfT clutch pressure gauge set operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on) .
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401
• AfT pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A 6. Turn off the engine, and connect the HDS to the
• AfT pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 DLC(A).
1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to the

proper level (see page 14-238) .
PCM, troubleshoot the DLe circuit (see page
11-197).
rotate freely.
wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle.
3. Remove the splash shield.
4. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the line pressure

inspection port (A). Do not allow dust or other
foreign particles to enter the hole while connecting
the gauge.
AfT Oil PRESSURE

GAUGE SETWfPANEL
07406·0020400 or
07406·0020401
7. With the shift lever in the P or N position while
holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm, measure
the line pressure .
AfT PRESSURE HOSE, AfT PRESSURE NOTE: Ifthe shift lever is in positions .other than P
2,210 mm HOSE ADAPTER or N, higher pressure may be shown.
07MAJ·PY4011A 07MAJ·PY40120
Pressure Fluid Pressure
Q Line
Standard
930-980 kPa
Service Limit
840 kPa
(9.5-10.0 kgf/cm', (8.7 kgf/cm',
140-142 psi) 120 psi)
8. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil

pressure gauge from the line pressure inspection
port.
9. Install the sealing bolt to the line pressure

inspection port with a new sealing washer, and
tighten the bolt to 18 N·m (1 .8 kgf·m, 13Ibf·ft). Do
not reuse the old sealing washer.
~o
14-214
10. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 1st clutch 12. Start the engine.
pressure inspection port (8).
13. Shift to the 1 position, and measure the 1st clutch
pressure at the 1st clutch pressure inspection port
(8) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
14. Shift to the 2 position, and measure the 2nd clutch

pressure at the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port
(C) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.

Standard Service Limit
1st clutch 930-980 kPa 840 kPa
(8) (9.5-10.0 kgf/cm', (8.6 kgf/cm' ,
2nd clutch 140-142 psi) 120 psi)
(C)
15. Turn the engine off, remove the air cleaner housing
and intake air duct, then disconnect the oil pressure
11. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct, gauges from the 1st clutch pressure and 2nd clutch
and connect the oil pressure gauge to the 2nd pressure inspection ports.
clutch pressure inspection port (C). Then
temporarily install the air cleaner housing and the 16. Install the sealing bolts in the 1st clutch pressure
intake air duct. and 2nd clutch pressure inspection ports with new
sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m
(1 .8 kgf·m, 13Ibf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing
washers.
c 17. Install the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
(cont'd)
14-215
Pressure Test (cont'd)
18. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 3rd clutch 20. Cancel the transmission 2nd-hold control mode
pressure inspection port (D) and the 5th clutch with the HDS; choose Pressure Test Assistance
pressure inspection port (F). Mode in the Miscellaneous Test Menu of the AfT
Mode Menu.
21. Start the engine, shift to the D position, and select

the D3 driving mode by pressing the D3 switch.
22. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure at the 3rd clutch

pressure inspection port (D) while holding the
engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
23. Release the D3 driving mode by pressing the D3

switch, and measure the 4th clutch pressure at the
4th clutch pressure inspection port (E) while
holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
24. Measure the 5th clutch pressure at the 5th clutch

pressure inspection port (F) while holding the
engine speed at 2,000 rpm .
19. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 4th clutch
pressure inspection port (E). Pressure Fluid Pressure
3rd clutch 930-980 kPa 840 kPa
(D) (9.5-10.0 kgf/cm', (8.6 kgf/cm',
E 4th clutch 140-142 psi) 120 psi)
(E)
5th clutch
(F)
25. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply the

brake pedal to stop the wheels from rotating .
26. Shift to the R position, then release the brake pedal.

Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and measure
the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th clutch pressure
inspection port (E).

4th clutch 930-980 kPa 840 kPa
(F) in R (9.5-10.0 kgf/cm', (8.6 kgf/cm' ,
140-142 psi) 120 psi)
27. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil

pressure gauges from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch
pressure inspection ports.
28. Install the sealing bolts in the 3rd, 4th, and 5th
clutch pressure inspection ports with new sealing
washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf.m,
13 Ibf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing washers.
14-216
29. If the pressure measurements are out of the service

limit, the possible problems and probable causes
are listed in the table.
Problem Probable causes

No or low line • Worn torque
pressure converter
• Worn ATF pump
• Regulator valve stuck
• Torque converter
check valve stuck
• Clogged ATF strainer
No or low 1st clutch • Worn 1st clutch
pressure • Leaking O-rings
No or low 2nd clutch • Worn 2nd clutch
No or low 3rd clutch • Worn 3rd clutch
No or low 4th clutch • Worn 4th clutch
pressure • LeakiQ9 O-rings
No or low 5th clutch • Worn 5th clutch
No or low 4th clutch • Servo valve stuck
pressure in the R • Worn 4th clutch
position • Leaking O-riQ9s
30. Install the splash shield.
14-217
j ,
Shift Solenoid Valve Test
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) . 6. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.
2. Choose Shift Solenoid A, B, C, D, and E in the

rITIili0l
~
Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
I\JOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the

11 -197) .
3. Check that shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E 7. Measure shift solenoid valve resistance between
operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be shift solenoid harness connector terminals below
heard. and body ground:
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK. • No. 1 terminal: Shift solenoid valve C
The test is complete, disconnect the HDS. • No. 2 terminal : Shift solenoid valve B
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 4, and • No. 3 terminal: Shift solenoid valve E
test the solenoid valves. • No.5 terminal: Shift solenoid valve A
• No.8 terminal: Shift solenoid valve D
4. Raise the vehicle up on a lift, or apply the parking
brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of Standard: 12-25 Q
the veh icle . Make sure it is securely supported.
• If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
5. Remove the splash shield . 8 and check solenoid valve for clicking sound.
• If the res istance is out of standard, go to step 9
and test shift solenoid valves.
8. Connect a jumper w ire from the battery positive

terminal to each shift solenoid harness connector
terminals individually. A clicking sound should be
heard.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.

The test is complete, connect the connector .
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 9 and test
shift solenoid valves.
14-218
.,
9. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the 16. Remove the ATF dipstick, and remove the bolts
transmission fluid (ATF). securing the ATF cooler line (A).
'"
B
18x 1.5 mm
49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36 Ibf·ft)
10. Reinstall the drain plug with the new sealing

washer (8).
11. Make sure you have the audio system or the 17. Remove the harness clamp (8), and remove the
navigation system (if equipped) anti-theft code, and ATF dipstick guide tube (C).
write down the audio presets.
18. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowel
12. Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery, pins (8), and gasket (C).
then disconnect the positive terminal.
13. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and

remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray.
14. Remove the battery base.
15. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
(cant'd)
14-219
- -- - - -- - - -
Shift Solenoid Valve Test (cont'd)
19. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid 22. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A),
valve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valve and replace it. Install a new O-ring ('B)' on the shift
C, shift solenoid valve D, and shift solenoid valve E. solenoid harness connector, and install the
connector in the transmission housing, then go to
C
step 28.
B
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ft)
20. Measure the resistance of each shift solenoid valve 23. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the
between the connector terminals and body ground: solenoid valves.
Standard: 12-25 Q
, ,
• Ifthe resistance is out of standard; .go to step 23
and replace shift solenoid valve.
21 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound.
21. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery

terminal to each solenoid valve terminal
individually.
• If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 22 and

replace the shift solenoid harness.
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 23 and
replace shift solenoid valve.
.___6 x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ft)
~4-220
24. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) 29. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins,
(F) on the reused solenoid valves. and a new gasket.
NOTE: A new solenoig valve comes with new 30. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guide
O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the tube, and install the guide tube then secure it with
O-rings provided on it. the bolts.
25. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector), 31 . Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then
shift solenoid valve 0 (black connector), and shift connect the connector securely. Install the harness
solenoid valve E (black connector) by holding the clamp in its clamp bracket on the ATF dipstick
shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting guide tube.
bracket contacts the servo body.
32. Secure the ATF cooler line with the bolts.
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the
connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be 33. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 on page
sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 14-239).
26. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by 34. Install the intake air duct and air cleaner housing .
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure
the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift 35. Install the battery base.
solenoid valve D.
36. Install the battery tray, battery, battery cover, and
NOTE : Do not install sh ift solenoid valve A before battery hold-down bracket, then connect battery
installing shift solenoid valve D. If shift solenoid terminals.
valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid
valve 0, it may damage the hydraulic control 37. Install the splash shield.
system.
38. Enter the audio system or the navigation system (if
27. Install shift solenoid valve B (brown connector) by equipped) anti-theft code, then enter the audio
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure presets, and set the clock.
the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift
solenoid valve E.
NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve B before

installing shift solenoid valve E. If shift solenoid
valve B is installed before installing shift solenoid
valve E, it may damage the hydraulic control
system .
28. Connect the harness terminals to the solenoids:
• RED wire connector to shift solenoid valve E.

• GRN wire connector to shift solenoid valve C.
• ORN wire connector to shift solenoid valve B.
• BLU wire connector to shift solenoid valve A.
• YEL, WHT, WHT wire connector to shift solenoid
valve D.
14-221
Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement
1. Make sure you have the audio system or the 10. Remove the ATF dipstick, and remove the bolts
navigation system (if equipped) anti-theft code, and securing the ATF cooler line (A).
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking

brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of
the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.
4. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the

transmission fluid (ATF).
B
11. Remove the harness clamp (8), and remove the

ATF dipstick guide tube (C) .
12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowel

18x1.5mm
pins (8), and gasket (C).
49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36Ibf·ft)

washer (8).
6. Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery,


remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray.
14-222
13. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors. 14. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the
solenoid valves .
• If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 14.
• If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove
the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and
replace it. Install a new O-ring (8) on the shift
solenoid harness connector, and install the
c
connector in the transmission housing, then go
to step 19.
B _____ 6 x 1.0 mm
6x1 .0mm 12N·m
12N·m (1.2 kgf·m,
11.2 kgf·m, A 8.7 tbf·ft)
8.7 tbf·ft)
15. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve)
(F) on the reused solenoid valves.
NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new

O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the
O-rings provided on it.
16. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector),

shift solenoid valve D (black connector), and shift
solenoid valve E (black connector) by holding the
shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the

connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be
sure to hold the solenoid valve body.
17. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by

solenoid valve D.
NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before

installing shift solenoid valve D. If shift solenoid
valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid
valve D, it may damage the hydraulic control
system.
(cont'd)
14-223
Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement (cont'd)
18. Install shift solenoid valve B (brown connector) by

solenoid valve E.
NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve B before

installing shift solenoid valve E. If shift solenoid
valve B is installed before installing shift solenoid
valve E, it may damage the hydraulic control
system.

• VEL, WHT, WHT wire connector to shift solenoid
valve D.
20. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins,

and a new gasket.
21. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guide

tube, and install the guide tube then secure it with
the bolts.
22. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then

connect the connector securely. Install the harness
clamp in its clamp bracket on the ATF dipstick
guide tube.
24. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 on page

14-239).
25. Install the intake air duct and air cleaner housing.
26. Install the battery base.

battery hold-down bracket, then connect battery
terminals.

equipped) anti-theft code, then enter the audio
presets, and set the clock.
14-224
AIT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 5. Disconnect the NT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A connector.
2. Choose Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A 6. Measure the NT clutch pressure control solenoid
in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. valve A resistance at the connector terminals.
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the Standard: 3-10 Q
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page ·
11-197). '. • If the resistance is out of standard, replace NT
.' ' clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
3. Test NT dutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see page 14-227).
with the HDS. • If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
7.
• If the valve tests OK, the test is complete.
, Disconnect the HDS.

7. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the
terminal to the solenoid valve A connector terminal
instructions on the HDS. I f·
No.2, and connect another jumper wire from the
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does positive battery terminal to the connector terminal
not determine the cause, go to step'4. No.1.
4. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct. • If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
! , parts.
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 8.
, ' (.
(cont'd)
14-225
AIT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test (cont'd) ,
8. Remove the mounting bolts and AfT clutch 11. Connect a jumper' wire from the negative battery
pressure control solenoid valve A. ~ terminal to AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A connector terminal No.2, and connect
0>----- 6 x 1.0 mm another jumper wire from the positive battery
o 12 N.m terminal to the connector terminal No.1. Make sure
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ttl AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves.
."
c
E
12. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check

valve movement at the fluid passage in valve body
'1 .
mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves
9. Remove the ATF pipe (B), ATF joint pipes (C),
sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,
O-rings (D), and gasket (E).
replace AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve
A.
10. Check the fluid passage ofthe solenoid valve for
contamination. 13. Clean the motmting surface and fluid passage of
the solenoid valve body and transmission housing.
14. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,

t . II and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes. Install
the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
15. Install AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.
16. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or

repair if necessary, then connect the connector
securely.
14-226
AIT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement

valve A connector.
3. Remove the mounting bolts and AfT clutch

pressure control solenoid valve A.
O ~6X1.0mm
" 12 N·m
11.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ttl
c
E
4. Remove the ATF pipe (8), ATF joint pipes (C),

O-rings (D), and gasket (E).
5. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of


and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes. Install
the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
7. Install AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve A.

connect the connector securely.
14-227
AIT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 6. Disconnect the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve B connector.

in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
7. Measure the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the valve B resistance at the connector terminals.
11-197). Standard: 3-10 Q
3. Test AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B • If the resistance is out of standard, replace AfT
with the HDS. clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
(see page 14-232).
Disconnect the HDS.
8.
instructions on the HDS.

• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does terminal to the solenoid valve B connector terminal
not determine the cause, go to step 4. No.2, and connect another jumper wire from the
positive battery terminal to the connector terminal
4. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking No.1.
the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. • If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
Reconnect the connector, and install the splash
5. Remove the splash shield. shield.
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 9.
14-228
, I •• • ,
9. Disconnect the connector from AfT clutch pressure 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery
control solenoid valve C. terminal to AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve B connector terminal No.2, and connect
~6x1.0mm another jumper wire from the positive battery
12N·m
11.2 kgf·m, terminal to the, connector terminal No. 1. Make sure
8.7Ibf·tt) AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.
14. Disconnect one ofthe jumper wires and check

mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves
10. Remove AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve sluggishly, or ifthe solenoid valve does not operate,
Band C. replace AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve
Band C.
11. Remove the ATF joint pipes (A), O-rings (D), and
gasket (E). 15. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of
12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for
contamination. 16. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,
and install the ATF joint pipes.
17. Install the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
18. Install AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

and C.
19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or

repair if necessary, then connect the connectors
securely.
14-229
AIT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 6. Disconnect the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C connector.

in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 7. Measure the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C resistance at the connector terminals.
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page Standard: 3-10 Q
11-197).
• If the resistance is out of standard, replace AfT
3. Test AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
with the HDS. (see page 14-232).
8.
Disconnect the HDS.

instructions on the HDS.
terminal to the solenoid valve C connector terminal
• If the valve does nottest OK, and the. HDS does " No.2, and connect another jumper wire from the
not determine the cause, go to step 4. positive battery terminal to the connector terminal
No.1.
4. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or .apply the parking
brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of • If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. Reconnect the connector, and install the splash
shield.
5. Remove the splash shield. • If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 9.
14-230
r .
9. Disconnect the connector from AfT clutch pressure 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery
control solenoid valve B. terminal to AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C connector terminal.No. 2, and connect
"' ~6x1.0mm another jumper wire from the positive battery
12N·m
11.2 kgf·m. terminal to the connector terminal No. 1, Make sure
8.7Ibf·ttl AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves.
14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check

mounting surface. Ifthe valve binds or moves
10. Remove AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,
Band C. replace AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve
Band C.
gasket (E). 15. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of
12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for
contamination. 16. Install the new gasket on the transmission housing,
and install the ATF joint pipes.
17. Install the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.

and C.
19. Check the connectors for rust. dirt, or oil, clean or

repair if necessary, then connect the connectors
securely.
14-231
•..
AIT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Band C Replacement
1. , Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking 6. Clean the mounting surface and fluid passage of
brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the solenoid valve body and transmission housing.
2. Remove the splash shield. , , and install the ATF joint pipes.
3. Disconnect the connectors from AfT clutch 8. Install the new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes.
pressure control solenoid valve Band C.
~6x1.0mm and C.
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, "
8.7Ibf·ftl 10. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then
connect the connectors securely.
". I nstall the splash shield.
4. Remove AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve

Band C.

gasket (E) .
"
14-232
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed

Sensor Replacement . Sensor Replacement ..
1. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct. 1. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
2. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed

2. Disconnect the output shaft (counters haft) speed
sensor connector, and remove the input shaft
sensor connector, and remove the output shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor (A).
(countershaft) speed sensor (A) and sensor washer
(8).
/6X1.0mm
/ / 12 N·m 11.2 kgf.: 8.7 Ibf·ttl ·
3. Install the new O-ring (8) on the new input shaft

(mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input 3. Install the new O-ring (C) on the new output shaft
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output
housing. shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and sensor
washer in the transmission housing.
connect the connector securely. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then
connect the connector securely.
14-233
, .
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid

Pressure Switch Replacement Pressure Switch Replacement
1. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct. 1. Raise the vehicle up on a lift, or. apply the parking
2.' Disconnectthe 2nd clutch transmission fluid the vehicle.,Make sure it is securely supported .
press~re switch connector, and remove the switch.
2. Remove the splash shield. I.
3. Install the new 2nd clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch (A) and a new sealing washer (B), 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
and tighten the switch. pressure switch connect6r, and remove the switch.
4. Install the new 3rd clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch (A) and a new sealing washer (B),
and tighten the switch.
A
20N:m
(2.0 kgf·m. 14Ibf·ft)
q t ~ ,
A
20N·m
(2.0 kgf·m. 14 Ibf·ft)
4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

particles inside the connector. 5. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign
particles inside the connector.
5. Connect the connector securely.
6. Connect the connector securely.
14-234
ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the
brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of transmission fluid (ATF).
B
3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.
18x 1.5 mm
49 N·m (5.0 kgf.m, 36 Ibf·tt)
washer (8).
~
8. Make sure you have the audio system or the
navigation system (if equipped) anti-theft code, and
~
9. Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery,

4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray.
between shift solenoid harness connector
terminals No.6 and No.7. 11 . Remove the battery base.
Standard: 50 Q -25 kQ 12. Remove the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
5. If the resistance is out of standard, replace the ATF

temperature sensor and solenoid harness, then go
to step 6. The ATF temperature sensor is not
available separately from the solenoid harness.
Ifthe measurement is within the standard, connect
the connector securely, and install the splash shield.
t •
(cont'd)
14-235
ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement (cont'd)
13. Remove the ATF dipstick, and remove the bolts 16. R~move the shift solenoid harness connector (A),
securing the ATF cooler line (A). and replace it.
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf.m,
8.7Ibf·ft)
17. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid

harness connector, and install the connector in the
transmission housing.
14. Remove the harness clamp (B), and remove the 18. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness
ATFdipstick guide tube (C). connector to shift solenoid valve D. The ATF
temperature sensor is assembled in the connector
15. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), dowel with WHT harnesses.
pins (B), and gasket (C) .

• ORN wire connector to sh ift solenoid valve B.
20. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins,

and a new gasket.
21. Install the new O-ring on the ATF dipstick guide

tube, and install the guide tube then secure it with
the bolts: .

connect the connector securely. Install the harness
clamp in its clamp bracket on the ATF dipstick
guide tube.
14-236

14-239):' , •
,'
26. Install the battery base.

battery hold-down bracket, then conneCt battery
terminals.
29: Enter the audio system or the navigation system (if

presets, and set the clock.
"
".
14-237
.
ATF Level Check

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid
leaks at the transmission, and hose and line joints.
1. Park the vehicle on the level ground. If a problem is found, fix it before filling the
transmission.
temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is
the engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm up below the lower mark:
longer than the time it takes for the radiator fan to • Transmission damage will result.
come on twice. • Vehicle does not move in any gear.
• Vehicle accelerates poorly, and flares when
NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60-90 seconds starting off in the D and R positions.
after turning the engine off. Higher fluid level may • The engine vibrates at idle. l '
be indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice or
more. 7 . If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATF
to proper level (see step 3 on page 14-239).
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from the
dipstick guide tube, and wipe it with a clean cloth. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is
above the upper ma rk, the vehicle may creep
forward while in the N position, or have a shifting
problem.
8. If necessary, fill the transmission with ATF through

the dipstick guide tube opening (A) to bring the
fluid level midway between the upper mark and
lower mark ofthe dipstick. Do not fill past the upper
mark. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 Automatic
Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF
can affect shift quality.
4. Insert the dipstick into the guide tube aligning the

notch (8) with the guide tab (C).
5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It

should be between the upper mark (A) and lower
mark (8).
9. Insert the dipstick into the guide tube aligning the

notch with the guide tab.
14-238
ATF Replacement ....

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 5. Refill the transmission through the dipstick guide
tube opening (A) with the recommended fluid.
1. Park the vehicle on the level ground. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission
Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift
2. Warm up the engine to normal operating quality.
temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn
the engine off. Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity:
4WDModel:
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic 2.5 L (2.6 US qt) at change
transmission fluid (ATF). 7.2 L (7.6 US qt) at overhaul
2WDModel:
NOTE: If a cooler cleaning is done, refer to ATF 2.6 L (2.7 US qt) at change
Cooler Cleaning (see page 14-268). 7.0 L (7.4 US qt) at overhaul
B
18x 1.5 mm
49 N·m 15.0 kgf·m, 36 Ibf·ft)
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer

(8).
(cont'd)
14-239
ATF Replacement (cont'd)
6. Insert the dipstick (A) into the guide tube (8) 10. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the
aligning the notch (C) with the guide tab (D). , BODY ELECTRICAl. If the HDS does not
communicate with the PCM. troubleshoot the DLe
circuit (see page 11-197).
7. Remove the dipstick (A).

11. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with
the HDS.
12. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with

the HDS.
13. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 3 RESETto reset

the ATF life with the HDS.
8. Check that the fluid level is between the upper mark

(8) and lower mark (C) on the dipstick.
9. If the maintenance minder required replacement of

the ATF, reset the maintenance minder (see page
3-6), and this procedure is complete. If the
maintenance minder did not require replacement
ofthe ATF, go to step 10 and reset the ATF life with
the HDS.
14-240
Transfer Assembly Inspection ,.

1. Shift the transmission into the N position. 6. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
transfer assembly, and adjust the transfer gear
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is backlash (see page 14-409).
supported securely.
7. Check for fluid leaks between the mating faces of
3. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller the transfer assembly and transmission.
shaft (B) and the transfer'companion flange (C).

8. If there is leak, remove the transfer assembly, and
B
replace the O-ring. Also check for fluid leaks
between the mating surfaces of the transfer
housing and transfer cover. If there is a leak,
remove the transfer cover, and replace the O-ring.
9. Check for leaks between the transfer companion
flange and transfer oil seal.
10. Ifthere is a leak, remove the transfer assembly

from the transmission, and replace the transfer oil
seal and O-ring on the transfer output shaft (hypoid
gear). If oil seal and O-ring replacement is required,
you will need to check and adjust the transfer gear
tooth contact, transfer gear backlash, the tapered
roller bearing starting torque, and the total starting
torque (see page 14-409). Do not replace the oil seal
A with the transfer assembly on the transmission.
4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer

assembly.
5. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion

flange (B), and measure the transfer gear backlash .
Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0 .006 in.)
"\
14-241
Transfer Assembly Removal
1. Shift the transmission into the N position. 6. Remove the sensor harnesses from the harness
clamps.
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is
supported securely.
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic

B
7. Remove the three-way catalytic converter.
18x 1.5mm
49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36Ibf·ft)

(8).
5. Disconnect the A/F sensor connector and the

secondary heated oxygen sensor connector.
14-242
. " ...
8. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller

shaft (8) and the transfer companion flang~ (C). s • t."...r.
...
A
• 1.
9. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer
companion flange.
10. Remove the transfer assembly mounting bolts (A)

(4), and pull out the bolt (6) to the limit of travel.
"
11. Remove the transfer assembly (C) and dowel pin

(D) from the transmission.
14-243
Transfer Assembly Installation
1. Clean the areas where the transfer assembly 5. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer '
contacts the transmission with solvent, and dry c'o mpanion flange (B) by aligning the reference
with compressed air. Then apply transmission fluid mark (C).
to the contact area.
A 8X1.25mm
32N·m
2. Install the new O-ring (A) on the transfer assembly (3.3 kgf.m, 24 Ibf.ft)
(B) . /
6. Install the three-way catalytic converter (A) with the

bolts, the new self-locking nuts, and new gaskets
(B) (C).
lOx 1.25 mm
33N·m
3. Install the dowel pin (C) in the transfer housing. (3.4kgf·m,
25Ibf·ft)
Replace.
4. Install the one bolt (0) part-way in the rear lower of
the transfer housing, and install the transfer
assembly on the transmission.
14-244
7. Connect the A/F sensor connector and the

8. Install the sensor harnesses in the harness clamps.

14-239).
14-245
Transmission Removal
Special Tools Required 9. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the
• Engine hanger adapter VSB02C000015 transmission fluid (ATF).
• CR-V engine hanger adapter VSB02C000032
B
• Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566
These special tools are available through the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857.
NOTE:
• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
surfaces.
• Special tool engine hanger must be used with the
side engine mount installed.
1. Make sure you have the audio system or the

navigation system (if equipped) anti-theft code, and
write down the audio presets. 18x1.5mm
49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36Ibf·ft)
2. Remove the front bulkhead cover.

3. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. Disconnect
(B).
the negative cable from the battery, then
disconnect the positive cable.

11. Fix the hood in the vertical position.
4. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and 12. Remove the harness clamp from the clamp bracket,
remove the battery cover, battery, and battery tray. and remove the air cleaner housing bracket.
5. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing.
7. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is
securely supported.
14-246
. .
~
.
13. Disconnect the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid 16. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
valve A connector (A) and 2nd clutch transmission pressure switch connector (A), and remove the
fluid pressure switch connector (B), and remove the harness clamp (8) from its bracket (e).
harness clamps (e) from the clamp brackets (D). •r I
14. Disconnect the transmission range switch 17. Disconnect the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
connector (A), and remove the connector from its valve 8 connector (A), AfT clutch pressure control
bracket. solenoid valve e connector (8), and shift solenoid
harness connector (e), then remove the harness
clamp (D) from the clamp bracket (E).
E D
15. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed

sensor connector (8) and input shaft (mainshaft)
speed sensor connector (e), and remove the
harness clamp (D) from the clamp bracket (E).
(cont'd)
14-247
Transmission Removal (cont'd)
18. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF 20. Remove both lids (A) for the front damper flange
lines (B). Turn the end of the ATF cooler hoses up to nuts from the cowl cover. Position the engine
prevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the hoses hanger adapters (VSB02C000032) over the damper
and lines. flange nuts.
B VSB02C000032
19. Attach the engine hanger adapater

(VSB02C000015) to the threaded hole in the
cylinder head.
21. Carefully position the engine support hanger

(AAR-T-12566) on the vehicle, and attach the hook
(A) to the engine hanger adapter (VSB02C000015).
Tighten the wing nut (B) by hand, and lift and
support the engine.
14-248
22. Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (A) in the top of the ball 25. Remove the sensor harnesses from the harness
joint pin (8), and remove the nut (e), then separate clamps.
the stabilizer link (D) from the stabilizer (E). Repeat
this for the other stabilizer link.
c
26. Remove the three-way catalytic converter.
23. Remove the nuts (F) and bolt (G) securing the lower
arm (H) and ball joint (I), and separate the lower
arms from the ball joints.
24. Disconnect the A/F sensor connector and the

(cont'd)
14-249
27. For 4WD model: Make a reference mark (A) across 29. Remove the steering gearbox bracket mounting
the propeller shaft (8) and the transfer companion bolts.
flange (C) . Separate the propeller shaft from the
transfer companion flange .
28. Remove the steering gearbox bracket mounting 30. Remove the bolt (A) s'ecuring the power steering
bolts. fluid line clamp.
31. Remove the power steering fluid line from the line
clamps (8).
14-250
.,1
1 ,
" .
32. Remove the bolt securing the ATF filter on the front 34. Remove the shift cable cover (A) . .
subframe.
33. Remove the lower torque rod bolts.
35. Remove the spring clip (B) and control pin (C), and
separate the shift cable end (D) from the control
lever (E).
36. Remove the bolts securing the shift cable brackets

(F) (G). Do not bend the shift cable excessively.
37. Check synthetic resin bushing (H) in the shift cable

end for a proper fit and wear. If the bushing is loose
or worn, replace the shift cable (see page 14-284).
(cont'd)
14-251
38. Remove the shift cable holder bracket from. the ' 40. Remove both mid-bracket bolts. • ..... 1
transmission.
,"" .
39. For 4WD model: Remove the propeller shaft 41 . Make reference marks (A) on the body across the
protector. marks (8) on the edge ofthe front subframe (e) .
14-252
42. Attach the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) 46. Remove the torque converter cover (A), and
to the subframe by loopi ng the strap (A) over the remove the drive plate bolts (B) (8) while rotating
front of the subframe, then secure the strap with the crankshaft pulley,
the stop (6), then tighten the wing nut (C).
43. Raise the jack and line up the slots in the arms with 47. Remove the driveshafts from the differentiai and
the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base, then intermediate shaft. Coat all precision machined
tighten the bolts. surfaces with clean engine oil, then put plastic bags
over drives haft ends.
44. Remove the six bolts securing the front subframe,
and lower the subframe.
45. Hang the steering gearbox to the body with a strap.
(cont'd)
14-253
48. Remove the intermediate shaft. Coat all precision 50. Remove the transmission mount bracket bolts.
machined surfaces with clean engine oil, then put
plastic bags over intermediate shaft ends.
49. Remove the uppertransmission housing mounting 51. Remove the front transmission housing mounting
bolts. . bolts.
14-254
52. Lower the transmission by loosening the wing nut 58. For 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft protector.
on the engine support hanger, and tilt the engine
just enough for the transmission to clear the side
frame.
53. Place a jack under the transmission .
54. Remove the rear transmission housing mounting

bolts.
59 . If you will be installing an overhauled or

remanufactured transmission, clean the ATF cooler
(see page 14-268).
55. Slide the transmission away from the engine to

remove it from the vehicle.
56. Remove the torque converter and dowel pins.
57. Inspect the drive plate, and replace it if it's

damaged.
14-255
Transmission Installation
Special Tools Required 3. Install the torque converter (A) on the mainshaft (B)
• Engine hanger adapter VSB02e000015 with the new a-ring (e) .
• eR-V engine hanger adapter VSB02e000032
B
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566
• Front subframe adapter VSB02e000016
These special tools are available through the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857.
NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted

surfaces.
1. If you did not clean the ATF cooler when you

removed the transmission and you are installing an
overhauled or remanufactured transmission, clean
the ATF cooler (see page 14-268).
2. For 4WD model: Remove the propeller shaft
protector.
4. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D) in the torque

converter housing.
5. Place the transmission on the jack, and raise the

transmission to the engine level, then fit the
transmission to the engine.
6. Install the rear transmission housing mounting

bolts.
14-256
7. Install,the front transmission housing mounting 9. Secure the transmission mount bracket on the
bolts. transmission housing with the new mounting bolts.
12 x 1.25 mm 12 x 1.25 mm
. '
I' '64N.m
16.5 kgf.m, 47 Ibf·ft)
74 N·m 17.5 kgf·m, 54Ibf·ft)
Replace .
8. Install the upper transmission housing mounting

bolts. 10. Install the new set ring (A) on the intermediate shaft
(B).
-\
/
11. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft

contacts the transmission (differential) with solvent,
and dry with compressed air. Apply ATF to the
intermediate shaft splines (C), then install the
I' intermediate shaft, be sure not to allow dust or
other foreign particles to enter the transmission.
(cont' d)
14-257
Transmission Installation (cont'd)
12. Install the new set ring (A) on the left driveshaft (B). 16. Attactrthe torque converter to the drive plate with
eight bolts (A). Rotate the crankshaft pulley as
necessary to tighten the bolts to 1/2 of the specified
torque, then to the final torque, in a crisscross
. pattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that the
crankshaft rotate freely.
A
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m.
8.7Ibf·ftl
I
Sl
13. Clean the areas where the left driveshaft contacts

the transmission (differential) with solvent, and dry
with compressed air. Then install the left drives haft,
be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particles
to enter the transmission. Turn the steering knuckle
fully outward, and slide the driveshaft into the
differential until you feel its set ring fully engage
the side gear. 6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m. 8.7 Ibf·ftl

14. Apply right driveshaft inboard-joint splines with the
recommended grease.
17. Install the torque converter cover (8).
15. Slide the right driveshaft over the intermediate
shaft splines until you feel the driveshaft fully 18. Set the front subframe adapter (VS802C000016) to
engage the intermeqiate shaft set ring. the subframe by looping the strap (A) over the front
of the subframe, then secure the strap with the stop
(8). then tighten the wing nut (C).
/l
. '
14-258
19. Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts. 21. Install the new mid-bracket bolts.
----~Il~
14x 1.5 mm 14x 1.5 mm

103N·m 103 N·m
110.5 kgf·m, (10.5 kgf·m, 22. Secure the lower torque rod with the new bolts.
75.9 Ibf·ft) 75.9 Ibf·ft)
Replace. Replace.
20. Align all reference marks (A) on the front subframe

(8) with the marks you made on the body, then
tighten the mounting bolts on the subframe to the
specified torque.
12xl.25mm
88 N·m (9.0 kgf.m, 65 Ibf·ft)
Replace.
A A
(cont'd)
14-259
23. For 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft protector. 25. Loosely install the steering gearbox bracket
mounting bolts.
10X1 .25mm
/ 66N·m
(6.7 kgf·m, 48lbf·tt)
o
- - - 8 x 1.25 mm
22N·m
12.2 kgf·m, 16Ibf·tt)
24. For 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft (A) to the
transfer companion flange (8) by aligning the
reference mark (e).
26. Loosely install the steering gearbox bracket
8X1.25mm
32N·m
mounting bolts.
13.3 kgf·m, 24 Ibf·tt)
/
10X1 .25mm
66N·m
/ 16.7 kgf·m, 48 Ibf·tt)
27. Tighten the steering gearbox bracket mounting

bolts to the specified torque.
14-260
/J
,- '.
( '.'
28. Install both lower arms (A) to both ball joints (B), 31. Install the three-way catalytic converter (A) with the
and loosely install the new mounting nuts and bolts. bolts, the new self-locking nuts, and new gaskets
(B) (C).
G
12x 1.25 mm
10x 1.2Smm
78N·m ' 33N·m
(8.0 kgf·m, 58 Ibf·ft) (3.4kgf·m,
25lbf·ft)
H Replace.
B E 8x 1.25mm
10x 1.25 mm 22N·m
59N·m 12.2 kgf·m, 16lbf·ft}

Q (6.0 kgf·m,
43lbf·ft)
o
\ c
Replace. 32. Connect the A/F sensor connector and the
10 x 1.25 mm 10x 1.25mm
59N·m 59N·m
(6.0 kgf.m, 43 Ibf·ft) (6.0 kgf.m, 43 Ibf·ft)
Replace. Replace.
29. Tighten the nuts and bolts to 59 N·m (6.0 kgf·m,

43 Ibf·ft) in the following order: the nut on the front
(C), the nut on the rear (D), then the bolt (E).
30 . Install the stabilizer links (F) to the stabilizer, and

install the nuts (G) . Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (H)
in the ball joint pin (I), and tighten the nuts.
(cont'd)
14~261
33. Install the sensor harnesses in the harness clamps. 35. Apply molybdenum grease to the bore hole of the
synthetic resin bushing (A) in the shift cable end (8).
Attach the shift cable end to the control lever (e),
then insert the control pin (D) into the control lever
hole through the shift cable end, and secure the
control pin with the spring clip (E). Do not bend the
shift cable excessively.
34. Install the shift cable holder bracket on the E

transmission.
6x 1.0mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ft)
H
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7Ibf·ft)
36. Secure the shift cable brackets (F) (G) with the bolts.
37. Install the shift cable cover (H).
~ 6x1 . 0mm
~ 12N·m
o (1 .2 kgf·m, 8.7Ibf.ft)
14-262
38. Secure the ATF filter with the bolt on the front 41. Remove the engine support hanger and engine
subframe. hanger adapters.
6x 1.0mm 42. Remove the engine hanger adapter

12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 Ibf·ftl (VSB02C000015) from the cyl inder head.
39. Secure the power steering fluid line clamp (A) with
the bolt.
6x 1.0 mm
9.8N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2Ibf·ftl 43. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF cooler
lines (B), and secure the hoses with the clips (C)
(see page 14-270).
B A
40. Secure the power steering fluid line (B) with the
clamps (C).
(cont'd)
14-263
44. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector (A), 46. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve C sensor connector (A) and input shaft (mainshaft)
connector (8), and AfT clutch pressure control speed sensor connector (8), and install the harness
solenoid valve B connector (C), and install the clamp (C) on its clamp bracket (D) .
harness clamp (D) on the clampbracket (E).
47. Install the transmission range switch connector (E)

on the connector bracket, and connect the
connector.
45. Connect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
switch connector (A), and install the harness clamp 48. Connect the AfT clutch pressure control solenoid
(8) on its clamp bracket (C). valve A connector (A) and 2nd clutch transmission
fluid pressure switch connector (8), and install the
harness clamps (C) on the clamp brackets (D).
14-264
49. Install the air cleaner housing mounting bracket, 55. Install the battery tray, battery, and battery cover,
and install the harness clamp on the harness clamp then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket.
bracket.
56. Connect the battery terminals, and apply grease
8X1.2smm around the battery terminals.
j
22N·m
12.2 kgf·m, 57. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift
16Ibf·ft)
the transmission through all positions three times.
58. Check the shift lever operation, NT gear position

indicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.
59. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment

(see page 18-5).
61. Check the ATF level (see page 14-238).

presets, and set the c1oc~ . .
J. 63. Do the road test procedure (see page 14-211).
50. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 on page 64. After the road test, raise the vehicle on a lift, and
14-239). make sure it is securely supported.
51 . Install the battery base.
52. Install the air cleaner housing and intake air duct.
53. Install the bulkhead cover.
54. Install both lids on the cowl cover.
(cont'd)
14-265
65. Loosen the upper torque rod bolt (A). 67. Loosen the lower torque rod bolts (A. B).
54 N·m (5.5 kg'·m, 40 Ib.·ft)
A
93N·m
B (9.5 kgf·m,
88N·m 69Ibf·ft)
(9.0 kgf·m, 65 Ibf.ft)
66. Loosen the transmission mount base bracket bolt

(A) and nuts (B). 68. Retighten the lower torque rod bolts (B) to the
specified torque, then retighten the bolt (A) to the
A
specified torque.
74 N·m ~ 'gt·m, 54 Ibt·ftl
69. Tighten the transmission mount base bracket bolt
and nuts to the specified torque .
70. Tighten the upper torque rod bolt to the specified

torque.
14-266
Drive Plate Removal and Installation
1. Remove the transmission assembly (see page
14-246).
2. Remove the drive plate (A) and washer (8) from the
engine crankshaft.
12x 1.0 mm
74N·m
(7.5 kgf·m. 54Ibf·ft)
3. Install the drive plate and washer on the engine

crankshaft, and tighten the eight bolts in a
crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
4. Install the transmission assembly (see page 14-256).
14-267
ATF Cooler Cleaning
Special Tools Required 2. Plug the cooler cleaner into,a 110 V grounded
• ATF cooler cleaner GHTTTCF6H electrical outlet.
• Magnetic nonbypass spin-on filter GTHGNBP2
These special tools are available through the Honda iNOTICEI \( j '
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. Make sure the outlet has no other appliances
(light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords)
Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler
automatic transmission, you must thoroughly clean the cleaner into an extension cord or drop light;
ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to you could damage the unit.
do so could cause a repeat automatic transmission
failure .
The cleaning procedure involves heated ATF-Z1

delivered under high pressure (100 psi). Check the
security of all hoses and connections. Always wear
safety glasses or a face shield, along with gloves and
protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on
your skin, rinse with water immediately.
AWARNING
• Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result
in burns and other serious injuries.
• Always wear eye protection and protective 3. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON; the green
clothing, and follow this procedure. indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Wait
1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating
temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use
1. Check the fluid in the cooler cleaner tank. (The fluid when the temperature gauge reads 140 to 150 "F.)
level should be 4.5 inches from the top of the filler
neck.) Adjust the level if needed; do not overfill. NOTE: Ifthe red indicator above the HEAT toggle
Use only Honda ATF-Z1; do not use any additives. switch comes on, the fluid level in the tank is too
low for the tank heater to work (see step 1 of this
procedure).
4. Select the appropriate pair of fittings, and attach

them to the radiator, to the hoses, or to the banjo
bolts for flow through the ATF cooler cleaner.
TO HOSE TO BANJO BOLT
14-268
" '
5. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the 12. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the
line that normally goes to the external filter on the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running,
transmission). open and close the air purge valve periodically.
Always open the valve slowly. At·the end of the
6. Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. 5-minutes cleaning period, leave the air purge
valve open.
7. Connect a shop air hose (regulated to 100 to
125 psi) to the air purge valve. NOTE: While the pump is running with the air
purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming
INOTICE I from the filler/breather tube vents .
The quick-connect fitting has a one-way
check valve to keep ATF from entering your 13. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR
shop's air system . Do not remove or replace toggle switch to OFF. Leave the air purge valve
the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines and
the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if hoses of residual ATF, then close the valve.
your coupler is not compatible.
14. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF
8. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON; the green cooler lines.
indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Let the

pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, 15. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other.
open and close the air purge valve periodically to
cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. 16. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve.
Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the Disconnect and stow the coupler if used,
5-minutes cleaning period, leave the air purge
valve open. 17. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF
cooler inlet and outlet lines.
NOTE: While the pump is running with the air
purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming 18. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet.
from the filler/breather tube vents.
Tool Maintenance
Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner

working properly:
• Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters
once a yearor when you notice a restriction in the
ATFflow. . ,
• Check the level and condition of the fluid in the tank
before each use.
• Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty.
9. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR

toggle switch to OFF; the green indicator goes off.
Leave the air purge valve open for at least
15 seconds to purge the lines and hoses of residual
ATF, then close the valve. HEATER
10. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF
cooler. Now connect the red hose to the cooler inlet
MAGNETIC NON BYPASS
line. SPIN-ON FILTER
11. Now connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line.
14-269
ATF Cooler Hose Replacement
1. Slide the ATF cooler/filter hose (A) on the ATF filter

(B) until the hose end is 5-7 mm (0.20-0.28 in.)
(e) away from the filter housing, and secure the
hose with the clip (D) at 10-12 mm (0.39-0.47 in.)
(E) from the filter housing. Install the cooler hose
(F) on the other side of the ATF filter in the same
manner.
2. Slide the ATF cooler/filter hose (G) over the ATF

cooler line (H) until the hose end contacts the bulge
(I), and secure the hoses with the clip (J) at
2-4 mm (0.08-0.16 in.) (K) from the hose end.
3. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (l) over the ATF lines
(M) until the hose ends contact the bulge (N), and
secure the hoses with the clip (0) at 6-8 mm
(0.24-0.31 in.) (P) from the hose end.
• I
14-270
ATF Filter Replacement
NOTE: The ATF filter is not a scheduled maintenance 5. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF
item. Replace the filter only if it is leaking, or filter (B).
contaminated, or when the transmission is being
overhauled or replaced with a remanufactured unit.
c _____ 6 x 1.0 mm
--- 12N·m
11 .2kgf·m.
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking 8.7Ibf·ttl
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the
..
18x1.5mm
49 N·m 15.0 kgf·m. 36 Ibf·ttl

6. Remove the ATF filter holder (e), and remove the
ATF filter.

washer (B). 7. Install the new ATF filter, and secure it with its
holder and bolt.
8. Slide the ATF cooler hose on the ATF filter until the
hose end is 5-7 mm (0.20-0.28 in.) (D) away from
the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip
(E) at 10-12 mm (0.39-0.47 in.) (F) from the filter
housing. Install the cooler hose on the other side of
the ATF filter in the same manner.

14-239).
14-271
Shift Lever Removal ...

1. Remove the following parts: 5. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A)
counterclockwise (8) until it stops, and push the
• Heater control panel (see page 21-53) retainer lock (C) into the socket holder retainer to
• Dashboard center panel (see page 20-93) lock the retainer.
• ,Genter lower covers (see page 20-95)
2. Shift the shift lever into the R position.
3. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end.
4. Unlock the retainer (A) . 6. Lower the socket holder (A), then slide it to remove
the shift cable (8) from the shift cable bracket (C).
., Do not remove the shift cable by pulling the shift

cable guide (D) .
14-272
."
7. Cover around the opening ofthe dashboard with

tape to prevent damage to the dashboard.
8. Remove the shift lever mounting bolt and nuts.
9. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector (A)

and D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T gear position
indicator panel light connector (8), and remove the
shift lever assembly (C). ."
14-273
Shift Lever Installation

1. Cover around the opening of the dashboard with
tape to prevent damage to the dashboard.
2. Install the shift lever assembly (A) in the dashboard.
8x1.25mm
22N·m
12.2 kgf·m,
16lbf·ftl
3. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (8) and

03 switch/park pin switch/NT gear position
indicator panel light connector (e) .
4. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjust

the shift cable (see step 7 on page 14-284).
14-274
Shift Lever DisassemblyIReassembly
..
SHIFT LEVER
KNOB COVER SHIFT LEVER BUTTON
~ / /. SPRING
«(((((((@
D3SWITCH
----------
SHIFT LEVER ROD
~ AfT GEAR POSITION

SILICONE GREASE / INDICATOR PANEL
/ AfT GEAR POSITION

INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT BULB
SHIFT LEVER!
SHIFT CABLE
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
~
~
SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE SHAFT
SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE
SHIFT LOCK "x

RELEASE SPRING
;O~:_-=S::~~.--_---:;;-=----- 0.3 N·m
SHIFTLOCK ~
~ (0.03 kgf·m. 0.2 Ibf·ttl
Apply non-hardening
STOP CUSHION thread lock sealant.
SHIFT LOCK 8x 1.25 mm

STOP 22N·m
.~ HARNESS (2.2 kgf·m. 16 Ibf·ttl
BAND
SILICONE GREASE SHIFT LEVER
MOUNTING
CONNECTOR BRACKET
CLAMP
CONNECTOR
CLAMP
PLUNGER
SPRING
14-275
Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Asseml>ly Replacement
NOTE: Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and 5. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector and 03
Reassembly (see page 14-275) as needed during the switch/park pin switch/NT gear position indicator
following procedures. panel light connector from the shift lever.
1. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272). 6. Remove the harness bands, and disconnect the 03
switch 2P connector.
2. Wrap the end of a flat-tip screwdriver (A) with tape,
pry the shift lever knob cover locks (B), and remove
the shift lever knob cover
, (e).
7. Remove the 03 switch harness and shift lever ring .
3. Remove the screws (A), shift lever button (B), and 8. Remove the NT gear position indicator panel light
spring (e). socket from the indicator panel, and remove the
indicator panel.
9. Release the lock (A) of the shift lock release, and

remove the shift lock release and release spring (B).
4. Remove the 03 switch (D) by expanding its locks

(E) from the shift lever knob, and remove the shift
lever knob (F).
10. Release the lock (e) of the shift lock release shaft,
and remove the shaft (D).
14-276
11. Remove the shift lever mounting bracket, and 13. Insert a 6 mm pin (A) into the guide hole (B), and
remove the park pin switch. push the shift lock solenoid (e) out.
12. Release the lock tabs retaining the shift lock

solenoid using thin blade screwdrivers. 14. Remove the shift lock solenoid plunger (D), plunger
spring (E). and shift lock stop and stop cushion (F).
15. Replace the shift lever/shift cable bracket assembly.
16. Install the shift lock stop and stop cushion.
17. Apply silicone grease to joint of the shift lock

solenoid plunger and shift lock stop, if necessary.
18. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and plunger

spring in the shift lock solenoid.
19. Install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the joint of

the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the
shift lock stop, then push the shift lock solenoid into
the shift lever securely.
(cont'd)
14-277
Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont'd)
20. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to the 25. Install the AfT gear position indicator panel light
screw threads. Install the park pin switch (A), and socket in the indicator panel.
secure the switch with the screw.
0.3N·m
(0.03 kgf·m,
0.2Ibf·ft)
26. Route the park pin switch harness, 03 switch

harness, and indicator panel light harness. Take a
slack out of the harnesses, and secure the
harnesses (A) with the band (8) at the guide (C).
21. Install the shift lever mounting bracket.
22. Install the AfT gear position indicator panel, shift

lever ring, and 03 switch harness.
23. Route the 03 switch harness (A), connect the 03

switch 2P connector (8), and install the connector in
the holder. B
27. Install the shift lock solenoid connector and 03

switch/park pin switch/AfT gear position indicator
panel light connector on the shift lever.
24. Tie the harnesses of the 03 switch and park pin

switch at the guide (C) with the band (0) .
14-278
28. Install the shift lock release spring (A) in the shift 31. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift lever
lock release (8). rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (8), and to
the area of the shift lever button (e) connected with
the shift lever rod.
3N·m
(0.3 kgf.m, 2 Ibf·tt)
B~
C~~"'i'),)')'~
)
G----.....
~/ F
32. Install the shift lever button spring and button in

29. Install the shift lock release shaft (e) in the shift the shift lever knob (D), and install the shift lever
lever, and install the shift lock release and release knob over the shift lever.
spring on the release shaft end.
33. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to the
30. Make sure that the release spring end (A) is screw threads, and secure the shift lever knob with
installed in the shift lock release (8), and the the screws (E).
hooked end (e) is hitched on the catch (D) .
34. Install the D3 switch (F) and shift lever knob cover
(G) on the shift lever knob.
35. Install the shift lever (see page 14-274).
14-279
Shift Lever Knob Replacement
NOTE: Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and 5. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift lever
Reassembly (see page 14-275) as needed during the rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (B), and to
following procedures. the area of the shift lever button (e) connected with
1. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272).

the shift lever knob cover (e).

the shift lever knob (D), and install the shift lever
knob over the shift lever.

3. Remove the screws (A), shift lever button (B), and screw threads, and secure the shift lever knob with
spring (e). the screws (E).

4. Remove the D3 switch (D) by expanding its locks

lever knob (F).
14-280
Shift Lever Knob Cover Replacement

pry the shift lever knob cover locks (8), and remove
2. Replace the shift lever knob cover, and install the

new cover on the shift lever knob .
14-281
Shift Lever Ring Replacement
NOTE: Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and 5. Remove the harness band, and disconnect the D3
Reassembly (see page 14-275) as needed during the switch 2P connector (A).
following procedures.

the shift lever knob cover (C) .
6. Remove the D3 switch and shift lever ring.
7. Replace the shift lever ring, and install the D3

switch harness through the shift lever ring.
3. Remove the screws (A), shift lever button (8), and

spring (C).
8. Install the shift lever ring over the shift lever.

o

lever knob (F).
14-282
,
.....
9. Route the 03 switch harness (A), connect the 03 11. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift lever
switch 2P connector (8), and install the connector in rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (8), and to
the holder. the area of the shift lever button (C) connected with
E
3N·m
(0.3 kgf·m, 2 Ibf·tt)
.
B~
- - - - " "i)))) 1 <0>\\ ,,""<

F

the shift lever knob (0), and install the shift lever
13. Apply non-hardeni ng thread lock sealant to the

screw threads, and secure the shift lever knob with
the screws (E).
14. Install the 03 switch (F) and shift lever knob cover
14-283
~utom'atic Transmission
Shift Cable Replacement
1. Lift the vehicle up on a lift or apply the parking 6. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) •.
brake, block rear wheels, and raise the ·f ront of the counterclockwise (8) until it stops, and push in the
vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. retainer (C) to lock it.
2. Remove the following parts:

~
• Heater control panel (see page 21-53)
• Dashboard center panel (see page 20-93)
• Center lower covers (see page 20-95)

J5.,
, ,'.....
"
.,
7. Lower the socket holder (A), then slide it to remove

the shift cable (8) from the shift cable bracket (C).
5. Unlock the retainer (A).
14-284
8. Remove the shift cable cover (A). 14. Apply molybdenum grease to the bore hole of the
synthetic resin bushing (A) in the shift cable end (B),
and attach the shift cable end to the control lever
(e), then insert the control pin (D) into the control
lever hole through the shift cable end, and secure
the control pin with the spring clip (E). Do not bend
the shift cable excessively.
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ftl
9. Remove the spring clip (B) and control pin (e), and
separate the shift cable end (D) from the control
lever (E). Remove the bolts securing the shift cable
brackets.
H
10. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable grommet 6x 1.0mm
(A). 12N·m
(1 .2 kgf·m, 8.7Ibf·ftl
B 15. Secure the shift cable brackets (F) (G) with the bolts.
16. Install the shift cable cover (H).
17. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjust
the shift cable (see step 7 on page 14-287).
6x 1.0mm
9.8N·m
(1 .0kgf·m,
7.2Ibf·ftl
I
11. Remove the shift cable grommet, and pull out the
shift cable (B).
12. Insert the new shift cable through the grommet

hole (e), and install the grommet in its hole. Do not
bend the shift cable excessively.
13. Secure the shift cable grommet with the nuts.
14-285
Shift Cable Adjustment
1. Remove the following parts: 5. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A)
counterclockwise (B) until it stops, and push in the
• Heater control panel (see page 21-53) retainer (C) to lock it.
6. Lower the socket holder (A), then slide it to remove

4. Unlock the retainer (A). the shift cable (B) from the shift cable bracket (C).
Do not remove the shift cable by pulling the shift
cable guide (D).
14-286
7. Push the shift cable (A) until it stops, then release it. 10. Place the shift lever in the R position, then insert a
Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the positioning hole
position is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (B) (B) on the shift lever, through the positioning hole
to adjust the shift cable. on the shift lever, and into the positioning hole on
•• the bracket. Use only a 6.0 mm pin with no burrs.
••
--
11. Verify that the shift lever is secured in the R
8. Turn the ignition switch 01\1 (II), and verify that the position.
R position indicator comes on.
12. Unlock the retainer (A).
9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. /
(cont'd)
14-287
Shift Cable Adjustment (cont'd)
13. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) 14. Align the clearance (A) between the socket holder
counterclockwise (8) until it stops to create (8) and the socket holder retainer (C) with the
clearance (C) between the socket holder (0) and opening (0) in the shift cable bracket (E), then slide
holder retainer, and push in the retainer (E) to lock the holder into the bracket with installing the shift
it. cable end (F) over the mounting stud (G) by
aligning its square hole (H) with the square fitting
(/) at the bottom ofthe stud. 00 not install the shift
cable by holding the shift cable guide (J).
NOTE: When the socket holder is installed in the

shift cable bracket, the retainer lock is unhinged
and releases the holder retainer lock, then the
holder retainer returns under spring force to secure
-------A
the shift cable.
F
----------- c
14-288
.,
"
" ,. , of.
15. Push the retainer lock (A) fully to lock the socket 18. Install and tighten the nut on the shift cable end.
holder retainer (8), and make sure that the retainer
lock fits into the hinged-joint (e). If the retainer lock
does not fit with the edge of the hinged-joint, rotate ,
the holder retainer counterclockwise while pushing
the retainer lock until it i'ocks. . .
,.
8x 1.25mm
22 N·m 12.2 kgf·m, 16 Ibf·tt)
19. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed
to hold the shift lever.
20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Move the shift lever
to each position, and verify that the A{f gear
position indicator follows the transmission range
switch.
16. Verify that the shift cable end is properly installed 21. Shift to the P position, and check that the shift lock
on the moun.~ing stud. works properly. Push the shift lock rele~se, and
.... verify that the shift lever releases, and also check
Improperly installed:
I •
,.. that the shift lever locks when it is shifted back to
Cable end Cable e'n d rides the P position.
positions on the bottom
out of the of the mounting Properly
mounting stud. stud. installed: 22. Install the following parts:

• Heater control panel (see page 21-53)
-J
17. Ifthe cable end is out of position on the mounting

stud, remove the shift cable from the bracket, and
reinstall the 'shift cable. Do not install the shift cable
end on the m()un~ihg stud while the shift cable is on
the bracket. .
If the cable end rides on the bottom ofthe
mounting stud, rotate the stud and align the square
fitting with the hole.
14-=289
At'r Gear Position Indicator
AfT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR

F-CAN Communication Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 22-237
Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic Function
Indicator Drive Circuit Check, page 22-230
Communication Line Check, page 22-231
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) 03 SWITCH AIT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR

Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-302 PANEL LIGHT HARNESS
Test, page 14-304 ReJ)lacement, page 14-296
Replacement. page 14-305 AfT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL
. - . ------=--Io--~,...
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Test, page 14-292
14-290
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOODFUSEJIIfLAV BOX UMlER-DASH FUSEJRELAV BOX

BATTEIIV ' (
No.1ilIlOAJ No.2 I1GJISOAJ I BAT 1GI No.2115AJ
+ T ~
I . ~
~'AJ
IGNmoN SW1TtIt
No. 14nHJ
MULnPl£)( WTEGIIATED
CONTROL UNIT )MICUJ
GAUGE CONTROl MODULE

I
~VR
~ POWERTRAlN CONTROL
f® AlTGEAR
MOOULEII'CMI
To12V
lIG,
POSmoN
CAN A/TGEAR f® INDICATOR
DIMMING To5 V
CONTROllER POSmoN
INDICATOR f<w CIlCU1T
~
C36
BLK/RED ---ij- LT BlU
I~
DIVVER
CIICUIT ~ A36 CANH
f0
I
WHT
~SCS
t$
Al,
~ --t> DATAUNK
DIMMm
CIlCUIT CANJ
BRN • CONNECTOR
IDLCI
t--
~~
F-tAN
TRANSCEIVER
I f
~ED
REO
r1>-1 ATPRVS B22
~~ATPD
REO/WHT
SG BI5 ATPFWD 1128
BlU/VEl
PG
~. BlJ( l ATP,
ATP2
B'5
B16
821
RED
GRN/RED
VElJGRN
ATPN B12
L1
RED/BlX
AlTGEAR __~A~TP~R~B~'4~_ _ -,
POSmoN
WDICATOR ATPP B13
PANEL
UGHT RED ---I> nPl£X MUL
GSO'
JNTroRATID
CONTROl UNIT IMICUI
00 SW1TtIt
~I
:
A41 OOSW
WHT---I 5
. BlU ---10--- BlU -----'--\r--~>-/
~WHT---I6
G,O,
G503
B36 PG,
~
BlX B, PG2
BLX ~
BRN/YEl _ _ -=C4,"-O~lG",I,---..,
BRN/yEl _ _-,OO"'-o-L",G2
,"--,
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
G,O,
PCM HiI1W!'SS ConneetOf Terminal Loeadons
J[ J.L
II/V / 4 151 6 / SJ 9] IL'j 2 3 .~ 7 SJ9J
I" VV VI " I'5I'· 17 18 19 '0 11 '2 '!i'1'sr6 17 'aJ/J
]20 21 22 >< 23 24 25 20 21 22 >< 23 212s]

' 126 27V 29VI3'V 33 34 36 r '- 26 27 26 2!l3~3'.132 33 313".1 r
11 3. 137 V 39 140 1., 421/1 441 113.VV I/I/I" '2 43 1"1
AI"PI BI44PI
Terminal sldt of female terminals
14-291
Transmission Range Switch Test
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking 4. Ifthe test results are OK, the transmission range
brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the switch test is complete.
vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go
to step 5.
2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness
connector (A), and remove the connector from the 5. Remove the transmission range switch cover.
connector bracket.
/
r
6X1.0mm
@ . 12N·m
~ (1.2 kgf.m,
/
I(J{) 8.7 Ibf·tt)
Terminal side of male terminals .

connector.
3. Check for continuity between terminals at the

harness connector. There should be continuity
between the terminals in the following table for
each switch position.
Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector
Position/Connector Terminal/Signal Connections
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
GND ATP D R
ATP ATP
P FWD NP ATP N
ATP
1 2 RVS
P 0 '"
'--' 0
R 0 '"
'--' Q
N 0 '"
'--' Q
D 0 '"
'--' 0
~
2 0 ~ 0
1 0 ~ -0
14-292
7. Check for continuity between terminals at the 9. If there is no continuity between any terminals,
switch connector. There should be continuity remove the transmission range switch, and check
between the terminals in the following table for the end of the selector control shaft (A).
each switch position.
Selector Control Shaft Specification
Transmission Range Switch Connector Width (8): 6.1-6.2 mm (0.240-0.244 in.)
End Gap (C): 1.8-2.0 mm (0.07-0.08 in.)
Position/Connector Terminal/Signal Connections

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ATP ATP
N 2 ATP ATP P D ATP GND
RVS NP FWD R 1
P 0 '"'
'--' D
R 0 '"'
'--' D
N 0 '"'
'--' D
D 0 '"'
'-' Q
2 0 '"'
'-' D
1 0 Q -0
8. If the transmission range switch continuity check is
OK, remove the harness clamps (A) from the clamp
bracket (8), and replace the faulty transmission
range switch harness (C).
10. Ifthe measurement of the selector control shaft

end is within the specification, replace the
transm ission range switch . If the measurement is
out of the specification, repair the selector control
shaft end, and recheck the transmission range
switch continuity.
14-293
Transmission Range Switch Replacement
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking 5. Make sure the control shaft is in the N position. If
brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the necessary, move the shift lever to the N position.
vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported.
NOTE: Do not use the selector control shaft to
2. Shift the N position. adjust the shift position. If the control shaft tips are
squeezed together it will cause a faulty signal or
3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. position due to play between the selector control
shaft and switch.
I
°
o. . . N *
6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the
4. Remove the transmission range switch. neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission
range switch (e), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler
gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in
the N position.
NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in .) blade or

equivalent to hold the switch in the N position.
14-294
7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then
the selector control shaft (8) while holding it in the connect the connector securely.
N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C).

10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Move the shift lever
through all positions, and make sure the
transmission range switch is synchronized with the
AfT gear position indicator.
11. Make sure the engine will start in the P and N

positions, and will not start in any other shift lever
position.
12. Make sure the back-up lights come on when the

shift lever is in the R position.
13. Allow the all four wheels (4WD model) or the front
wheels (2WD model) to rotate freely, then start the
engine, and check the shift lever operation.
14. Install the transmission range switch cover.
8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch

while you continue to hold the N position. Do not
move the transmission range switch when
tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge.
6X1.0mm
(91 12 N ·m
~ (1.2 kgf·m,
/
'(J{) 8.7 Ibf.ttl
6x 1.0mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.7 Ibf·ttl
14-295
.. ,',
AfT Gear Position Indicator
AIT Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness Replacement

NOTE: 3. ~emove the screws ,(A), shift lever button (8), and
• The AfT gear position indicator panel light harness is 'spring (C) .
not available from the park pin switch and 03 switch • I
connector harness; replace the NT gear position

indicator panel light harness,. park pin switch, 03
switch connector harness, and the connector as a set.
• Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and Reassembly
(see page 14-275) as needed during the following
procedures.
2, Wrap the end of a flat-tip screwdriver (A) with tape,

pry the shift lever knob cover locks (8h and remove
the shift lever knob cover (C).

lever knob (F) ,
5. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector and 03

panel light connector from the shift lever.
6. Remove the harness bands, and disconnect the 03

switch 2P connector.
7. Remove the 03 switch harness and shift lever ring.
14-296
•f t
8. Remove the AfT gear position indicator panel light 12. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to the
socket from the indicator panel, and remove the screw threads. Install the park pin switch (A), and
indicator panel. secure the switch with the screw.

remove the shift lock release and release spring (B).
A
0.3N·m
(0.03 kgf·m,
0.2Ibf·ft)
13. Install the shift lever mounting b.racket.

10. Remove the shift lever mounting bracket, and
remove the park pin switch. 14. Install the NT gear position indicator panel, shift
lever ring, and D3 switch harness.
15. Route the D3 switch harness (A), connect the D3

switch 2P connector (B), and install the connector in
the holder.
11. Remove the NT gear pOSition indicator panel light

harness, park pin switch, D3 switch connector 16. Tie the harnesses of the D3 switch and park pin
harness, and connector .
.. assembly, and replace it. switch at the guide (C) with the band (D).
(cont'd)
14-2·97
A/"(f' Gear Position Indicator
AIT Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness Replacement (cont'd)

17. Install the AfT gear position indicator panel light 20. Install the shift lock release spring (A) in the shift
socket in the indicator panel. lock release (B). I
18. Route the park pin switch harness, 03 switch B

slack out ofthe harnesses, and secure the
21. Install the shift lock release and release spring on
the release shaft end.
22. Make sure that the release spring end (A) is

installed in the shift lock release (8), and the
hooked end (C) is hitched on the catch (0).

~.
23. Apply silicone grease to the top of the,shift lever
rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (8), and to
the area of the shift lever button (C) connected with
3N·m
(0.3 kgf·m, 2 Ibf·ft)
B ~
c;a'~'"'' \.>(n ,V'l"·,
G~
F


the screws (E).
26. Insta" the 03 switch (F) and shift lever knob cover
27. Insta" the shift lever (see page 14-274).
'I
14-299
AIT Gear Position Indicator Panel Assembly Replacement
NOTE: Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and 5. Remove the harness band, and disconnect the D3
Reassembly (see page 14-275) as needed during the switch 2P connector (A).
following procedures.

. '
6. Remove the D3 switch harness and shift lever ring.
7. Remove the NT gear position indicator panel light

socket from the indicator panel.
8. Remove the NT gear position indicator panel, and

3. Remove the screws (A), shift lever button (B), and disassemble the indicator panel (A), panel base (B),
spring (e). and lever cover (e).

lever knob (F). 9. Replace the indicator panel, panel base, or lever
cover, and assemble the NT gear position indicator
panel; install the lever cover in the panel base with
the marks (0) point toward the front.
14-300
,.
10. Install the NT gear position indicator panel, and 14. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift lever
install the shift lever ring and D3 switch harness. rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (8), and to
11. Route the D3 switch harness (A), connect the D3 the shift lever rod.
the holder. E
3N·m
B____
~ .

C~~)))))·")U?o
G~w
A
f!J// F
12. Tie the harnesses of the D3 switch and park pin 15. Install the shift lever button spring and button in
switch at the guide (C) with the band (D). the shift lever knob (D), and install the shift lever
13. Install the NT gear position indicator panel light
socket in the indicator panel. 16. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to the
the screws (E).
14-301
03 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting
1. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
3. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/park pin 7. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light
connector terminals No.5 and No.6. 8. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal A41 and D3 switch/park pin switch/A/T
D3 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/ gear position indicator panel light connector
AfT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR terminal No.5.
PANEL LIGHT CONNECTOR
D3SWITCH/ PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
PARK PIN SWITCH/
AfT GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR PANEL
LIGHT CONNECTOR
D3 SW (BLU)
Is there about 5 V? Wire side of Terminal side of

YES-Go to step 10.
NO-Go to step 4.
YES-Go to step 9.
4. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/park pin
switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light NO-Repair open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal No.5 and body ground. connector terminal A41 and the D3 switch/park pin
switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light
D3 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/ connector.•
A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
=
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Repair open in the wire between D3 switch/

park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel
light connector terminal No.6 and ground (G503),
and repair poor ground (G503).•
NO-Go to step 5.
14-302
9. Check for continuity between D3 switch/park pin 10. Check for continuity between D3 switch/park pin
switch/NT gear position indicator panel light switch/NT gear position indicator panel light
connector terminal No.5 and body ground. connector terminals No.5 and No.6 while pressing
the D3 switch several times.
D3 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/
AfT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR D3 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/
PANEL LIGHT CONNECTOR AfT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
Q
=
Is there alternating continuity and no continuity
YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM every time the switch is pushed?
connector terminal A41 and the D3 switch/park pin
switch/NT gear position indicator panel light YES-Check for loose or poor connection at PCM
connector.. connector terminal A41. Ifthe connection is OK,
substitute a known-good peM (see page 14-10) and
NO-Check for loose or poor connection at PCM recheck. If the symptom goes away with a known
connector terminal A41. If the connection is OK, good PCM, replace the original PCM (see page
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-10) and 11-219).•
recheck. If the symptom goes away with a known
good PCM, replace the original PCM (see page NO-Replace the D3 switch (see page 14-305) .•
11-219).•
14-303
"
AFt'Gear Position Indicator
03 Switch Test
1, Remove the center lower covers (see page 20-95). 6. Remove the D3 switch 2P connector from the
connector holder, and disconnect it.
2. Disconnect D3 switch/park pin switch/AfT gear
position indicator panel light connector.
7. Push the 03 switch several times) and check the

Terminal side of male terminals switch for continuity between 03 switch 2P
r
connector terminals No.1 and No. 2. There should
3. Push the D3 switch several times, and check the be toggled continuity and no continuity between
switch for continuity between D3 switch/park pin terminals every time the D3 switch is pushed.
switch/AfT gear position indicator panel light
connector terminals No.5 and No.6. There should 8. Replace the D3 switch (see .page 14-305) if the
be toggled continuity and no continuity between switch works incorrectly.
terminals every time the D3 switch is pushed.

9. Replace the 03 switch connector harness, A/T gear
4. D3 switch test is finished if the test result is OK. If position indicator panel light harness, and park pin
the D3 switch works incorrectly at the D3 switch/ switch as a set (see page 14-296) if the switch is OK.
park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel The 03 switch connector harness is not available
light connector, test the D3 switch at the D3 switch from the A/T gear position indicator panel light
2P connector. harness and park pin switch.
5. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272). 10. Connect the 2P connector, and install it in the
holder.
12. Install the center lower covers (see page 20-95).
14-304
03 Switch Replacement ,1 .
NOTE: Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and 5. Remove the harness band, and disconnect the 03
Reassembly (see page 14-275) as needed during the switch 2P connector (A) .
following procedures. '- . "I
••

the shift lever knob cover (C).
6. Remove the 03 switch and shift lever ring.
7. Replace the 03 switch, and install the 03 switch

harness through the shift lever ring.
3. Remove the screws (A), shift lever button (8), and

spring (C).
D 8. Install the shift lever ring over the shift lever.

lever knob (F).
(cont'd)
1'4-305
A/T Gear Position Indicator
03 Switch Replacement (cont'd) . ,..
9. Route the 03 switch harness (A), connect the 03 11. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift lever
switch 2P connector (B), and install .the connector in rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (B), and to
the holder. the area of the shift lever button (C) connected with
3N·m
(0.3 kgf·m. 2 Ibf·ttl
B~
c~~",»,~\X/)".o""
G-----....~V
10. Tie the harnesses ofthe 03 switch and park pin

~/ F
A


the screws (E).
15. Install the shift lever (see page 14-274) .
...
'J
14-306
AfT Interlock System
DATA LINK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PARK PIN SWITCH

CONNECTOR (DLC, Shift Lock System Ci rcu it Key Interlock System Circuit
Troubleshooting, pag e 14-309
Test, page 14-316

Test, page 14-320

STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY

KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
Key Interlock System Circu it
II
'r • .>
14-307
AIT Interlock System ..
Circuit Diagram
UND£R-HOOD FlJSE/RELAY BOX
GAUGE CQIffiIOL MODULE

No.211G1I50AI BAT
-1l WIlT
BRAKE
PEDAl
POSItlON
CAN
CONTROWR
~~-<r'~- BLKJREt) --ij- LTBLU --~ SVoITCH
_.----"""-.. DATALINI<
/-<-1---0-- -- - BRN BIIN ~ CONNECTOR
tDlCl
3 LTGRN
L......!=--¢-""'-_ _ BRN
\( I
H:-~'-""--- ORN
2
,-=-¢-'=--- LTBLU ACCUERATCf\
PEDAl
6
POSmON
~~~~--UGRN SENSOR
~-~~_o_~--- ~R •
5
.-~~~--- au
~--=~_o_~--LTGRN-----------------_1
SHIFT
LOCK
SOl£NOII)
[ill -I
RED
Bli-l
I
-"-''-=~=---
--~~~---
IED/WIIT - -
RUNa --- - - - - - ,
IED--------,
- - - -,
-=..!~=--- GftN/RED - - - LTGRN

Y£tJGRN
PARK RED/BLK
PIN
SWITCH
1
rn:
G503 GIOI MULTIPLEX WTl'GRATl'D
"-------- LTGRN P-PIN CONTROL UNIT IMICUI AT!' P
UNDER-DASH
ORN ~ RJSE/RELAY
~BOX
INTERLOCK
KEY 3' No. JS 11.5 AI
SOLENOID
BlU KEY SOl
~.[t :
GAV KEYSW
TRANSMISSION RANGE SVoITCH

Bl(SW
G501
PCM HImns Conntctor Tennlnalloeations
V /1 / · Isl· / 8191 11
l·oVVVI"I,sl" 17 18 191
1 2122 >< 23 24 1
20 25
1 271/ 29VI3·V 33 3' 3s1 r

2•
1130J 37/ 39 1"1" " VI"I

AI"PI
Termlnll sid, of ftmaletwminail
14-308
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 7. Shift the shift lever into the P position, and press
the brake pedal. Do not press the accelerator.
2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the
Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift 8. Measure the voltage between shift lock solenoid
lock solenoid operates with the HDS. connector terminals No.1 and No.2 while pressing
the brake pedal.
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
11-197).
Does the shift lock solenoid work properly?
YES-Go to step 14.

~
IG1 lVEl) ~LS IRED,
NO-Go to ste.p 3.
3. Remove the center lower covers (see page 20-95).
4. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector. Wire side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?
6. Measure the voltage between shift lock solenoid
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground . YES-Go to step 9.
NO-Go to step 10.

SHIfT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
~
4G11VEL!
Is there battery Voltage ?
YES-Go to step 7.
NO-Check for a blown No. 10 (7 .5 A) fuse in the

under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair
open or short in the wire between shift lock
solenoid connector terminal No.1 and the under
dash fuse/relay box.•
(cont'd)
14-309
AfT Interlock System
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
9. Release the brake pedal, and measure the voltage 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
between connector terminals No.1 and No. 2. The
shift lever must be in the P position. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
12. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR

terminal A27 and shift lock solenoid connector
~
terminal No.2.
IGI tYELI ~LS 'REDI SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
CONNECTOR
SLS(RED)
Is there battery voltage?

connector terminal A27 and the shift Jock Wire side of
Terminal side of
solenoid .• female terminals
female terminals
NO-Check the shift lock mechanism. Ifthe Is there continuity?

mechanism is OK, replace the shift lock solenoid
(see page 14-317) .• YES-Substitute a known-good PCM (see page
14-10) and recheck .•

connector terminal A27 and the shift lock
solenoid.•
14-310
, ' ...
14. Press the brake pedal. 19. Disconnect brake pedal position .switch4P ,
connector, and check for continuity between PCM
Are the brake lights ON? connector terminal A40 and brake pedal position
switch 4P connector terminal No.2.
YES-Go to step 15.
BRAKE PEDAL PCM CONNECTOR A (44PI
POSITION SWITCH
NO-Repair faulty brake light circuit.. 4P CONNECTOR
17. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
18. Measure the voltage between PCM connector

terminal A40 and body ground while pressing the
brake pedal and when the brake pedal is released. Wire side of ' Terminal side of
PCM CONNECTOR A (44PI
YES-Substitute a known-good PCM (see page


connector terminal A40 and the brake pedal
position switch.•
Is there battery voltage while the brake pedal is

pressed, and no voltage when the pedal is
released?
YES-Go to step 20.
NO-Go to step 19.
(cont'd)
14-311
AIT Interlock System
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
20. Connect PCM connector A (44P). 26. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal 813 and body ground.
connector.
l ATP P IBLU/BlK
111 2 3 1141/1/ 7 6 91
1011 1213f14ji6ji6 1718r)
12021 22>< 23/2426
2627 za)29j3Or3i 132 333435
1136 1/ 1/1/1/141 4243 44l
Q
=
1 2 345
·6 7 8 9 10
ATP P (BLK/BLUI GND(BLKI Is there continuity?

Wire side of female terminals switch connector.•
NO-Go to step 27.'

Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 28.
terminal 813 and transmission range switch
connector terminal No.6.
NO-Go to step 24.
PCM CONNECTOR B 144Pl TRANSMISSION RANGE

SWITCH CONNECTOR
Q
25. Disconnect PCM connector 8 (44P). ATP PIBLK/BLUI
...
2 3 41/\/ 7 6 1 91 11
II
" 110 1112 ,13114116116 1718
1 2 3 4 5
2021 ~
>< 232A26
2627 26/29130131132 33/34 35 6 7 8 9 10
1136 1/ 1/ 1/1/141 4243 44l L..J' ATP P (BlK/BLU)
YES-Go to step 28.

switch connector.•
14-312
28. Check for continuity between transmission range 29. Test the transmission range switch (see page
switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. 14-292).

Is the switch OK?
YES-Go to step 30.
1 2 345 NO-Replace the transmission range switch

6 7 8 9 10 (see page 14-294) .•
30. Connect the HDS to the DLC.
31. Check the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 in the

= data list with the HDS. Do not press the accelerator.
Is the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 opening
11 % and above, or the sensor 1 voltage 0.90 V
Is there continuity? and above?
YES-Substitute a known-good PCM (see page YES-Check the throttle body (see page 11-338) .•
NO-Substitute a known-good PCM (see page
NO-Repair open in the wire between tr,a nsmission 14-10) and recheck .•
range switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground
(G101), or repair poor ground (G101) .•
14-313
Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting
SRS components are located in this area. Review the 8. Check for continuity between 03 switch/park pin
SRS component locations (see page 24-13) and the switch/AfT gear position indicator panel light
precautions and procedures (see page 24-15) before connector terminal No.1 and body ground.
doing repair or service.
03 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/
1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). The sh ift lever AfT GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
must be in the P position.
2. Disconnect the ignition key switch (6P) connector

(see page 22-32).
3. Check if the ignition switch can be turned to the
LOCK (0) position.
Can the ignition switch be turned the LOCK (0)

-=-
position? Wire side of female terminals
YES-Go to step 4.
NO-Replace the ignition key switch/steering lock
assembly (see page 17-30) .• YES-Repair short in the wire between D3 switch/
park pin switch/AfT gear position indicator panel
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. light connector terminal No. 1 and the MICU.•
5. Move the shift lever into any position other than P. NO-Go to step 9.
6. Check for continuity between the ignition key 9. Move the shift lever into the P position.
switch connector terminal No.3 and body ground.
10. Check for continuity between 03 switch/park pin
switch/AfT gear position indicator panel light
IGNITION KEY SWITCH (6P) CONNECTOR
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Do not push
the shift lever button.
03 SWITCH/PARK PIN SWITCH/

A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
-=-
W ire side of female terminals
YES-Repair a short in the wire between the key
interlock solenoid and the MICU .•
NO-Go to step 7.
YES-Replace the park pin switch (see page
7. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272). 14-320).•
NO-Go to step 11.
14-314
11. Disconnect the F (34P) connector from the under

dash fuse/relay box (see page 22-57).

"
13. Measure the voltage between under-dash fuse/
relay box F (34P) connector terminal No. 27 and
body ground.
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX F 134P) CONNECTOR
!:iJ2l'!ITl IIl2'I2'I1l 9 10 11 IElZ!i!l2'I

~
~~ 2:72829 ~~
= J
Is there about 5 V when the shift lever is in any

position other than the P position, and no voltage
when the shift lever is in the P position?
YES-Substitute a known-good MICU and

recheck.•
NO-Repair open or short in the wire between the

MICU and the transmission range switch .•
14-315
Shift Lock Solenoid Test
1. Connect the HOS to the OLC (A). • J 1
"'" 1 .. 1"" f ., j
I I , J 1,
• , I
. I '•
.. I
2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the

Miscellaneous Test Menu of the HOS, and check
that the shift lock solenoid operates. .j
NOTE: If the HOS does not communicate with the

PCM, troubleshoot the OLC circuit (see page
11-197). " , t 1':}
3. Check that the shift lever can be moved out of the P

position when Shift Lock Solenoid: ON. Move the
shift lever back in the P position, and make sure it
locks with Shift Lock Solenoid: OFF.
4. Check that the shift lock releases when the shift

lock release is pushed, and check that it locks when
the shift lock release is released.
5. If the shift lock solenoid does not work properly,

perform shift lock system troubleshooting
(see page 14-309).
14-316
Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement ., . ~
1. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272). 4. Insert a 6 mm pin (A) into the guide hole (B), and
push the shift lock solenoid (e) out.
2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector.
3. Release the lock tabs retaining the shift lock
solenoid using thin blade screwdrivers.
5. Replace the shift lock solenoid, solenoid plunger

(0), and plunger spring (E) assembly.
6. Apply silicone grease to the tip (F) of the shift lock

stop and solenoid plunger.
7. Install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the joint of

the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the
shift lock stop, then push the shift lock solenoid into
the shift lever securely.
8. Install the shift lock solenoid connector.
14-317
"
AIT ·Interlock System

Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement
1, Remove th.e shift lock solenoid (see page 14-317),
2. Remove the shift lock stop (A) and stop cushion (B),
and replace the shift lock stop or stop cushion.
3, Install the shift lock stop cushion on the shift lock

stop.
4. Apply silicone grease to the pin (e) on the shift

lever bracket base, and install the shift lock stop
overthe pin,
5, Install the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-317).
14-318
Shift Lock Release, Release Spring, Release Shaft Replacement
1. Remove the shift lever (see page 14-272). 6. Install the shift lock release spring (A) in the shift
lock release (8).
2. Remove the AfT gear position indicator panel from
the shift lever.

remove the shift lock release and release spring (8).
7. Install the shift lock release shaft (e) in the shift

lever, and install the shift lock release and release
4. Release the lock (e) of the shift lock release shaft, spring on the release shaft end .
and remove the shaft (D).
8. Make sure that the release spring end (A) is
5. Replace the shift lock release, release spring, or installed in the shift lock release (8), and the
release shaft. hooked end (e) is on the catch (D).
9. Install the AfT gear position indicator panel on the
shift lever.
14-319
Park Pin Switch Test Park Pin Switch Replacement
1. Remove the center lower covers (see page 20-95). NOTE:

• The park pin switch is not available from the D3
2. Disconnect the D3 switch/park pin switch/AfT gear switch connector harness and AfT gear position
position indicator panel light connector. indicator panel light harness; replace the park pin
switch, D3 switch connector harness, NT gear
position indicator panel light harness, and the
connector as a set.
Refer to the Shift Lever Disassembly and Reassembly
(see page 14-275) as needed during the following
procedures.

"

3. Shift the shift lever into the P position, and check

for continuity between D3 switch/park pin.switch/
NT gear position indicator panel light connector
terminals No.1 and No. 2.
There should be no continuity.
4. Shift out of the P position, and check for continuity

between connector terminals No. 1 and No.2.
There should be continuity.
5. If the park pin switch tests OK, connect the

connector and install the center lower covers
(see page 20-95).
If the park pin switch fails the test, replace the park
pin switch (see page 14-320). .
14-320
.....
4
3. Remove the screws (A), shift lev~r button (8), and 8. Remove the AfT gear position indicator panel light
spring (e). socket from the indicator panel, and remove the
indicator panel. <'

remove the shift lock release and release spring (8).
4. Remove the 03 switch (0) by expanding its locks

lever knob (F).
10. Remove the shift lever mounting bracket, and
5. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector and 03 remove the park pin switch .
switch/park pin switch/NT gear position indicator
panel light connector from the shift lever.
6. Remove the.harness bands, and disconnect the 03

switch 2P connector (A).
.i.lf'
11. Remove the NT gear position indicator panel light

harness, park pin switch, 03 switch connector
harness, and connector assembly, and replace it.
.. .
7. Remove the 03 switch harness and shift lever ring.
(cont'd)
14-321
Park Pin Switch Replacement (cont'd)
12: Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to the 17. Install the AfT gear position indicator panel light
screw threads. Install the new park pin switch (A), socket in the indicator panel.
and secure the switch with the screw.
18. Route the park pin switch harness, 03 switch

slack out of the harnesses, and secure the
13. Install the shift lever mounting bracket.
14. Install the AfT gear position indicator panel, shift

lever ring, and 03 switch harness.
15. Route the 03 switch harness (A), connect the 03

the holder.


switch at the guide (C) with the band (0).
14-322
20. Install the shift lock release spring (A) in the shift 23. Apply silicone grease to the top of the shift lever
lock release (8). rod (A), to the shift lever button spring (8), and to
3N·m
B ~
c~~""V'li2,
G~V
F
21 . Install the shift lock release and release spring on

the release shaft end. 24. Install the shift lever button spring and button in
22. Make sure that the release spring end (A) is knob over the shift lever.
installed in the shift lock release (8), and the
hooked end (C) is on the catch (0). 25. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to the
the screws (E).
27 . Install the shift lever (see page 14-274).

c
14-323
Transmission End Cover
End Cover Removal

Mairishaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WO transmission; the 2WO is similar.
1. Remove the cooler inlet line bolt (0), sealing washers, and line bracket bolts (E), and remove the ATF cooler inlet
line (F).
2. Remove the ATF dipstick guide tube (G).
14-324
3. Remove the cooler outlet line bolt (H) and sealing 12. Cut the lock tab (A) of the each shaft locknut (8)
washers, and remove the ATF cooler outlet line (I). using a chisel (C). Then remove the ·locknuts and
conical spring washers from each shaft.
4. Remove AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve
A, ATF joint pipes, O-rings, ATF pipe, and gasket. NOTE:
• Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have
5. Remove AfT clutch pressure control solenoid valve left-hand threads .
8 and C, harness clamp bracket (J), ATF joint pipes, • Keep all ofthe chiseled pa rticles out of the
O-rings, and gasket. transmission.
• Clean the old mainshaft and countershaft
6. Remove the transmission range switch cover (K). locknuts; they are used to install the press fit idler
gear on the mainshaft, and park gear on the
7. Remove the transmission range switch harness countershaft.
clamps (L) from the clamp bracket (M), and remove
I
the transmission range switch (N).
8. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the end
cover (0).
c-..........
9. Remove the end cover, dowel pins, O-rings, and
end cover gasket.
10. Slip the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft.
13. Remove the special tool from the mainshaft.
07GAB-PF50101or
07GAB-PF50100
11. Engage the park pawl with the park gear.
(cont'd)
14-325
End Cover Removal (cont'd)
14. Set a two-jaw (or three-jaw) puller (A) on the

countershaft (8) by putting a spacer (C) between
the puller and countershaft, then remove the park
gear (D).
15. Install a 6 x 1.0 mn1 bolts (A) on the mainshaft idler

gear (8). Set a puller (C) on the mainshaft (D) with
putting a spacer (E) between the puller and
mainshaft, then remove the mainshaft idler gear.
16. Remove the park pawl, park pawl spring, park pawl
shaft, and stop shaft.
17. Remove the park leverfrom the control shaft.
14..326
Park Lever Stop Inspection and Idler Gear Shaft Bearing

Adjustment Replacement
1. Set the park lever in the P position. Special Tools Required

• Adjustable bearing puller, 25-40 mm
2. Measure the distance (A) between the park pawl 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A
shaft (B) and the park lever roller pin (C). • Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
Standard: 57.7-58.7 mm (2.27-2.31 in.)
1. Remove the idler gear shaft bearing (A) from the
end cover (B) using the adjustable bearing puller
and a commercially available 3/8 "-16 slide
hammer (C).
3. If the measurement is out of standard, select and

install the appropriate park lever stop (A) from the
table.
2. Install the new bearing in the end cover using the
"1
driver and the attachment (52 x 55 mm).
07149-0010000
PARK LEVER STOP

Mark Part Number B C
1 24537 -PA9-003 11.00 mm 11.00 mm
(0.433 in.) (0.433 in.)
2 24538-PA9-003 10.80 mm 10.65 mm 07146-0010400
(0.425 in.) (0.419 in.)
3 24539-PA9-003 10.60mm 10.30 mm
(0.417 in.) (0.406 in.)
4. After replacing the park lever stop, make sure the

distance is within tolerance.
14-327
Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Selector Control Shaft Bearing

.
Replacement f Replacement
Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

• Driver 07749-0010000 • Driver 077 49-0010000
• Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 • Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the end cover (8). 1. Remove the oil seal from the end cover, then
remove the bearing.
2. Install the new oil seal flush to the end cover using
the driver and the attachment (22 x 24 mm).
f 0""-0010000
2. Install the new bearing flush to the end cover using
~o"".oo,oooo
07746-0010800
3. Install the new oil seal.
14-328
ATF Feed Pipe Replacement
1. Remove the snap rings (A), ATF feed pipes (8), and
feed pipe flanges (e) from the end cover (0).
NOTE: Replace the end cover, if the 1st clutch ATF

feed pipe (E) replacement is required.
~
A
___c
a ___ G
I}--:
F
---E
B
2. Install the new a-rings (F) over the ATF feed pipes.
3. Install the ATF feed pipes in the end cover by

aligning the feed pipe tabs with the indentations in
the end cover.
4. Install the new a-rings (G) in the end cover, then

install the feed pipe flanges over the ATF feed
pipes.
5. Secure the ATF feed pipes and feed pipe flanges

with the snap rings.
14-329
Housing and Shaft Assembly Removal f" 'r
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD does not have the transfer mechanism.
1. Remove the ATF feed pipe (A) from the idler gear shaft, and the ATF lubrication pipe (8) from the transmission
housing.
c
E
2. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (e), dowel pins (D), and gasket (E).
3. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valves, and remove the solenoid harness connector (F) .
4. Remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (G), and output shaft (counters haft) speed sensor (H) and sensor
washer (I) .
5. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (J) (20 bolts), transmission hanger (K), and harness clamp
brackets (Ll.
14-330
6. Align the spring pin (A) on the selector control shaft 12. Remove the selector control shaft (A) from the
(8) with the transmission housing groove (e) by torque converter housing.
turning the control shaft with the control lever.
NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the control shaft

tips together when turning the shaft.
13. Turn the detent arm (8) away from the countershaft
(e).
7. While expanding the snap ring of the secondary
shaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, lift the 14. Remove the mainshaft subassembly (A),
transmission housing. Release the snap ring pliers countershaft subassembly (8), and secondary shaft
and remove the transmission housing. subassembly (e) together. Do not bump the
countershaft on the baffle plate (D).
8. Remove the countershaft reverse gear and needle
bearing.
9. Remove the lock bolt securing the shift fork, then
remove the shift fork with the reverse selector
together.
10. Remove the selector control lever from the selector

control shaft.
11. Unhook the detent spring (A) from the detent arm
(8).
D
B 15. Remove the baffle plate.
16. Remove the differential assembly.
17. 4WD model: Remove the transfer assembly.
14-331
Bearing Removal
Special Tools Required 3. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft bearing
• Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 with the snap ring pliers, then push the bearing out.
• Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300
• Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the idler gear shaft when removing the

mainshaft bearing and idler gear shaft bearing.
NOTE: If you are only removing the countershaft

bearing, idler gear shaft removal is not needed.
2. To remove the mainshaft bearing (A) and

countershaft bearing (B) from the transmission
housing, expand each snap ring with the snap ring
pliers, then push the bearing out.
NOTE: Do not remove the snap ring unless it's

necessary to clean the grooves in the housing.
14-332
Bearing Installation J rn. I

j •
Special Tools Required " 4. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft (A) with
• Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 the snap ring pliers, and install the bearing part
• Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 . way into the housing.
• Driver 07749-0010000
A
1. Install the bearings in the direction shown.
2. Expand each snap ring with the snap ring.pliers,
and install the mainshaft bearing (A) and
countershaft bearing (B) part-way into the housing.
5. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into

the housing until the snap ring snaps in place
around it.
6. After installing the bearings verify that the snap

rings (A) are seated in the bearing and housing
grooves, and that the ring end gaps (B) are correct.
3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into
the housing until the snap ring snaps in place B: 0-7 mm (0-0.28 in .1
around it.
7. Install the idler shaft.
14-333
Reverse Idler Gear Removal and Installation
Removal Installation
1. Remove the bolt (A) securing the reverse idler gear 1. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission
shaft holder. housing.
___ A
, 2. Lightly coat the reverse idler gear shaft (A), needle
B ------. bearing (B), and new O-rings (C) with lithium
o
grease.
2. Install a 5 x 0.8 mm bolt (B) in the reverse idler gear

shaft, and pull it to remove the reverse idler gear
shaft (C) and gear shaft holder (D) together.
3. Remove the reverse idler gear. 3. Assemble the new O-rings and needle bearing on
the reverse idler gear shaft, then install the reverse
idler gear shaft in the reverse idler gear shaft
holder (D) . Align the D-shaped cut out (E) of the
shaft with the D-shaped area (F) of the holder.
4. Install the reverse idler gear shaft/holder assembly

on the transmission housing.
______ 6 x 1.0 mm
, 12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
o 8.7 Ibf·ft)
14-.3 34
Valve Body
Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal l ....
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WO transmission; the 2WO is similar. ,
,/,\ .
1, Remove the ATF feed pipes (A) and ATF joint pipes (B).
6x1 .0mm (8)
6x1.0mm(1)
,~ 0
I A
V
\1
A
K ----l..S..
2. Remove the ATF strainer (e) (two bolts).
3. Remove the regulator valve body (0) (eight bolts).
(cont'd)
14-335
Valve,Body
Valve Body and ATF Strainer Removal (cont'd) • • I
4. Remove the stator shaft (E) and stator shaft stop tF), .11. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF through
then remove the regulator separator plate (G) and the inlet opening, and replace it if it is clogged or
two dowel pins (H). damaged:
5. Remove the servo body (I) (12 bolts), then remove 12. Remove the O-rings (V) (W) from the stator shaft
the separator plate (J) and two dowel pins (K). and ATF strainer. Install the new ones when
installing the valve bodies.
6. Remove the cooler check valve spring (L) and valve
(M), then remove the main valve body (N) (three
bolts). Do not let the check balls (0) fall out.
7. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (P), then
remove the ATF pump gears (Q).
8. Remove the main separator plate (R) and two
dowel pins (5).
9. Remove the ATF magnet (T), clean and reinstall it in

the torque converter housing (U).
10. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B)
thoroughly with compressed air, then check that it
is in good condition and that the inlet opening is
not clogged.
14-336
Valve Body Repair
NOTE: This repair is only necessary if one or more of 5. Remove the # 600 paper. Thoroughly wash the
the valves in a valve body do not slide smoothly in their entire valve body in solvent, then dry it with
bores. Use this procedure to free the valves. compressed air. .
1. Soak a sheet of # 600 abrasive paper in ATF for

6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It
about 30 minutes.
should drop to the bottom of the bore under its
own weight. If not, repeat step 4, then retest. If the
2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve valve still sticks, replace the.valve body.
drops out of its bore. It may be necessary to use a
small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful
not to scratch the bore with the screwdriver.
3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF
soaked # 600 paper to polish off any burrs that are
on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and
dry it with compressed air.
4. Roll up half a sheet of ATF-soaked # 600 paper and

insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve.
Twist the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits
the bore tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the
paper as you push it in and out.
NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and doesn't

require much polishing to remove any burrs. 7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and the
valve body with solvent. Dry all parts with
compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a
lubricant.
14-337
Valve Body
Valve Body Valve Installation
1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly.
2. Install the valves and springs in the sequence

shown for the main valve body (see page 14-339),
regulator valve body (see page 14-341), and servo
body (see page 14-342). Refer to the following
valve cap illustrations, and install each valve cap so
the end shown facing up will be facing the outside
ofthe valve body.
3. Install all the springs and seats. Insert the spring (A)
in the valve, then install the valve in the valve body
(8). Push the spring in with a screwdriver, then
install the spring seat (C).
14-338
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly , '
1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blowout all passages.
2. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the balls.
3. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage.
4. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-337).
5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.
A SPRING SEAT
SHIFT VALVE A \ /
~
'
'SHIFT VALVE B ~ "";?~ I B'
C
RELIEF VALVE
I
SHIFT VALVE C ..<;?~
.;9~ ;0
..
.-~~
I~
VALVE SLEEVE
~tf)~
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
MANUAL VALVE
\ ~CK-UP
~ F E CONTROL
VALVE
~#' ,
--------~ \
COOLER CHECK
____
VALVE CAP/ "

~
VALVE CAP CLIP

G
~¢Y
~
" "', ""
\SHIFT VALVE E
H
\ VALVE
CHECK BALL
MAIN VALVE BODY
SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire Diameter 0.0.. Free length No. of Coils
A Shift valve A spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
B Shift valve B spring
• 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
C Shift valve C spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
D Relief valve spring 1.0 (0.039) 9.6 (0.378) 34.1 (1.343) 10.2
E lock-up control valve spring 0.65 (0.026) 7.1 (0.280) 23.1 (0.909) 12.7
F Cooler check valve spring 0.85 (0.033) 6.6 (0.260) 27.0 (1.063) 11.3
G Servo control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7 (1.406) 17.2
H Shift valve E spring "' 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
14-339
Valve Body
ATF Pump Inspection
1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), driven gear (B), 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive
and ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the main gear (A) and driven gear (B).
valve body (D). Lubricate all parts with ATF, and
install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance:
and chamfered side facing up. Standard (New):
ATF Pump Drive Gear:
A B 0.210-0.265 mm (0.0083-0.0104 in.)
ATF Pump Driven Gear:
0.070-0.125 mm (0.0028-0.0049 in.)
A
B
3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure

the thrust clearance between the ATF pump driven
gear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight edge
(C) and a feeler gauge (D).
ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)
Clearance:
Standard (New): 0.03-0.06 mm (0.001-0.002 in.)
Service limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
14-340
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blowout all passages.
2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage, and check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely,
refer to valve body repair (see page 14-337).
3. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The regulator spring cap is spring loaded.
"
5. When reassembling the valve body, align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the hole in the valve body, then
press the spring cap into the valve body, and tighten the stop bolt.
/ ' REGULATOR SPRING CAP
~~
A/ /~""
STOP BOLT
6x 1.0mm
12N·m
B/ '''~
'~
(1.2 kgf.m,
8.7Ibf·ft)
~
~,
SPRlNGSEAT 'tc... C / .. ~
--------..~ '!,:~
D~
TORQUE CONVERTER CHECK VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE
VALVE CAP REGULATOR VALVE BODY
VALV
, ECAPC~®,""\
~
:-/~ ~
E
LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
Springs Standard (Newl-Unit: mm (in.'
"
Wire Diameter 0.0. Free Length No. of Coils

A Stator reaction spring .,., 4.5 (0.177) I 35.4 (1.394) 30.3 (1.193) 1.92
B Regulator valve spring A 1,85 (0.073) 14.7 (0 .579) 83.0 (3.268) 16.9
C Regulator valve spring B 1.6 (0.063) 9.2 (0 .362) 44.0 (1.732) 12.5
D Torque converter check valve spring 1.2 (0.047) 8.6 (0.339) 33.8 (1.331) 12.2
E Lock-up shift valve spring 1.0 (0.039) 6.6 (0.260) 35.5 (1.398) 18.2
F 3rd accumulator spring 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.4(1.157) 4.9
G 1st accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1
H 1st accumulator sprinQ B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31 .5 (1.240) 6.6
14-341
Valve Body
Servo Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blow-out all passages.
2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage.
3. Check the shift valve D for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-337).
4. When removing and installing the shift solenoid valves, refer to shift solenoid valves removal and installation
(see page 14-343).
6. Replace the O-rings with new ones.
E o
1----6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m 11.2 kgf·m, 8.7Ibf·ft)
~ - - - - ACCUMULATOR COVER
2ND ACCUMULATOR PISTON D ~~
c~~
~
PI~~
B
4TH ACCUMULATOR
------------..
O·RING 0 _______ SERVO BODY
Replace. ~
A ______ ~~
~I
/ s H I F T VALVE D
...------ SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFT
SPRING SEAT
'_.' _ _ _ O·RING
Replace.
Springs -
Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire Diameter 0.0. Free Length No. of Coils
A Shift valve D spring 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9
B 4th accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31 .5 (1.240) 6.6
C 4th accumulator spring A 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) I · 7.1
D
E
2nd accumulator spring B
2nd accumulator spring A
• 2.1 (0 .083)
2.1 (0.083)
10.8 (0.425) 34.0 (1.339)
48.7 (1.917)
8.2
16.6 (0.654) 8.4
F 5th accumulator sprinQ 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.9 (1.177) 4.9
,1
14-342
Shift Solenoid Valve Removal and Installation
NOTE: 5. Install shift solenoid valve E by holding the shift

• Do not hold the shift solenoid connector to remove solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
and to install the shift solenoid valves. Hold the shift bracket contacts the servo,body.
solenoid valve body.
• Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing 6. Install shift solenoid valve B by holding the shift
shift solenoid valve 0, and do not install shift solenoid valve body; be sure tO'install mounting
solenoid valve B before solenoid valve E. If solenoid bracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoid
valves A and B are installed before solenoid valves 0 valve E.:
and E, it may damage the hydraulic control system.
7. Install shift solenoid valve C by holding the shift
1. Remove the shift solenoid valves by holding the
solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
solenoid valve body.
2. Install new O-rings (F) on each shift solenoid valves.
NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new

O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the
O-rings pr ovided on it.
6X1.0mm
12 N~m 11.2 kgf·m. 8.7 Ibf·tt)
/
o / 6x1.0mm
12N·m
11.2 kgf·m. 8.7 Ibf·tt)
B
" t ,
3. Install shift solenoid valve 0 by holding the shift

4. Install shift solenoid valve A by holding the shift

"
bracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoid
valve D.
14-343
:rorque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement

• Adjustable bearing puller, 2.5 -40 mm
, . 3. Install the new oil seal flush with the housing using
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A : f
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 077 46-0010600
• Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal using

the adjustable bearing puller and a commercially
available 3/8 "-16 slide hammer (A).
07749-0010000 on4~0010600
., .
01736·A010008 or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in

the torque converter housing using the driver and
the attachment (62 x 68 mm).
....
07749-0010000 077 46·001 0500
14-344
Countershaft Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 4. Install the bearing securely in the housing using the
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25-40 mm driver and the attachment (62 x 68 mm).
07736-A010008 or 07736-AO1 OOOA
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
1. Remove the countershaft bearing using the
adjustable bearing puller and a commercially
available 3/8 "-16 slide hammer (A).
5. Make sure that the bearing outer race notch-cut (A)

is installed at a height of 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)
(8) above the housing surfaGe (e). Do not install the
bearing higher than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) above the
housing surface.
2. Remove the ATF guide plate (A), and check it for

wear and damage. If the guide plate is worn or
damaged, replace it.
3. Install the ATF guide plate in the housing, and

install the new countershaft bearing (8).
14-345
;Forque Converter Housing
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. Install the new O-rings (A) on theATF guide collar
• Driver 07749-00iOOOO (8), then install the ATF guide collar in the housing.
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A)

and bearing set plate (8).
A______ if----- 6 x 1.0 mm

B C€) 12 N·m
~ 0 11.2 kgf·m, 8.7 Ibf·ttl
~
4. Install the new secondary shaft bearing (C) in the

direction shown.
5. Install the bearing in the housing securely using the

driver and the attachment (62 x 68 mm).
2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing (A) by heating

the housing to about 212 "F (100 "C) with a heat gun
(8). Do not heat the housing in excess of 212 "F
(100 "C).
NOTE: Let the housing cool to normal temperature

before installing the bearing.
07749-0010000
07746-0010500
6. Check that the bearing groove aligns with the

housing surface, then install the bearing set plate
with aligning the bearing groove.
7. Install the new lock washer and bolt, then bend the
lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
14-346
Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement

• Driver 07749-0010000
• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-ZV00100
1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the torque converter

housing.
2. Install the new oil seal (A) in the torque converter

housing to a depth of 0.5- 1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.)
(S) below the housing surface using the driver and
the oil seal driver attachment.
07749·0010000 ~
~
14-347
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough movement.
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)

24x 1.25 mm
THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
Replace.
4THGEA~ -------.....
, .
~
~ CONICAL SPRING
"'=" WASHER
Replace.
~E~\";i, °e o
~IDLERGEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE B~ ~
~ '@) TRANSMISSION
HOUSING BEARING
:s THRUST~ASHER.
Selective part
41, .. mm
- - - - - THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
- - - - - - NEEDLE BEARING
Vf/[f;~~rJ1 ___________ 5TH GEAR
~ THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
2. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage.
3. Check shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear.
4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage.
5. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly.
6. Install the conical spring washer, 41 x 68 mm thrust washer in the direction shown.
7. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission .
8. Check the 5th gear clearance (see page 14-349).
14-348
Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection
1. Remove the mainshaft transmission housing 5. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 5th gear (8).
bearing (see page 14-332).
2. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), 5th gear (8),

needle bearing (e), thrust needle bearing (D),
41 x 68 mm thrust washer (E), 4th/5th clutch (F), 4th
gear collar (G), and transmission housing bearing
(H) on the mainshaft (I). Do not install the O-rings
during inspection.
6. Lift the 5th gear (A) up while holding the mainshaft,

and use the dial indicator (8) to read the 5th gear
axial clearance .
7. Measure the 5th gear axial clearance in at least

three places while moving the 5th gear. Use the
average as the actual clearance.
Standard: 0.04-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 in.)
3. Install the idler gear (J) on the mainshaft by a press,

then install the conical spring washer (K) and
locknut (L).
4. Tighten the locknut to 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 Ibf·ft).
(cont'd)
14-349
SHafts and Clutches
Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
8. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the

41 x 68 mm thrust washer and measure its
thickness (A).
'I
'.
9. Select and install a new thrust washer, then

recheck.
THRUST WASHER , 41 x 68 mm
No. Part Number Thickness
1 90414-RCT-000 4.450 mm (0.1752 in.)
2 90415-RCT-000 4.475 mm (0.1762 in.)
3 90416-RCT-000 4.500 mm (0.1772 in.)
4 90417-RCT-000 4.525 mm (0.1781 in.)
5 90418-RCT-000 4.550 mm (0.1791 in.)
6 90419-RCT-000 4.575 mm (0.1801 in.)
7 90420-RCT-000 4.600 mm (0.1811 in.)
8 90421-RCT-000 4.625 mm (0.1821 in.)
9 90422-RCT-000 4'.650 mm (0.1831 in.)
10 90423-RCT-000 4.675 mm (0.1841 in.)
11 90424-RCT -000 4.700 mm (0.1850 in.)
12 90425-RCT -000 4.725 mm (0.1860 in.)
13 90426-RCT -000 4.750 mm (0.1870 in.)
14 90427-RCT-000 4.775 mm (0.1880 in.)
15 90428-RCT-000 4.800 mm (0 .1890 in.)
10. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the

clearance is within the standard.
11. Disassemble the installed parts from the mainshaft.
12. Reinstall the bearing in the transmission housing

(see page 14-333). .
14-350
Countershaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
LOCKNUT IFLANGE NUl)

REVERSE GEAR 24x 1.2Smm
Replace .
~~
• 'j
-------..... - - 8 .CONICAL
~~ ~~f~~"
.@ PARK GEAR
~ 'iN~MISSION
HOUSING BEARING
-----e 2ND GEAR
~ COUNTERSHAFT
5. Install the conical spring washer, reverse selector, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, and all gears in the direction shown.
6. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The
countershaft locknut has left-hand threads.
7. Some reverse selector hubs, and the 3rd gear are press-fitted to the countershaft; special tools are needed to
remove them (see page 14-352) and to install them (see page 14-353).
14-351
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Reverse Selector Hub and 3rd Gear Removal "t ."
1. Install a commercially available bearing separator 3. Set the press on the countershaft (A) with a spacer
(A) on the 4th gear (8). Set a press on the (8) between the press and countershaft, and
countershaft (C) with a spacer (D) between the remove the 3rd g~ar (C).
press and countershaft, and remove the reverse

selector hub (E).
NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press

fitted, and can be removed without using a bearing
separator and a press. .
4. Remove the 37 x 41 x 54.3 mm collar, 5th gear, 1st

gear, and 2nd gear.
2. Remove the needle bearing, set ring, 35 x 47 x

7.8 mm collar, and cotters.
..
14-352
Countershaft 3rd Gear and Reverse Selector Hub Installation
Special Tools Required 4. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over the
Driver, 40 mm 1.0. 07746-0030100 countershaft, then press it in place using the driver
(40 mm 1.0.) and a press.
1. Install the 2nd gear, 1st gear, 5th gear, and
37 x 41 x 54.3 mm collar on the countershaft.

NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press
fitted and can be installed without using the driver
2. Slide the 3rd gear (A) over the countershaft, and (40 mm 1.0.) and a press.
press it in place using the driver (40 mm 1.0.) and a
press.
~
07746-0030100
/
077 46-00301 00
/
A
3. Install the cotters, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar; set ring,

needle bearing, and 4th gear.
14-353
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)

24x 1.25mm
Replace.
SECONDARY
SHAFT __________ ~ CONICAL
~
SPRING
"=7
WASHER
~
Replace.
L,JJ IDLER GEAR .
~ '@
TRANSMISSION
HOUSINGBEARING
_____ 3RD GEAR
rr2J
______ NEEDLE BEARING
_____ THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
SEALING RINGS,
29mm
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
NEEDLE BEARING
2ND GEAR
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
THRUST WASHER,
37x58mm
Selective part
O-RINGS
Replace.
-------- 1ST GEAR
2ND CLUTCH ~ NEEDLE BEARING
~ THRUST NEEDLE BEARING

SNAP RING
Replace.
4. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage.
6. Install the conical spring washer, idler gear in the direction shown.
7. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The locknut has
left-hand threads.
8. Check the 2nd gear clearance (see page 14-356) and 1st gear clearance (see page 14-358).
14-354
Secondary Shaft Ball Bearing, Idler Gear Removal and Installation " #
Special Tools Required Installation

Attachment, 42 mm I.D. 070AD-POA0100
Install the idler gear (A) on the secondary shaft (8), and
Removal install the ball bearing (C) over the idler gear using the
attachment (42 mm I.D,) and a press,
Place a shaft protector (A) on the secondary shaft (8),
and set the puller (C) under the idler gear (D), then
070AO-POA0100
remove the idler gear and ball bearing (E).
B
B
"4-355
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 2nd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection "
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing 2. Measure the clearance between the snap ring (A)
(B), 2nd gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D), and the 2nd clutch guide (B) with a feeler gauge (C),
37 x 58 mm thrust washer (E), and 2nd clutch (F) on in at least three places. Use the average as the
the secondary shaft (G), then secure them with the actual clearance.
snap ring (H). Do not install the O-rings during
inspection. Standard: 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.)
14-356
3. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the I ~

37 x 58 mm thrust washer and measure its
;. f
thickness.
,I
4. Select and install a new thrust washer, then J

recheck.
THRUST WASHER, 37 x 58 mm " • I f f

No. Part Number Thickness
1
2
90511-PRP-010
90512-PRP-010
3.900 mm (0.154 in.)
3.925 mm (0.155 in.) /
.
3 90513-PRP-010 3.950 mm (0.156 in.)
4 90514-PRP-010 3.975 mm (0.156 in.)
5 90515-PRP-Ol0 4.000 mm (0.157 in.)
6 90516-PRP-010 4.025 mm (0.158 in.)
7 90517-PRP-010 4.050 mm (0.159 in.)
8 90518-PRP-010 4.075 mm (0.160 in.)
9 90519-PRP-010 4.100 mm (0.161 in.)
10 90520-PRP-010 4.125 mm (0.162 in.)
11 90521-PRP-010 4.150 mm (0.163 in.) •
12 90522-PRP-010 4.175 mm (0.164 in.)
13 90523-PRP-000 4.200 mm (0.165 in.)
14 90524-PRP-000 4.225 mm (0.166 in.)
15 90525-PRP-000 4.250 mm (0.167 in.)
16 90526-PRP-000 4.275 mm (0.168 in.)
17 90527-PRP-000 4.300 mm (0.169 in.)
18 90528-PRP-000 4.325 mm (0.170 in.)
19 90529-PRP-000 4.350 mm (0.171 in.)
20 90530-PRP-000 4.375 mm (0.172 in.)

clearance is within standard.
6. Disassemble the shaft and gears.
14-357
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance Inspection
Special Tools Required 2. Install the idler gear (A), then install the ball bearing
Attachment, 42 mm I.D. 070AD-POA0100 (B) on the idler gear using the attachment (42 mm
I.D.) and a press.
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing
(B), 1st gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D),
40 x 51 .5 mm thrust washer (E), 1st/3rd clutch (F), 070AD-POA0100
and 3rd gear collar (G) on the secondary shaft (H).
B
Do not install the O-rings during inspection.
r r
.f
3. Install the conical spring washer and locknut, then
------F tighten the locknut to 29 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 Ibf·ft).
4. Turn the secondary shaft assembly upside down,

and set the dial indicator (A) on the 1st gear (B).
14-358
5. Lift the 1st gear (A) up while holding the secondary 7. Ifthe clearance is out of standard, remove the
shaft, and use the dial indicator (8) to read the 1st 40 x 51.5 mm thrust washer and measure its
gear axial clearance. thickness.
8. Select and install a new thrust washer, then

recheck.
THRUST WASHER, 40 x 51 5 mm
No. • Part Number Thickness
1 90503-PRP-000 4.80 mm (0.189 in.)
2 90504-PR P-OOO 4.85 mm (0.191 in.)
3 90505-PRP-000 4.90 mm (0.193 in.)
4 90506-PRP-000 4.95 mm (0.195 in.)
5 90507-PRP-OOO 5.00 mm (0.197 in.)
6 90508-PRP-000 5.05 mm (0.199 in.)

clearance is within standard.
10. Disassemble the shaft and gears.
6. Measure the 1st gear axial clearance in at least

three places while moving the 1st gear. Use the
Standard: 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.)
14-359
('
Shafts and Clutches
Idler Gear Shaft Removal and Installation
1. Remove the snap ring (A), cotter retainer (8), and

cotter keys (C). Do not distort the snap ring. ;.
2. Remove the idler gear shaft/idler gear assembly (D)

from the transmission housing.
3. Check the snap rings and cotter retainer for wear

and damage. Replace them ifthey are worn,
distorted, or damaged.
4. Install the idler gear and shaft in the reverse order

of removal.
14-360
Idler Gear/Idler Gear Shaft Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. Replace the idler gear or idler gear shaft, and attach
• Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100 the idler gear sha~ to the idler gear.
• Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the snap ring from the idler gear/idler

shaft assembly.
4. Install the idler gear shaft (A) in the idler gear (8)
using the driver, the attachment (32 x 35 mm), and
a press.
~
2. Remove the idler gear shaft (A) from the idler gear
(8) using the driver, the attachment (32 x 35 mm), 01749-0010000
and a press.
~ 01749-00'0000
07746-0010100
5. Install the snap ring.
14-361
Shafts and Clutches
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Disassembly " ., t.
NOTE: The 1st, 2nd, and3rd clutch packs have a clutch 4. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (6),
pressure release cavity between the spring retainer and clutch wave-plates (e) (5) , clutch flat-plate (D) (1),
clutch piston. An oil seal is installed on the and wave spring (E) from the 2nd clutch drum (F).
circumference of the spring retainer, and seals the
clutch piston. If you remove the spring retainer from the
piston, it will damage the oil seal when reinstalling the
retainer on the piston.
1. Remove the snap ring with a screwdriver.
F\
\ ~

2. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (B) (5),
5. Make a reference mark on the flat-plate.
clutch wave-plates (C) (4), clutch flat-plate (D) (1),
and wave spring (E) from the 1st clutch drum (F) .
6. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (8) (6),
clutch wave-plates (C) (5), clutch flat-plate (D) (1),
and wave spring (E) from the 3rd clutch drum (F).
3. Make a reference mark on the flat-plate .
7. Make a reference ma rk on the flat-plate.
14-362
4th and 5th Clutch Disassembly
Special Tools Required 2. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (8) (4),
• Clutch spring compressor attachment clutch wave"plates (C) (4), and wave spring (0) from
07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL501 01 the 4th clutch drum (E) .
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A
1. Remove the snap ring with a screwdriver.
3. Remove the clutch end plate (A), clutch discs (8) (4),
clutch wave-plates (C) (4), and wave spring (D) from
the 5th clutch drum (E}.
(cont'd)
14-363
Shafts and Clutches
, ,
4th and 5th Clutch Disassembly (cont'd)
4. Install the clutch spring compressor attachments 6. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer
that is unsupported by the return spring, the
retainer may be damaged.
07LAE-PX40100 or
07HAE-Pl50101
7. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can

be removed.
- - - - 07GAE-PG40200 or
07GAE-PG4020A
5. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment

(A) is adjusted to have full contact with the return
spring retainer (B).
14-364
8. Remove the snap ring with the snap ring pliers. 11. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum, and apply
air pressure to the fluid passage to remove the
piston. Place a finger tip on the other passage while
applying air pressure.
9. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachments

and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly.
10. Remove the snap ring (A), spring retainer (8), and
return spring (C).
12. Remove the clutch piston (A), and remove the outer
O-ring (8) and inner O-ring (C) from the piston.
14-365
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Inspection
1. Inspect the 4th and 5th clutch pistons and clutch 5. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replace
piston check valves (AI. them as a set. Ifthe clutch discs are replaced,
inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance.
A
6. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored,
replace the damaged plate with the new plate, and
inspect the other wave-plates for a phase
difference. If the clutch plate is replaced, inspect
the clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance.
7. If the cI utch end plate is worn, damaged, or

discolored, inspect the clutch end-plate-to-top disc
clearance, then replace the clutch end plate.
2. Ifthe clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged,

replace the clutch piston.
3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
4. Inspect the clutch discs, clutch-plates, and clutch

end plate for wear, damage, and discoloration.
Standard Thickness:
Clutch Discs: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
Clutch Plates:
1st clutch (wave-plates): 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
2nd clutch: Wave-plates: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
Flat-plate: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
3rd clutch: Wave-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.!
Flat-plates: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
4th clutch (wave-plates): 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
5th clutch (wave-plates): 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
14-366
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference Inspection
1. Place the clutch wave-plate (A) on a surface plate, 5. Rotate the wave-plate about 60-degrees. The dial
and set a dial indicator (8) on the wave-plate. indicator should be at the bottom of a phase
difference (F and G), and zero the dial indicator.
6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops

(H and I) of the wave-plate by following steps 3 thru
5.
7. Ifthe two values of the three measurements are

within the standard, the wave-plate is OK. If the two
values of the three measurements are out of the
standard, replace the wave-plate.
2. Find the bottom (e) of a phase difference of the

wave-plate, zero the dial indicator and make a
reference mark on the bottom of the wave-plate.
3. Rotate the wave-plate about 60-degrees apart from

the bottom while holding the wave-plate by its
circumference. The dial indicator should be at the
top (D) of a phase difference. Do not rotate the
wave-plate while holding its surface, always rotate
it with holding its circumference.
4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads the

phase difference (E) of the wave-plate between
bottom and top.
Standard Phase Difference:

1st clutch: 0.15-0.25 mm (0.006-0.010 in.'
2nd clutch: 0.1-0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 in.'
3rd clutch: 0.1-0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 in.'
4th clutch: 0.1-.0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 in.)
5th clutch: 0.1-0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 in.'
14-367
Sh"afts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection
Special Tools Required 3. Install the wave spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum
Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 (8). Install the clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting
with the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (0)
1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and end (6) and wave-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch end
plate for wear and damage (see page 14-366), and plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
inspect the clutch wave-plate phase difference
(see page 14-367), if necessary.
2. Install the wave spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (8) .
Install the clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with
the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (0) (5)
and wave-plates (E) (4). Install the clutch end-plate
(F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
4. Install the wave spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum

(8). Install the clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting
with the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (0)
(6) and wave-plates (E) (5) . Install the clutch end
plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
14-368
5. Install the clutch pistons in the 4th and 5th clutch 6. Install the wave spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum
drums. 00 not install the O-rings during inspection. (8). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately
install the wave-plates (C) (4) and discs (0) (4).
Install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side
down on the top disc.
7. Install the wave spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum

(8). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately
install the wave-plates (C) (4) and discs (0) (4) .
..
(cont'd)
14-369
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
8. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure 11. Release the clutch end-plate to lower the clutch
the clutch end-plate. ." end-plate, then put the special tool on the end-plate
(A).
07ZAE-PRP0100
A
E
9. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch end-plate (S).
12. Press the clutch compressor attachment down with

150-160 N (15-16 kgf. 33-35Ibf) (S) using a
force gauge, and read the dial indicator (C). The dial
indicator reads the clearance (0) between the
clutch end-plate and top disc (E). Take
measurements in at least three places, and use the
Clutch End-Plate-to-Top Disc Clearance

Service limit:
1st Clutch: 1.38-1.58 mm (0.054-0.062 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.18-1.38 mm (0.046-0.054 in.)
3rd Clutch: 1.23-1.43 mm (0.048-0.056 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.93-1.13 mm (0.037-0.044 in.)
5th Clutch: 0.93-1 .13 mm (0.037-0.044 in.)
10. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch end-plate

lifted up to the snap ring (C).
14-370
13. If the clearance is out of the service limit, select a 3RD CLUTCH END PLATES
new clutch end-plate from the following tables. Mark Part Number Thickness
1 22551-RZK-003 or 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
22551-RZH-003
2 22552-RZK-003 or 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
22552-RZH-003
3 22553-RZK-003 or 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
22553-RZH-003
4 22554-RZK-003 or 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
l ,
22554~ RZH-003
5 22555-RZK-003 or 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
22555-RZH-003
6 22556-RZK-003 or 2.6 mm (0 .102 in.)
22556-RZH-003
7 22557-RZK-003 or 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
22557 -RZH-003
8 22558-RZK-003 or 2.8 mm (0 .110 in.)
1ST and 2ND CLUTCH END PLATES 22558-RZH-003
Mark Part Number Thickness 9 22559-RZK-003 or 2.9 mm (0 .114 in.)
1 22571-RZK-003 or 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) 22559-RZH-003
22571-RZH-003
2 22572-RZK-003 or 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) 4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END PLATES
22572-RZH-003 Mark Part Number Thickness
3 22573-RZK-003 or 2.8 mm (0.110 in .) 1 22581 -RZK-003 or 2.1 mm (0 .083 in.)
22573-RZH-003 22581-RZH-003
4 22574-RZK-003 or 2.9 mm (0 .114 in.) 2 22582-RZK-003 or 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
22574-RZH-003 22582-RZH-003
5 22575-RZK-003 or 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) 3 22583-RZK-003 or 2.3 mm (0.091 in .)
22575-RZH-003 . 22583-RZH-003 .
6 22576-RZK-003 or 3.1 mm (0.122 in.) 4 . 22584-RZK-003 or 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
22576-RZH-003 22584-RZH-003
7 22577-RZK-003 or 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) 5 22585-RZK-003 or 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
22577 -RZH-003 22585-RZH-003
22578-RZH-003 22586-RZH-003
22579-RZH-003 22587 -RZH-003
8 22588-RZK-003 or 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
22588-RZH-003
9 22589-RZK-003 or 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
22589-RZH-003
14. Install the new clutch end-plate, and recheck the

clearance. Ifthe thickest clutch end-plate is
installed, butthe clearance is still overthe service
limit, replace the clutch. discs and plates.
I.
14-371
Shafts and Clutches
1st, 2nd, and 3rd Clutch Reassembly
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a

4. Install the wave spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum
minimum of 30 minutes.
with the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (D)
2. Install the wave spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (8). (6) and wave-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch end
Install the clutch flat-plate (C) (1), then starting with plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (D) (5)
and wave-plates (E) (4). Install the clutch end-plate
(F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
3. Install the wave spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum

5. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure
the clutch end-plate.
with the clutch disc, alternately install the discs (D)
(6) and wave-plates (E) (5). Install the clutch end

plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
.\~ 6. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying air

pressure into fluid passage.
\~
14-372
.,
4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly
Special Tools Required 4. Install the return spring (A) and spring retainer (B),
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly . and position the snap ring (C) on the spring retainer.
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A
• Clutch spring compressor attachment
07 LAE-PX40 100 or 07HAE-PL50101
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a
minimum of 30 mi nutes.
2. Install the new O-rings (A) on the clutch piston (B).

Do not twist the O-rings.
5. Install the clutch spring compressor attachments

3. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch drum (B)

while applying pressure and rotating to ensure
proper seating. Do not pinch the O-ring .
07LAE-PX40100 or
07HAE-PL50101
A
~
07GAE-PG40200 or
07GAE-PG4020A
(cont'd)
14-373
Shafts and Clutches
4th and 5th Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)
6. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment 8. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can .
(A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring be installed.
retainer (B).
9. Install the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.

7. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer
that is unsupported by the return spring, the
retainer may be damaged.
10. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachments

14-374
11. Install the wave spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum 13. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure
(B). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately the clutch end-plate.
install the wave-plates (e) (4) and discs (D) (4).
E
14. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying air

pressure into fluid passage.
12. Install the wave spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum
(8). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately
install the wave-plates (C) (4) and discs (D) (4).
14-375
Valve Body and ATF Strainer Installation
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD is similar.
1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and installed in the torque converter housing. .' 1-
Torque Specifications
6 x1.0 mm: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7Ibf·ft)
8 x 1.25 mm: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13Ibf·ft)
6x 1.0 mm ATF FEED PIPES,

Eight Bolts 8x198mm
~
6x 1.0 mm
Two Bolts
6x 1.0mm
One Bolt
,
REGULATO~. V
VALVE BODY \'r
. ~TF FEED PIPE,
8x220mm
6x1.0 mm
12 Bolts
I -
O-RING
Replace.
STATOR SHAFT STOP
STATOR SHAFT
- DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
SERVO BODY
SERVO I---->..~-ATF PUMP DRIVEN

SEPARATOR GEAR SHAFT
PLATE
- DOWEL PINS,
DOWEL PINS, ,', Two Pins
Two Pins ~ MAIN SEPARATOR
PLATE
ATF PUMP DRIVEN

GEAR
TORQUE CONVERTER
HOUSING
14-376
.
.
2. Install the main separator plate (A) and two dowel 5. If the ATF pump drive gear and ATF pump driven
pins on the torque converter housing. Then install gear shaft do not move smoothly, loosen the main
the ATF pump drive gear (8), driven gear (e), and valve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump driven
ATF pump driven gear shaft (D). Install the ATF gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specified
pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered torque, then recheck. Failure to align the ATF pump
side facing down. driven gear shaft correctly will result in a seized
ATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven gear
shaft.
6. Make sure that the two check balls and the cooler
check valve are in the main valve body, then install
the cooler check valve spring in the cooler check
valve.
7. Install the servo separator plate and two dowel pins

on the main valve body.
8. Install the servo body (12 bolts). Install the ATF

strainer with the two bolts in the bolt holes (A) in
step 12, and install the baffle plate w ith the two
bolts in the bolt holes (8) in step 2 in shaft
3. Install the main valve body. assemblies and housing installation.
B
4. Make sure the ATF pump drive gear (A) rotates
smoothly in the normal operating direction, and the
ATF pump driven gear shaft (8) moves smoothly in B
the axial and normal operating direction.
A 6x 1.0 mm I
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m,8.7Ibf.ft)
9. Install the regulator separator plate and two dowel

pins on the main valve body.
10. Install the new O-ring on the stator shaft, and install
the stator shaft and stator shaft stop.
11 . Install the regulator valve body (eight bolts).
12. Install the new O-ring on the ATF strainer, and

install the ATF strainer (two bolts).
13. Install the ATF joint pipes (one bolt).
14. Install the ATF feed pipes in the regulator valve

body and servo body.
14-377
17ransmission Housing .
Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmisSion; the 2WD does not have the transfer assembly.
1. Install the differential assembly in the torque converter housing.
ATFFEED ATF
COUNTERSHAFT PIPE LUBRICA TION
REVERSE GEAR PIPE
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE COVER
SOLENOID
HARNESS
REVERSE CONNECTOR
SHIFT FORK
NEEDLE BEARING
TRANSMISSION
HANGER
6x 1.0mm
12N·m
11 .2 kgf·m, 8.7 Ibf·ttl
SECONDARY Two Bolts
SHAFT
SUBASSEMBLY BAFFLE PLATE
DIFFERENTIAL
ASSEMBLY
TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
2. Install the baffle plate on the servo body.
14-378
3. Assemble the mainshaft, countershaft, and . 6. If the detent arm was removed, install the detent
secondary shaft. arm (A) with arm collar (8) on the servo body (C),
and install the new lock washer (D) by aligning its
4. Join the mainshaft subassembly (A), countershaft cutout (E) with the projection (F) of the servo body.
subassembly (8), and secondary shaft Install and tighten the bolt, then bend the lock tab
subassembly (C) together, and install them in the ofthe lock washer against the bolt head.
torque converter housing. Do not bump the
, ______ 6 x 1.0 mm
countershaft on the baffle plate (D). ~ 12 N·m 11.2 kgf,m. 8.7Ibf·ft)
E
F
D
7. Install the control shaft (A) in the torque converter

housing aligning the manual valve lever pin (8) on
the control shaft with the guide of the manual valve
5. Make sure if the countershaft and differential are (C). Pull the manual valve gently when aligning the
clear of the baffle plate. manual valve with the control shaft.
(cont'd)
14-379
Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation (cont'd)
8. Hook the detent arm spring (A) to the detent arm 14. Install the three dowel pins (A) and a new gasket (8)
(8). on the torque converter housing (C).
10X1.25mm
44N·m
A
. /
(4.5 kgf.m, 33Ibf·ft)
~ ~.o.'
9. Turn the shift fork shaft (A) so the large chamfered

hole (8) is facing the fork bolt hole (C) of the shift
fork (D).
B
c
E
6x 1.0mm
14N·m
11.4 kgf·m, 10 Ibf·ft)
15. Align the spring pin (D) ofthe control shaft (E) with
the transmission housing groove (F) by turning the
10. Install the shift fork and reverse selector together control shaft. Do not squeeze the end of the control
on the shift fork shaft and countershaft. Secure the shaft tips together when turning the shaft. If the tips
shift fork to the shift fork shaft with the lock bolt are squeezed together, it will cause a faulty shift
and a new lock washer (E), then bend the lock tab of position signal or position due to the play between
the lock washer against the bolt head. the control shaft and the transmission range switch.
11. Install the needle bearing and countershaft reverse 16. Place the transmission housing (G) on the torque
gear on the countershaft. converter housing . Do not install the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft
12. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission (countershaft) speed sensor before installing the
housing (see page 14-334). transmission housing on the torque converter
housing.
13. Install the idler gear shaft (see page 14-360), if it
was removed.
14-380
17. While expanding the snap ring qfthe secondary 20. Install the new O-ring (A) on the input shaft
shaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, push the (mainshaft) speed sensor (6), and install the input
transmission housing down to start the secondary shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission
shaft bearing through the snap ring. Then release housing.
the pliers . While rotating the reverse idler gear with
a screwdriver, push down the housing until it
bottoms and snap ring snaps in place in the
secondary shaft bearing snap ring groove.
18. Verify that the secondary shaft bearing snap ring 6x 1.0 mm
12 N·m 11.2 kgf·m, 8.7 Ibf·ftl
(A) is seated in the bearing and housing groove,

and check that the ring end gap (6) is 0-7 mm 21. Install the new O-ring (e) on the output shaft
(0-0.28 in.) (countershaft) speed sensor (0), and install the
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and
sensor washer (E) .
19. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts

(20 bolts) along with the transmission hanger and
harness clamp brackets. Tighten the mounting
bolts to 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 Ibf.ft) in two or more
steps in a crisscross pattern.
(cont'd)
14-381
Shaft Assembly and Housing Installation (cont'd)
22. Install the new O-ring (F) on the shift solenoid 24. Install the new gasket (A), 'dowel pins (B), and shift
harness connector (G), and install the shift solenoid solenoid valve cover (C), and secure the cover with
harness connector in the transmission housing. the bolts.
B 6x 1.0mm
12N·m
11.2 kgf.m,
8.7Ibf·ttl

• VEL, WHT, WHT wire connector to shift solenoid
valve D.
14~382
End Cover Installation
Special Tool Required 4. Install the park lever (A) and park lever stop (B) on
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 the selector control shaft (e), then install the lock
bolt with the new lock washer (D). Do not bend the
,. Install the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft. lock tab of the lock washer until step 18.
.'1
07GAB-PF50101 or 6x 1.0mm
07GAB-PF50100 14N·m
(1.4 kgf·m,
10lbf·ttl
2. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:

5. Install the park pawl shaft (E), park pawl spring (F),
• Splines and threads of the mainshaft. park pawl (G), and stop shaft (H) on the
• Splines ofthe mainshaft idler gear. transmission housing.
• Old conical spring washer and old locknut.
6. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:
3. Install the mainshaft idler gear (A), old conical
spring washer (B), and old locknut (e) on the • Threads and splines of the countershaft.
mainshaft (D), and tighten the locknut to 226 N·m • Old conical spring washer and old locknut.
(23.0 kgf·m, 166 Ibf·ft). • Areas where the park gear contacts the conical
spring washer.
NOTE:
• Do not tap the idler gear to install. 7. Install the park gear (I), old conical spring washer
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do (J), and old locknut (K) on the countershaft.
c-
not use an impact wrench.
226N·m
(23.0 kgf·m,
166Ibf·tt)
B
8. Lift the park pawl up, and engage it with the park
gear, then tighten the locknut to 226 N·m
(23.0 kgf·m, 166 Ibf·ft).
NOTE:
• Do not tap the park gear to install.
A-------- • Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
D not use an impact wrench.
• eountershaft locknut has left-hand threads.
9. Remove the locknuts and conical spring washers

from the mainshaft and countershaft.
(cont'd)
14-383
End Cover Installation (cont'd) "I'
10. Lubricate the threads of the shafts, the new 15. Install the selector control level (A) on the selector
locknuts and the new conical spring washers with control shaft (8), and install the bolt with the new
ATF. lock washer (e), then bend the lock tab of the lock
washer against the bolt head.
11 . Install the new conical spring washers (A) with
facing stamped mark side up in the direction shown,
and install the new mainshaft locknut (B), the new
counters haft locknut (e), and the new secondary
shaft locknut (D).
c
6x1.0mm
14N·m
(1.4 kgf·m, 10 Ibf·ttl
16. Set the park lever in the P position, then verify that
the park pawl (A) engages the park gear (8).
12. Tighten the locknuts to 167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m,

123Ibf·ft).
NOTE:
• Be sure to install the conical spring washers in
the direction shown.
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact wrench.
• eountershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have
left-hand threads.
6x 1.0mm
14N·m
13. Remove the special tool from the mainshaft. (1.4 kgf·m, B
10lbf·ttl
14. Stake the locknuts into the shafts in depth (A) of
0.7-1.3 mm (0.03-0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch 17. If the park pawl does not engage fully, check the
(8) . distance (e) between the pawl shaft and the park
lever roller pin (see page 14-327).
18. Tighten the lock bolt, and bend the lock tab of the
lock washer (D) against the bolt head.
14-384
19. Install the ATF feed pipe (A) into the idler gear shaft, 23. Set the selector control shaft (A) to the N position .'
and install the ATF lubrication pipe (B) into the by turning the selector control (ever on the torque
transmission housing. converter side.
NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the selector

control shaft tips together when turning the shaft. If
the tips are squeezed together it will cause a faulty
shift position signal or position due to the play
between the selector control shaft and the
transmission range switch .
20. Insta" the new gasket (A) on the transmission

housing, and install the two dowel pins (B) and new
O-ri ngs (C) over the top of the ATF feed pipes .
28N ·m
(2.9 kgf·m,
21 Ibf·ft)
D 24. Align the cutouts (A) on the control shaft with the
neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transm ission
F
range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler
gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold in the N
position.
NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or

c equivalent to hold the switch in the N position.
21. Install the end cover (D), and tighten the three
special bolts (E) and the 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (12 bolts).
22. Insta" the harness clamp bracket (F) on the end

cover.
(cont'd)
14-385
End Cover Installation (cont'd)
25. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on 27. Connect the transmission range switch connector
the selector control shaft (8) while holding it in the (A) securely, then install the harness clamps (8) on
N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). the clamp bracket (C).
/ 6x1 .0mm
/' 12N·m
, (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7Ibf·tt)
B A
26. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch

while you continue to hold it in the N position. Do
not move the transmission range switch when
tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge.
6x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1 .2 kgf·m, 8.7 Ibf·tt)
.,
28. Install the transmission range switch cover (D).
14-386
29. Install the new gasket (8) on the transmission 33. Install the new O-ring (A) on the dipstick guide tube
housing, and install the ATF pipe (e) and the ATF (B), then install the dipstick guide tube.
joint pipes (0).
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1 .2 kgf·m. 8.7Ibf·tt)
6x 1.0mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m. 8.7Ibf·tt)
6x 1.0mm
34. Install the ATF cooler inlet line (A) w ith the line bolt
12 N·m (1.2 kgf.m. 8.7Ibf·tt)
(8) and new sealing washers (e). and secure the
inlet line with the bolts (0) on the transmission.
30. Install the new O-rings (E) overthe ATF joint pipes.
and install AfT clutch pressure control solenoid F
28N·m
valve A. (2.9 kgf·m. 21 Ibf·tt)
31. Install the new gasket (A) and the ATF joint pipes
(0) on the transmission housing. and install the
new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
B
~'.2
C
k\m,..
6x 1.0mm
12N·m
' ,bf·ft,
D
~~~
~
D
D
I
F 6x1 .0 mm
,0\ \~E
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m. 8.7 Ibf·tt)
D 35. Install the ATF cooler outlet line (E) with the line
bolt (F) and new sealing washers (G). and secure
A the outlet line with the bolt on the transmission.

and e, and the harness clamp bracket (F).
(cont'd)
14-387
End Cover Installation (cont'd)
36. Install the breather cap (A) on the breather pipe (8).
37 . 4WD model: Install the transfer assembly (A) with

the new O-ring (B) and dowel pin (C) .
,.
14-388
AIT Differential
4WD 2WD
THRUST SHIM, 76 mm THRUST SHIM, 76 mm

Preload Inspection,
Preload Inspection,
/----~~ / page 14-396
page 14-396
BEARING OUTER RACE I
Replacement,
_____ BEARING OUTER RACE
page 14-394
_____ CARRIER BEARING

CARRIER BEARING ,
'0)!;:;;;;;;;i;o@/"""'----- Repl acement,

page 14-392
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
:'9@
Replacement,
o ~ DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER

Backlash Inspection,
Backlash Inspection, page 14-390
page 14-390
Replacement,
Replacement,
page 14-391
page 14-391
~ CARRIER BEARING
~ TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR Replacement, page 14-392
Replacement,
page 14-391
/'"-,..- -" ~ BEARING OUTER RACE
CARRIER BEARING ~ THRUST WASHER, 80 mm

BEARING OUTER RACE

~ THRUST WASHER, 80 mm
14-389
AIT Differential
Backlash Inspection
NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD model; 2WD is

similar.
1. Install the drive shaft and intermediate shaft into

the differential assembly.
2. Secure the driveshaft (A) in a bench vise (S) with

soft jaws (e). To prevent damage to the driveshaft,
always use soft jaws or equivalent material
between the driveshaft and the vise.
3. Place the intermediate shaft (D) on a V-block (E),

then fix the intermediate shaft using a grip (F) or
equivalent.
4. Measure the backlash ofthe final driven gear (G)

with a dial indicator (H) .
Standard: 0.4-1.3 mm (0.016-0.051 in.)
5. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the

differential carrier; 4WD (see page 14-391), 2WD
(see page 14-391).
14-390
Differential Carrier, Final Driven Differential Carrier, Final Driven

Gear, and Transfer Drive Gear Gear Replacement
Replacement
2WD
4WD
1. Remove the final driven gear (A) from the
1. Remove the final driven gear (A) and transfer drive differential carrier (B).
gear (B) from the differential carrier (e).

NOTE: The final driven gear bolts have left-hand
NOTE: The final driven gear bolts have left-hand threads.
threads.
10x 1.Smm
10X1 .smm
101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.Slbf·ft)
101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 7:5 Ibf·ft)

A .
/
2. Install the final driven gear on the differential

carrier in the direction shown.
3. Secure the final drive gear and differential carrier

with the bolts. Tighten the bolts to the specified
torque in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
2. Install the final driven gear and transfer drive gear
on the differential carrier in the direction shown.
3. Secure the final drive gear, differential carrier, and

transfer drive gear with the bolts. Tighten the bolts
to the specified torque in a crisscross pattern in two
or more steps.
14-391
AIT Differential
Carrier Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. Install the new carrier bearing using the attachment
Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAD-PW50601 (40 x 50 mm) and a press. Press the bearing on
securely until it bottoms so there is no clearance
NOTE: between the bearing and the differential carrier.
• The bearing and bearing outer race should be
replaced as a set.
• Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload
whenever bearing is replaced.
• Check the bearing for wear and rough movement. If
the bearing is OK, removal is not necessary.
• The illustration shows the 4WD model; 2WD is similar.
1. Remove the final driven gear from the differential

carrier.
NOTE: Final driven gear removal is no needed

when the carrier bearing on opposite side of the
final driven gear.
2. Place a step adapter (A) on the differential carrier

(8), and set a commercially available puller (C) and
bearing separator (D) under the ca,rrier bearing (E),
then remove the carrier bearing.
4. Install the final driven gear ifthe gear was removed.
14-392
Oil Seal Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. Install the new oil seal flush with the transmission
• Driver 07749-0010000 housing using the driver and the oil seal driver
• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101 attachment.
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101
1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing. 07749-0010000
,',
4. Install the new oil seal flush with the torque

converter housing using the driver and the oil seal
driver attachment.
2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter 07749-0010000

housing.
14-393
A1t Differential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement
Special Tools Required 2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A), 76.2 mm spacer
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 (8), and the new bearing outer race (C) in the
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 transmission housing (D).
• Driver 07749-0010000
NOTE:
• The bearing and the bearing outer race should be
replaced as a set.
• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the
outer race is replaced. '
• Do not use the thrust shim on the torque converter
housing.
• Adjust bearing preload after replacing the bearing
and outer race .
• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the 76.2 mm

spacer (8), and the 76 mm thrust shim (e) from the
transmission housing (D) 'by heating the housing to
about 212 "F (100 "C) with a heat gun (E). Do not
heat the housing in excess of 212 "F (100 "C).
3. Using the driver and the attachment (78 x 80 mm),
NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room drive the bearing outer race securely in the housing
temperature before installing the bearing outer so there is no clearance between the outer race,
race. spacer, shim, and housing.
01749-0010000
14-394
F •
... -t
4. Remove the bearing outer race (A) and 80 mm

thrust washer (8) from the torque converter
housing (e). a
A ." .,. \ 1
~)
J
~
., 0
, I
c
/ . '(
5. Install the 80 mm thrust washer and the new

bearing outer race in the torque converter housing.
6. Drive the bearing outer race securely in the "

housing using the driver and the attachment
(72x75mm) .
14-395
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection
Special Tools Required 2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A) in the

• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 transmission housing (B). If you replace the 76 mm
• Preload inspection tool 070AJ-0020101 thrust shim with a new one, use the same thickness
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 shim as the old one.
• Driver 07749-0010000
NOTE:
• If the transmission housing, torque converter housing,
differential carrier, carrier bearing and the outer race,
or thrust shim were replaced, the bearing preload
must be adjusted.
• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the
outer race is replaced.
• Do not use the thrust shim on the torque converter
housing.
• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the 76.2 mm

spacer (B), and the 76 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
about 212"F (100 "C) with a heat gun (E). Do not
heat the housi ng in excess of 212 "F (100 "C).
3. Install the 76.2 mm spacer (C) and the bearing outer
NOTE: Let the transmission hbusing cool to room race (D) in the transmission housing.
temperature before adjusting the bearing preload .
4. Drive the bearing outer race securely in the
housing using the driver and the attachment
(78 x 80 mm) so there is no clearance between the
outer race, spacer, shim, and housing.
07749-0010000
14-396
5. Install the differential assembly (A) in the torque 8. Place the transmission housing (H) on the torque
converter housing (B). converter housing.
(
1~~~5mm 9. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts
14.5 kgf·m, 33 Ibf·ttl (20 bolts) along with the transmission hanger (I)
, 20 Bolts and harness clamp brackets (J). Tighten the
mounting bolts to 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 Ibf·ft) in
~~o ~H
two or more steps in a crisscross pattern.
10. Rotate the differential assembly in both directions

to seat the bearings.
11 . Measure the starting torque of the differential

assembly with the special tool, a torque wrench (A),
and a socket (B). Measure the starting torque at
normal room temperature in both directions.
Standard
New Bearing:
2.7-3.9 N·m (28-40 kgf·cm, 24-35Ibf·in.)

Reused Bearing:
2.5-3.6 N·m (25-37 kgf·cm, 22-32Ibf·in .)
A B
6. Install the three dowel pins (C) and a new gasket (D)
on the torque converter housing. 070AJ-0020101
7. Align the spring pin (E) of the control shaft (F) w ith
the transmission housing groove (G) by turning the
control shaft. Do not squeeze the end of the control
shaft tips together when turning the shaft.
(cont'd)
14-397
AIT Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont'd)
12. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the THRUST SHIM, 76 mm (cont'd)
thrust shim and select the thrust shim from table No. Part Number Thickness
below. Install the new thrust shim and recheck. To A 41428-PAX-000 1.575 mm (0.062 in.)
increase the starting torque, increase the thickness 8 41429-PAX-000 1.625 mm (0.064 in.)
of the thrust shim . To decrease the starting torque, C 41430-PAX-000 1.675 mm (0.066 in.)
decrease the thickness of the shim. Changing the D 41431 -PAX-000 1.725 mm (0.068 in.)
shim to the next size will increase or decrease E 41432-PAX-000 1.775 mm (0.070 in.)
starting torque about 0.3- 0.4 N ·m (3- 4 kgf·cm, F 41433-PAX-000 1.825 mm (0.072 in.)
2- 3 Ibf·in .). G 41434-PAX-000 1.875 mm (0.074 in.)
H 41435-PAX-000 1.925 mm (0.076 in.)
THRUST SHIM, 76 mm 1 4 1436-PAX-000 1.975 mm (0.078 in.)
No. Part Number Thickness J 41437-PAX-000 2.025 mm (0.080 in.)
S 41438-PX4-700 2.05 mm (0.080 in.) K 41438-PAX-000 2.075 mm (0.082 in.)
T 41439-PX4-700 2.10 mm (0.082 in.) L 41439-PAX-000 2.125 mm (0.084 in.)
U 41440-PX4-700 2.15 mm (0.084 in.) M 41440-PAX-000 2.175 mm (0.086 in.)
A 41441-PK4-000 2.20 mm (0.086 in.) r- N 41441 -PAX-000 2.225 mm (0.088 in.)
8 41442-PK4-000 2.25 mm (0.088 in.) ,- 0 41442-PAX-000 2.275 mm (0.090 in.)
C 41443-PK4-000 2.30 mm (0.090 in.) ,- P 41443-PAX-000 2.325 mm (0.092 in.)
D 41444-PK4-000 2.35 mm (0.092 in.) Q 41444-PAX-000 2.375 mm (0.094 in.)
E 41445-PK4-000 2.40 mm (0.094 in.) R 41445-PAX-000 2.425 mm (0.095 in.)
F 41446-PK4-000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.) S 41446-PAX-000 2.475 mm (0 .097 in.)
G 41447 -PK4-000 2.50 mm (0 .098 in.) T 41447-PAX-000 2.525 mm (0.099 in.)
H 41448-PK4-000 2.55 mm (0.099 in.) ,- U 4 1448-PAX-000 2.575 mm (0.101 in.)
I 41449-PK4-000 2.60 mm (0.101 in.) V 41449-PAX-000 2.625 mm (0.103 in.)
J 41450-PK4-000 2.65 mm (0.103 in.) W 41450-PAX-000 2.675 mm (0 .105 in.)
K 41451 -PK4-000 2.70 mm (0.105 in.) X 41451-PAX-000 2.725 mm (0.107 in.)
L 41452-PK4-000 2.7,5 mm (0 .107 in.) y 41452-PAX-000 2.775 mm (0.109 in.)
M 41453-PK4-000 2.80 mm (0.109 in.) Z 41453-PAX-000 2.825 mm (0.111 in.)
N 41454-PK4-000 2.85 mm (0.111 in.) OA 41454-PAX-000 2.875 mm (0.113 in.)
f
0 41455-PK4-000 2.90 mm (0.113 in.) 08 41455-PAX-OOO 2.925 mm (0.115 inL
P 41456-PK4-000 2.95 mm (0.115 in.) OC 41456-PAX-000 2.975 mm (0.117 in.)
Q 41457-PK4-000 3.00 mm (0.117 in.) OD 41457-PAX-000 3.025 mm (0.119 in.)
R 41458-PK4-000 3.05 mm (0.119 in.)
OA 41428-PRP-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)
08 41429-PRP-000 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)
OC 41430-PRP-000 1.65 mm (0.065 ~n.L
OD 41431 -PRP-000 1.70 mm (0.067 In.)
OE 41432-PRP-000 1.75 mm (0.069 in.)
OF 41433-PR P-OOO 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
OG 41434-PR P-OOO 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
OH 41435-PRP-000 1.90 mm (0.075 in.)
01 41436-PRP-000 1.95 mm (0.077 i n.)
OJ 41437-PRP-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
(cont'd)
14-398
Transfer Assembly
Inspection
1. Set the dial indicator (A) on the companion flange 3. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (8)
(8). with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent
materials between the transfer housing and the
vise.
2. Measure the transfer gear backlash.
Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.02-0.06 in.)
4. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat

the tapered roller bearings.
5. Measure the starting torque at the companion

flange (e) with a torque wrench (D) and a socket (E).
Standard: 2.44-3.87 N·m

(24.8-39.4 kgf·cm, 21.5-34.1 Ibf·in.)
6. Remove the transfer assembly from the vise.
(cont'd)
14-399
Transfer Assembly
Inspection (cont'd)
7. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transfer 11 . Remove the transfer holder, and check the transfer
housing (B), then remove the O-ring (e) from the drive gear tooth contact pattern. The pattern should
transfer holder. be centered on the gear teeth as shown.
8x 1.25 mm
26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 Ibf·tt)
1~'-~i~r7n
12. Ifthe measurements are out of standard or the

tooth contact pattern are incorrect, disassemble th e
transfer assembly and repair.
8. Apply Prussian Blue to both side of the transfer
drive gear teeth lightly and evenly.
9. Install the transfer holder, and tighten the bolts. Do

not install the O-ring on the transfer holder.
10. Rotate the companion flange in both directions

until the transfer gears rotate one full turn in both
directions.
14-400
Disassembly
Exploded View
TRANSFER SHAFT
ROLLE~ BEARING
8x1 .25mm /
26N·m ~
12.7 kgf·m, 20 Ibf·tt) ~
\ TRANSFER HOLDER
TRANSFER SHIM, 75 mm
Selective part
~_-) / TAPERED ROLLER

/ / BEARING OUTER RACE
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
~
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
______ TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR (HYPOID GEAR)
TRANSFER COLLAR ~ (HYPOID GEAR) /
TAPERED ROLLER
THRUST SHIM, 25 mm ~;;:::;::;~ BEARING ~
Selective part
~
LOCKNUT,
~
.
Y 22x 1.25 mm
Replace.
---
~
®'
e2
CONICAL SPRING WASHER Q ~ THRUST SHIM, 35 mm
Replace. ~ , <";! Selective part
TAPERED ROLLER 0 ,
BEARING OUTER RACE ~ TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
TAPERED ---...... TAPERED ROLLER

ROLLER BEARING 'r./ BEARING OUTER RACE
CONICAL SPRING /' ,
WASHER p..Y.
Replace. TRANSFER SPACER

~ace.
~
TRANSFER HOUSING
~~ , TAPERED ROLLER
~ '\ ~ , ~ BEARING OUTER RACE
/ 1 ~ ~!~~~:.L
LOCKNUT, O-RING COMPANION FLANGE
22 x 1.25 mm Replace.
Replace.
BACK-UP RING
(cant'd)
14-401
Jra'nsfer Assembly
Disassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 3. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
• Holder handle 07JAB-001020A with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer
• Companion flange holder housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent
07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B materials between the transfer housing and the
vise.
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the
following procedure. A 07RAB-TB4010A or
07RAB-TB4010B
\
1. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transfer
housing (B).
4. Install the companion flange holder on the

companion flange, then loosen the locknut.
,..
5. Remove the companion flange holder.
6. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B),

back-up ring (C), a-ring (D), and companion flange
(E) from the transfer output shaft (F).
2. Cut the lock tab on the locknut using a chisel.
14-402
7. Remove the transfer output shaft (A) from the • I ( .,

transfer housing (8), then remove the transfer
spacer (C) from the transfer output shaft.
® c
8. Remove the oil seal (A) and tapered roller bearing

(8) from the transfer housing (C).
14-403
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Holder Disassembly
1. Cut the lock tab on the locknut of the transfer shaft 3. Remove the locknut (A) and conical spring washer
using a chisel. (8) .
2. Put a 14 mm hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (8),

then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise.
4. Remove the tapered roller bearing (C), 25 mm

thrust shim (0), transfer collar (E), transfer drive
gear (F), and transfer shaft (G) from the transfer
B holder (H).
14-404
Transfer Holder Roller Bearing Transfer Holder Tapered Roller

Replacement Bearing Outer Race Removall
Installation
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 Special Tools Required
• Driver 07749-0010000 • Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
• Driver 077 49-0010000
1. Remove the roller bearing from the transfer holder.
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer race (A)
and 75 mm thrust shim (8) from the transfer holder.
2. Install the new roller bearing in the transfer holder A

using the driver and the attachment (62 x 68 mm).
2. Install the 75 mm thrust shim (A) in the transfer
holder, then install the tapered roller bearing outer
race (8) using the driver and the attachment
LO,,49-oo,OOOO (72 x75 mm).
07749-0010000
07746-0010600
,.
..
14-405
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Drive Gear Bearing Transfer Output Shaft Bearing

Replacement Removal/Installation
Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 • Driver, 40 mm 1.0. 07746-0030100
• Attachment, 40 x 42 mm 07746-0010900 • Attachment, 35 mm 1.0. 077 46-0030400
• Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the transfer output shaft (8) with the bearing separator
transfer drive gear (8) using the driver, the (e) and a press. Place a shaft protector (D) between
attachment (40 x 42 mm), bearing separator (e) and the transfer output shaft and the press to prevent
a press . damaging the transfer output shaft.
07749-0010000
07746-0010900
A
2. Install the 35 mm thr.ust shim (A) on the transfer

output shaft (8).
2. Install the new tapered roller bearing (A) on the

transfer drive gear (8) using the driver, the
attachment (52 x 55 mm), and a press.
~017"'D10000
077 46-0030400
3. Install the tapered roller bearing (e) on the transfer

output shaft using the driver (40 mm I.D.), the
attachment (35 mm I.D.), and a press.
14-406
Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement
Special Tools Required 2. Remove the press-fitted bearing outer race (A) from
• Tapered bearing outer race attachment the transfer housing (8) by heating the housing to
070AF-PS50110 about 212 'F (100 "C) with a heat gun (C) . Do not
• Bearing installer attachment 07LAF-PZ70110 heatthe housing more than 212 'F (100 "C).
• Installer shaft 07MAF-SP0013A
• Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101
• Driver 07749-0010000
NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one whenever

the outer race is replaced.
1. Remove the 57 mm bearing outer race (A) from the

transfer housing (8).
NOTE: Some 57 mm bearing outer races are press

fitted in the housing. The 62 mm bearing outer race
(C) and 50.3 mm bearing outer race (D) are press
fitted, and the press-fitted outer races must be
removed by heating the housing.
3. Install the 57 mm bearing outer race (A) in the

transfer housing (B) using the driver and the oil
seal driver attachment.
07749-0010000
c o
07947-5090101 A
(cont'd)
14-407
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement (cont'd)
4. Install the 62 mm bearing outer race (A) and

50.3 mm bearing outer race (8) in the transfer
housing (e), set the attachments over the races,
and install the installer shaft through the
attachments.
070AF-PS50110 ~
\\ A \) 07MAF-SP0013A
·
07LAF-PZ70110
\
~~~
-~ 07MA:'SP0013A
5. Tighten the installer shaft nut (D) to install the races

(A) (8) into the transfer housing securely.
07MAF-SP0013A
14~408
4 \
Reassembly
Special Tools Required Example

• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101 "
A: Existing tramtier output shaft (hypqid gear)

• Companion flange holder
Number = +2
07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B B: Replacement transfer output shaft (hypoid gear)
• Holder handle 07JAB-001020A Number = -1
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 C: Existing 40 mm thrust shim
thickness = 1.05 mm
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 X: Replacement 40 mm thrust shim thickness
• Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400
• Driver 07749-0010000 X = A/100-B/100+C
= 2/100-(-1)/100+1.05
=0.02+0.01+1.05 =1.08 (mml
NOTE:
Select 35 mm thrust shim M of 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)
• While ,reassembling the transfer assembly:
- Check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact.
- Measure and adjust the transfer gear backlash.
- Check and adjust the tapered roller bearing starting o
torque.
• Coat all parts with ATF during reassembly.
A
• Replace the tapered roller bearing and the bearing
outer race as a set if either part is replaced.
• Replace the transfer drive gear and the transfer
output shaft as a set if either part is replaced. ·
1. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the transfer output

shaft is replaced. Calculate the thickness of the THRUST SHIM , 35 mm
35 mm thrust shim using the formula, and select Shim Part Number Thickness
the shim from the table. No.
A ," 41361-PS3-000 0.72 mm (0.028 in.)
NOTE: The number on the transfer output shaft is B 41362-PS3-000 0.75 mm (0,030 in.)
shown in 1/100 mm. C 41363-PS3-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.)
..'
D 41364-PS3-000 0.81 mm (0 .032 in.)
A B
FORMULA:X= - - - +C E 41365-PS3-000 0.84 mm (0.033 in.)
100 100 F 41366-PS3-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.)
G 41367 -PS3-000 0.90 mm (0 .035 in.)
A: Number on the existing transfer output shaft H 41368-PS3-000 0.93 mm (0.037 in.)
B: Number on the replacement transfer output shaft I 41369-PS3-000 0.96 mm (0.038 in.)
J 41370-PS3-000 0.99 mm (0.039 in.)
C: Thickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim K 41371-PS3-000 1.02 mm (0 .040 in.)
X: Thickness needed for the replacement 35 mm L 41372-PS3-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
thrust shim M 41373-PS3-000 1.08 mm (0 .043 in.)
N 41374-PS3-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.)
2. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the tapered roller

bearing on the transfer output shaft is replaced.
Measure the thickness of the replacement bearing
and the existing bearing, and calculate the
difference of the bearing thickness. Adjust the
thickness ofthe existing 35 mm thrust shim by the
amount ofthe difference in bearing thickness, and
select the replacement 35 mm thrust shim from the
table.
(cant'd)
14-409
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont'd)
3. Install the 35 mm thrust shim (A) on the transfer 6. Install the output shaft (A) in the transfer housing
output shaft (B), then install the tapered roller (B). Do not install the transfer spacer on the transfer
bearing (C) using the driver (~O mm !.D.), the output shaft.
attachment (35 mm I.D.), and a press.
7. Install the companion flange (A), conical spring

washer (B), and locknut (C) on the transfer output
shaft (D). Do not install the O-ring and back-up ring.
A
4. Place the tapered roller bearing (A) on the bearing

outer race of the companion flange side of the B
transfer housing.
077 49-0010000 \
~~
! \ D
C A
07JAD-PH80101
5. Install the new oil seal (B) on the transfer housing

using the driver and the oil seal driver attachment.
14-410
8. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (8) 11. Install the transfer shaft (A) in the transfer holder
with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer (8), and install the transfer drive gear (e), transfer
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent collar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), tapered roller
materials between the transfer housing and the bearing (F), conical spring washer (G), and locknut
vise. (H).
07RAB-TB4010A or
07RAB-TB4010B
companion flange.
10. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting

torque so the starting torque is within
0.98-1.39 N·m (10.0-14.2 kgf·cm, 12. Put a 14 mm hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (8),
8.7-12.3Ibf.in.). Do not stake the locknut in this then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise.
step. Remove the companion flange holder.
13. Tighten the locknut 118 N·m (12.0 kgf·m, 87 Ibf·ft).

Do not stake the locknut in this step.
(cont'd)
14-411
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont'd)
14. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer 19. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transfer
drive gear teeth lightly and evenly. drive gear tooth contact pattern.
CORRECT CONTACT PATTERN

15. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) and
dowel pin (B) without O-ring, and tighten the bolts .
• x~~~
26N·m
12.7 kgf·m, 20 Ibf·ttl INCORRECT CONTACT PATTERNS
TOE CONTACT
HEEL CONTACT
...... ,..
FLANK CONTACT
16. Rotate the companion flange in both directions

until the transfer gears rotate one full turn in both
directions.
17. Set a dial indicator (A) on the companion flange (B).
FACE CONTACT
18. Measure the transfer gear backlash.
Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.02-0.06 in.)
14-412
20. If the backlash measurement is out of standard, THRUST SHIM, 25 mm

adjust the backlash with the 35 mm thrust shim and Shim Part Number Thickness
recheck. Do not use more than two 35 mm thrust No.
shims to adjust the backlash. 1.70 29411-P1C-OOO 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)
1.73 29412-Pl C-OOO 1.73 mm (0.06S-in.)
21. Ifthe transfer gear tooth contact is incorrect, adjust 1.76 29413-Pl C-OOO 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
the tooth contact with the 25 mm or 35 mm thrust 1.79 29414-Pl C-OOO 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)
shim. Do not use more than two of each thrust 1.82 29415-Pl C-OOO 1.82 mm (0.072 in.)
shim to adjust the tooth contact. 1.85 29416-Pl C-OOO 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
1.88 29417-Pl C-OOO 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
• Toe Contact 1.91 29418-Pl C-OOO 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)
Use a thicker 35 mm thrust shim to move the 1.94 29419-Pl C-OOO 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
transfer output shaft toward the transfer drive 1.97 29420-Pl C-OOO 1.97 mm (0 .078 in.)
gear. Because this movement causes the transfer 2.00 29421-Pl C-OOO 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
gear backlash to change, move the transfer drive 2.03 29422-Pl C-OOO 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)
gear away from the transfer output shaft to . 2.06 29423-Pl C-OOO 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)
. adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows: 2.09 29424-Pl C-OOO 2.09 mm(O.082 in.)
- Increase the thickness of the 25 mm thrust 2.12 29425-Pl C-OOO 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
shim. 2.15 29426-Pl C-OOO 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)
- Reduce the thickness of the 75 mm thrust shim 2.18 29427 -Pl C-OOO 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)
by the amount you increased the 25 mm thrust 2.21 29428-Pl C-OOO 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)
shim. 2.24 29429-Pl C-OOO 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
• Heel Contact 22. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transfer
Use a thinner 35 mm thrust shim to move the housing (B) after adjusting the transfer gear
transfer output shaft away from the transfer drive backlash or transfer gear tooth contact.
gear. Because this movement causes the transfer
gear backlash to change, move the transfer drive
gear toward the transfer output shaft to adjust
the transfer gear backlash as follows:
- Reduce the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim
- Increase the thickness of the 75 mm thrust
shim by amount you reduced the thickness of
the 25 mm thrust shim .
• Flank Contact
Use a thinner thrust shim to move the transfer
drive gear toward the transfer output shaft. Flank
contact must be adjusted within the limits of the
transfer gear backlash. If the backlash exceeds
the limits, adjust as described under Heel Contact.
• Face Contact
Use a thicker thrust shim to move the transfer
drive gear away from the transfer output shaft.
Face contact must be adjusted within the limits of
the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash
exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Toe
Contact.
(conrd)
14-413
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont'd)
23. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (8) 26. Remove the transfer output shaft (A) from the
with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer transfer housing (B).
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent
vise.
A 07RA8-T84010A or
07RA8-T8401 08
, ,..
8
\
c
27. Install the new transfer spacer (C) on the transfer

output shaft in the direction shown, and install
them in the transfer housing.
28. Coat the threads of the locknut and transfer output

24. Install the companion flange holder on the shaft with ATF.
companion flange, loose the locknut, and remove
the companion flange holder. 29. Install the companion flange (A), new O-ring (B),
back-up ring (C) , new conical spring washer (0),
25. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B), and new locknut (E) on the transfer output shaft (F).
and companion flange (C) from the transfer driven Install the conical spring washer in the direction
gear (0) . shown.
8
0
F
\ \
p~ ~
~
~
A C
0
E
I \c 8 A
14-414
30. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) 34. Stake the locknut into the transfer output shaft in
with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer depth (A) of 0.7-1.2 mm (0.03-0.05 in.) using a
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent 3.5 mm punch (B).
vise.
A 07RAB-TB4010A or
~
07RAB-TB4010B

B~ ()
35. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) and

dowel pin (B) without a-ring, and tighten the bolts.
8X1~'/h,~
companion flange.
32. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting A

26N·m
torque of the transfer output shaft. (2.7 kgf·m, 20 Ibf·ft)
Starting torque:
0.98-1.39 N·m (10.0-14.2 kgf·cm, 8.7-12.3Ibf·in.)
Tightening torque:
132-260 N·m (13.5-26.5 kgf·m, 97.6-192Ibf·ft)
NOTE:
• Rotate the companion flange several turns to
seat the tapered roller bearings, then measure
the starting torque.
• If the starting torque exceeds 1.39 N·m
(14.2 kgf·cm, 12.3 Ibf·in.), replace the transfer
spacer and reassemble the parts. Do not adjust
the starting torque with the locknut loose.
• If the tightening torque exceeds 260 N·m
(26.5 kgf·m, 192Ibf·ft), replace the transfer spacer
and reassemble the parts.
33. Remove the companion flange holder.
(conrd)
14-415
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont'd)
36. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (8) 41. If the measurement is out of standard, put a 14 mm
with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (8), then secure
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent the hex wrench in a bench vise.
vise.
42. Loosen the locknut.
37. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat

the tapered roller bearing.
38. Measure the starting torque at the companion

flange (e) using a torque wrench (0) and a socket
(E).
Standard: 2.44-3.87 N·m

(24.8-39.4 kgf·cm, 21.5-34.1 Ibf·in.)
39. Remove the transfer holder from the transfer

housing.
40. Ifthe measurement is within the standard, go to

step 53.
14-416
43. Remove the locknut (A) and conical spring washer 46. Measure the thickness ofthe 75 mm thrust shim,
(B). and select the new 75 mm thrust shim .
THRUST SHIM , 75 mm
Shim Part Number Thickness
No.
AA 41401-PGV-000 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)
AB 41402-PGV-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)
Ae 4 1403-PGV-000 1.58 mm (0.062 in.)
AD 41404-PGV-000 1.61 mm (0.063 in.)
AE 41405-PGV-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in .)
B 41402-PW8-010 1.67 mm (0.066 in.)
e 4 1403-PW8-0 10 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)
D 41404-PW8-0 10 1.73 mm (0.068 in.)
E 41405-PW8-0 10 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
F 4 1406-PW8-0 10 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)
G 41407-PW8-010 1.82 mm (0.072 in.)
H 4 1408-PW8-0 10 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
I 4 1409-PW8,-0 10 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
J 41410-PW8-010 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)
K 41411-PW8-010 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
L 41412-PW8-010 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)
M 41413-PW8-010 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
N 41414-PW8-010 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)
0 41415-PW8-010 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)
P 41416-PW8-010 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
Q 41417cPW8-010 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
R 41418-PW8-010 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)
44. Remove the tapered roller bearing (e), 25 mm S 41419-PW8-010 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)
thrust shim (D), transfer collar (E), transfer drive T 41420-PW8-010 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)
gear (F), and transfer shaft (G) from the transfer U 41421-PW8-010 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
holder (H). V 41422-PW8-010 2.27 mm (0.089 in.)
W 41423-PW8-0 10 2.30 mm (0.091 in.)
45. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer race (A) X 41424-PW8-010 2.33 mm (0.092 in.)
and the 75 mm thrust shim (B) from the transfer y 41425-PW8-010 2.36 mm (0.093 in.)
holder (e). Z 41426-PW8-0 10 2.39 mm (0.094 in.)
ZA 41406-PGV -000 2.42 mm (0.095 in.)
ZB 41407 -PGV -000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.)
ze 41408-PGV-000 2.48 mm (0.098 in.)
ZD 41409-PGV -000 2.51 mm (0.099 in.)
ZE 41410-PGV-000 2.54 mm (0 .100 in.)
ZF 41411-PGV-000 2.57 mm (0.101 in.)
ZG 41412-PGV-000 2.60 mm (0.102 in.)
ZH 4 1413-PGV-000 2.63 mm (0.104 in.)
ZI 41414-PGV-000 2.66 mm (0.105 in.)
(cont'd)
14-417
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont'd)
47 . Install the new 75 mm thrust sh im (A) in the ' 49. Put a 14 mm hex wrench (A), in the transfer shaft (8),
transfer holder, then install the tapered roller then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise.
bearing outer race (8) using the driver and the
attachment (72 x 75 mm).
A
077 49-0010000
50. Tighten the locknut 118 N·m (12.0 kgf·m, 87 Ibf·ft).

07746-0010600 Do not stake the locknut in this step.
48. Install the transfer shaft (A) in the transfer holder 51 . Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) and
(8), and install the transfer drive gear (e), transfer dowel pin (8) without the O-ring, and tighten the
collar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), tapered roller bolts.
bearing (F), conical spring washer (G), and locknut
(H). Install the conical spring washer in the
8X~t'~~~~
direction shown .
26N·m
52. Rotate the companion flange several turns to seat

the tapered roller bearings, and recheck the
starting torque. Remove the transfer holder after
adjusting the starting torque.
14-418
53. Stake the locknut into the transfer shaft in depth (A)
of 0.7-1 .2 mm (0.03-0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm
punch (8).
54. Install the new O-ring (A) on the transfer holder (8),
then install the transfer holder with the dowel pin
(e) on the transfer housing (D).
14-419
....
..
Rear Differential
Special Tools ................................................................ 15-2
Component Location Index ........................................ 15-3
System Description ..................................................... 15-4
Dual Pump System Function Test .............................. 15-18
Symptom Troubleshooting Index .............................. 15-20
Rear Differential Fluid Inspection and
Replacement ............................................................ 15-21
Differential Removal ................................................... 15-22
Differential Housing Assembly Removal and
Installation ................................................................ 15-23
Oil Seal Replacement .................................................. 15-24
Differential Disassembly ............................................. 15-26
Differential Reassembly .............................................. 15-29
Differential Mount Replacement ................................ 15-34
Differentiallnstallation ................................................ 15-35
Rear Differential
Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

CD 07JAB-OO1020A Holder Handle 1
@ 07 JAD-PL90 100 Oil Seal Driver 1
® 07 NAD-PX40 100 Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 1
G) 07 NAD-P200 100 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
® 07RAB-TB4010B Companion Flange Holder 1
® 077 49-0010000 Driver 1
CD
15-2
Component location Index
r ,
REAR DIFFERENTIAL MOUNT

R~AR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLV
Removal, page 15-22
Disassembly, page 15-26
Reassembly, page 15-29
Installation, page 15-35
REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID

Inspection, page 15-21
15-3
Rear Differential
System Description ••
Outline
The rear differential has a real-time 4WD control mechanism that enables 4WD by transmitting appropriate driving
force from the front wheels to the rear wheels when necessary. It uses a real-time 4WD dual pump system (DPS) with
a light and compact cam mechanism, and integrates the drive control system to the rear differential.
Equipped with a cam mechanism, this DPS real-time 4WD detects the speed difference between the front and rear
wheels. When speed difference is small, the one-way cam works to minimize the time lag for the pump to produce
hydraulic pressure.
When the speed difference is large, hydraulic pressure develops in the two pumps. By controlling the engagemment
of the main clutch, the driving force transmitted to the rear wheels is optimized according to the driving conditions. By
using a limiter switch to prevent transmission of excessive torque to the rear wheels, the propeller shaft and
differential unit can be lightweight and compact. For the differential fluid, DPSF (dual pump system fluid) is exclusively
used.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL AND

SENSING CONTROL SYSTEM
TORQUE TRANSFERRED TO THE REAR WHEELS
OPERATION RANGE
OF ONE-WAY CAM
OPERATION RANGE
OF DUAL PUMP SYSTEM
NORMAL DRIVING ~~~===-------------- SPEED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN

IFF DRIVING) FRONT AND REAR WHEELS
15-4
One-way Cam Operation

The one-way cam unit consists of two cams (front wheel and rear wheel) that sandwich balls, and it detects by the
speed difference in the front and rear wheels.
When a difference of the front and rear wheel speeds develops, a difference in the rotational speed of the two cams
also develops, and the front cam rotational speed exceeds that of the rear cam. When this happens, the balls move
along the cam groove, pushes and widens the cams, and applies pressure to the main clutch. When the speed
difference becomes greater, the dual pump system (DPS) operates. Since the cam unit is a one-way type, it only
operates when driving forward .
NORMAL DRIVING:
DUAL PUMP SYSTEM (DPS)
REAR WHEEL
SIDE CAM REAR WHEEL DRIVE
INPUT
{)
FRONT WHEEL ¢
DRIVING FORCE
:j~~~~tI~i~REAR DIFFERENTIAL
j}
FRONT WHEEL REAR WHEEL DRIVE

SIDE CAM INPUT
CAM UNIT OPERATION:

FRONT WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE
REAR WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE
j}
FRONT WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE Q ~~,~~tI~i~REAR DIFFERENTIAL
{)
REAR WHEEL SPEED REAR WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE
DUAL PUMP SYSTEM (OPS) OPERATION:

REAR WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE
o
FRONT WHEEL Q
DRIVING FORCE :t~~IT~iI~i~REAR DIFFERENTIAL
REAR WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE
(cont'd)
15-5
Rear Differential
Dual Pump System (DPS) Operation
For non-slippery roads (no slipping): DPS not operating

When the front and rear wheel speeds are equal (no slipping) as in normal driving, the oil discharged in the front
wheel and oil drawn in the rear pump are equal, so a hydraulic pressure that pushes the wet-type multi-clutch is not
developed, and the rear wheels are not driven.
,I
FRONT WHEEL
DRIVING FORCE
FRONT OIL
PRESSURE
. ,
l
REAR OIL
PRESSURE -I
...
• l
'J
.. \ .~
15~6
For slippery roads (with slipping): DPS operating , ~

When the front wheel speed is more than the rear wheel speed such as in starting, acceleration, and driving on a
slippery road surface, the amount of oil discharged by the front pump exceeds the oil drawn by the rear pump, thus
producing hydraulic pressure that presses the wet-type mUlti-plate clutch, and transmits driving force to the rear
wheels.
When the speed of the front wheels becomes even greater than the rear wheels, the torque limiter mechanism
(relief valve) limits the hydraulic pressure that pushes the wet-type multi-plate clutch, and transmits only the
necessary driving force to the rear wheels as needed by 4WD driving.
FRONT WHEEL FRONT WHEEL

DRIVING FORCE DRIVING FORCE
FRONT OIL
PRESSURE
t
REAR OIL
PRESSURE
REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL

DRIVING FORCE DRIVING FORCE
, .J
(cont'd)
Rea'r Differential
Construction of the Rear Differential , ,
The rear differential assembly consists of the torque control differential (TeO) that controls the 4WD mechanism and
the rear differential mechanism section.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
./
/
TORQUE CONTROL DIFFERENTIAL (TCD)
TeD
The TeO consists of the TeO case, differential assembly, clutch, one-way cam, and the oil pump body assembly.
TORQUE CONTROL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
COMPANION
FLANGE
\
.
!
O-RING
OIL SEAL
~
~
SPRING WASHER OIL PUMP BODY

ASSEMBLY
PRESSURE PLATE I~
I
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
BALL
DIFFERENTIAL CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY
15-8
Differential clutch assembly

The differential clutch assembly is composed ofthe clutch guide, clutch disc AlB, clutch hub, pressure plate, and also
the one-way cam, pilot clutch assembly, and other parts. The clutch guide gets the front wheel driving force from the
propeller shaft, while the clutch hub meshes with the hypoid drive pinion gear, and follows the speed of the rear
wheels.
CLUTCH DISC A
CLUTCH HUB PILOT CLUTCH DISC SPRING
PILOT CLUTCH DISC
CLUTCH GUIDE
PRESSURE PLATE
BASE CAM
BALL
RETURN SPRING
PILOT CLUTCH
END PLATE
APPLY CAM PILOT CLUTCH
WASHER PILOT CLUTCH
Construction of the one-way cam

The one-way cam consists of the base cam that spins with the clutch guide via the pilot clutch, the apply cam that
meshes w ith the clutch hub, and a steel ball that is sandwiched by the two cams . The base cam rotates at front wheel
speed and the apply cam rotates at rear wheel speed.
When speed difference develops, the steel ball moves along the groove in the base cam, and according to the shape of
the groove, pushes the apply cam outwards.
CAM UNIT (ONE-WAY)
I TORQUE FROM THE

, . PILOT CLUTCH
PUSHING FORCE
TO THE MAIN CLUTCH APPLY CAM
(cont'd)
15-9
Rear Differential
Pump body assembly

The pump body assembly consists of the front oil pump, rear oil pump, and rear oil pump cover, and it has a built-in
hydraulic circuit. The front oil pump is driven by the pressure plate component.
The rear oil pump is driven by the hypoid drive pinion gear.
The front and rear adopts trochoidal pumps. Moreover, the rear oil pump capacity is set 2.5% higher than the front oil
pump capacity, and is designed for the speed difference caused by wear in the front tires, as well as for tight corner
braking.
CLUTCH PISTON
\
OIL PUMP BODY
ASSEMBLY
O-RING
FRONT OIL PUMP REAR OIL PUMP
Differential carrier
This is composed of the hypoid drive pinion gear, hypoid ring gear, differential, and other parts.
DIFFERENTIAL
HOUSING
HYPOID DRIVE
PINION GEAR
OIL SEAL
DRAIN PLUG
15-10
Power Transmission
During 2WD driving: DPS (dual pump system) not in operation
The front wheel driving force from the propeller shaft is transmitted to the clutch guide and the clutch plate.
When DPS is not operating, the rear wheels follow the front wheels. From the rear driveshafts, the rear wheel
operation is input to the differential, link gear, drive pinion gear, clutch hub, clutch disc, and power is not transmitted
to the rear wheels.
During 4WD driving: DPS operation
The front wheel driving force from the propeller shaft is transmitted to the clutch guide and the clutch plate.
When the one-way cam operates, the clutch plate and clutch disc become connected, and from the clutch hub, the
driving force is transmitted to the pinion gear, ring gear, differential, rear drives hafts, and to the rear wheels.
PROPELLER SHAFT
CLUTCH GUIDE
CLUTCH HUB
CAM UNIT (ONE-WAY) CLUTCH DISC B
CLUTCH PISTON
CLUTCH DISC A
HYPOID DRIVE
PINION GEAR
-----!
i
~~~~~>- DRIVESHAFT
-----~
DIFFERENTIAL . . . . 2WD driving

~ 4WD driving (DPS in operation)
(cont'd)
15-11
Rear Differential
Hydraulic Circuit
Construction of the hydraulic circuit

Built inside the oil pump assembly, the hydraulic circuit provides clutch assembly lubrication together with 4WD
control. The hydraulic circuit consists of the front and rear oil pumps, the front valve and five check valves for
hydraulic route switching, the choke section which is the hydraulic path to the clutch piston compartment, and the two
orifices that controls the hydraulic pressure in the piston compartment.
.
It is equipped with a system protection function with a wax-pellet-style thermal switch and relief valve .
1'\
CHECK VALVE E
CHECK VALVE A
DIFFERENTIAL
CLUTCH ==~~~~==~
ASSEMBLY
CHOKE
THERMAL SWITCH FRONT VALVE \
RELIEF VALVE CHECK VALVE B OIL STRAINER
15-12
Part Name
Front oil pump
Rear oil pump
Front valve
Check valves A, B
Check valve C Bypasses the front oil pump discharging pressure to the rear oil pump when switching
to4WD.
Check valves E, F
Choke
Orifice
Relief valve Operates when the hydraulic pressure to the clutch piston exceeds the set pressure in
the relief valve, and releases h draulic ressure to the iston com artment.
Thermal switch o erates when the differential oil becomes hot, and forces the relief valve to 0 en.
(cont'd)
15-13
· ..
Rear Differential
Operation of the hydraulic pressure circuit
1. Forward starting and acceleration (4WD)

-1 When the front wheel speed exceeds that of the rear wheel speed during forward starting and acceleration,
and driving on slippery roads, the front oil pump speed exceeds that ofthe rear oil pump, producing hydraulic
pressure.
-2 The oil drawn in by the front oil pump from the oil strainer, pas~es through check valve B, and is drawn in or
discharged.
-a Oil discharged from the front oil pump is drawn in by the rear oil pump. However, when the drawing capacity
ofthe rear oil pump is exceeded, the excess oil passes check valve E, is pumped to the piston compartment,
pushes the clutch piston to connect it to the clutch assembly, and transmits driving force to the rear wheels.
-4 Oil in the piston compartment is adjusted by the two orifices. Oil that passes through the orifices lubricates
and cools the clutch assembly interior and the hypoid pinion gear shaft.
CH~CK VALVE E .
CHECK VALVE B
2. Forward driving at constant speed (2WD)

-1 When driving forward at a constant velocity, the speeds of the front and rear wheels are equal, thus there is
no speed difference between the front and rear oil pumps.
-2 Oil discharged from the front oil pump is drawn in by the rear oil pump, and the oil discharged from the rear
oil pump is again drawn in by the front oil pump. The oil circulates only between these two oil pumps. Since
hydraulic pressure does not develop in the piston compartment, the clutch assembly is not connected, and
rear wheel drive is not engaged.
REAR OIL PUMP
CHECK VALVE A
OIL STRAINER
CHECK VALVE B
15-14
3. Forward deceleration (2WD)

-1 During forward decelerati'on, the rear wheel speeds exceeds the front wheel speed because of brakihg
characteristics, and the rear oil pump speed exceeds the front oil pump speed.
-2 The oil drawn in by the rear oil pump from the oil strainer, passes through check valve A, and is drawn in or
discharged. .
-3 Oil discharged from the rear oil pump is again drawn in by the rear oil pump, and is circulated. Thus, the
piston compartment does not produce hydraulic pressure, so that the clutch assembly is not connected, and
rear wheel drive is not engaged.
,
REAR OIL PUMP
CHECK VALVE A
FRONT VALVE
4. Reverse starting and deceleration (4WD)

-1 When the front wheel speed exceeds that of the rear wheel speed during reverse starting and acceleration,
and driving on slippery roads, the front oil pump speed exceeds that of the rear oil pump, thus producing
hydraulic pressure.
-2 During reverse driving, the oil pumps rotate in reverse . However, the oil drawn in by the front pump from the
oil strainer passes the check valve A and rear oil pump, and then is drawn in and discharged by the front oil
pump.
-3 Oil discharged by the front oil pump but exceeding the drawing capacity of the rear oil pump passes through
check valve F, travels to the piston compartment and is pressure-regulated in the two orifices.
-4 Hydraulic pressure pushes the clutch piston to connect it with the clutch assembly interior, and via the
propeller shaft, transmits driving force from the transmission to the rear wheels.
CLUTCH PISTON
REAR OIL PUMP
~
CHECK VALVE A
OIL STRAINER
I
CHECK VALVE F
(cont'd)
15-15
Rear'Differential
5. Reverse driving at constant speed (2WD)
-1 When reverse driving at constant velocity, the front and rear wheel speeds are equal, so that no speed
difference exists between the front and rear oil pumps.
-2 When reverse driving, the oil pumps rotate in reverse . However, the oil discharged from the front oil pump is
drawn in by the rear oil pump. Likewise, the oil discharged by the rear oil pump is again drawn in by the front
oil pump and is circulated.
-,3 The excess oil coming from the difference in capacity of the front and rear oil pumps, although in small
amounts, passes through check valve E and goes to the piston compartment. However, the hydraulic
pressure is low so that the clutch piston is not moved, and rear wheel drive is not engaged.
CHECK VALVE E
OIL STRAINER
I
CHECK VALVE B CHECK VALVE C
6. Reverse deceleration (4WD)

-1 During reverse deceleration, the rear wheel speed exceeds the front wheel speed because of braking
characteristics, thus the rear oil pump speed exceeds the front oil pump speed.
-2 During reverse driving, the oil pump rotates in reverse, but the rear oil pump draws in oil from the oil strainer.
The oil pump passes through check valves Band C, and is drawn in by the rear oil pump.
..a Excess oil from the oil discharged from the rear oil pump exceeds the drawing capacity in the front oil pump,
passes through the check valve E, travels to the piston compartment, and is pressure-regulated at the two
orifices.
-4 Hydraulic pressure presses the clutch piston to connect with the clutch assembly interior, and transmits
driving force from the transmission to the rear wheels via the propeller shaft.
CHECK VALVE E
OIL STRAINER
I
CHECK VALVE B
15-16
Emergency hydraulic pressure circuit operation
7. Thermal switch operation

-1 During 4WD driving, adjusted oil acts on the relief valve and the clutch piston.
-2 When the differential oil becomes abnormally hot, the thermal switch pushes the check valve, and the
hydraulic pressure in.the clutch piston is released, so that 4WD is disabled to protect the system.
OIL STRAINER
~'--r"!bJr-,,-,':.&~
THERMAL SWITCH fi:======\==='.J
I
RELIEF VALVE CHECK VALVE B
8. When the relief valve is in operation

-4 During 4WD, adjusted oil acts on the relief valve and the clutch piston.
-2 When hydraulic pressure exceeds the spring tension at the release spring, the check valve opens, the oil
pressure in clutch piston is maintained, and excessive torque input to the rear wheel drive system is
prevented.
CHECK VALVE E
OIL STRAINER
I
RELlEFV~7 CHECK VALVE B
R.ELlEF VALVE SPRING
15-17
Rear 'Differentia I
Dual Pump System Function Test
Starting and accelerating in forward gears Starting and accelerating in reverse gear
(4WD mode) (4WD mode)
.'
NOTE: Do not test repeatedly or the fluid will overheat. NOTE: Do not test repeatedly or the fluid will0verheat.
1. Lift up the vehicle so all four wheels are off the

1. Lift up the vebicle so all four wheels are off the
ground (see page 1-7).

ground (see page 1-7).
2. Make a mark (A) on either No.1 or No.2 propeller 2. Make a mark (A) on either No.1 or No.2 propeller
shaft (B). shaft (B).
3. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the 3. Start the eng ine, and let it run until it warms up (the
radiator fan comes on at least twice). radiator fan comes on at least twice).
4. With the engine at idle, shift to the 1 position. 4. With the engine at idle, shift to the R position .
5. Apply the parking brake firmly to lock the rear 5. Apply the parking brake firmly to lock the rear
wheels, and look at the rotation of the propeller , wheels, and measure the time it takes the propeller
shaft. shaft to rotate 10 times .
• If it takes more than 10 seconds to rotate one • If the measured time is more than 10 seconds,
time, the 4WD system is normal. the 4WD system is normal.
• If it takes less than 10 seconds to rotate one time, • If the time is less than 10 seconds, there is a
there is a problem in the 4WD system. Check the problem in the 4WD system. Check the
differential fluid first. If the differential fluid is differential fluid. If the differential fluid is normal,
normal, replace the torque control differential replace the torque control differential (TCD) case
(TCD) case kit (front pump portion). kit (front pump portion).
15-18
; f... 1
Decelerating in forward gears (2WD mode) ·Decelerating in reverse gears (4WD mode)
1. Block the front wheels (A), raise the left rear wheel, 1. Block the front wheels (A), raise the left rear wheel,
and support it with a safety stand (B) as shown. and support it with a safety stand (B) ~s shown.
.'
".
2. Hold the tire, and turn it counterclockwise 2. Hold the tire, and turn it clockwise continuously for
continuously for more than one rotation. more than one rotation .
• Ifthe rotation ofthe wheel does not gradually' • If the wheel does not rotate, the 4WD system
feel heavy while rotating, the 2WD system when when decelerating in reverse gear is normal.
decelerating in a forward gear is normal. • If the wheel rotates, there is a problem in the
• If the rotation of the wheel gradually feels heavy, system. Chec~ the differential fluid. If the fluid is
there is a problem in the system. Check the normal, replace the torque control differential
differential fluid. If the fluid is normal, replace the (TCD) case kit.
torque control differential (TCD) case kit.
15-19
Rear Differential
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
Most problems in the unit are to be diagnosed by identifying noises from the gears or bearings.
Be careful during diagnosis not to confuse differential noises with those from other drivetrain components.
Symptom Probable Cause " M Remedy

Will not go into 4WD mode • Fluid level too low • Add fluid
• Incorrect fluid type • Drain and fill the differential
. with the recommended fluid
Will not return to 2WD Incorrect fluid type Drain and fill the dif~p rential with
mode the recommended ..lid
Gear or bearing noises • Fluid level too low • Add fluid
• Incorrect or worn out fluid
• Damaged or chipped gears
. • Drain and fill the differential
with the recommended fluid
• Replace the differential carrier
assembly
Rear differential overheats • Fluid level too low I • Add fluid
I
• Incorrect fluid type • Drain and fill the differential
with the recommended fluid
Rear differential leaks fluid • Fluid level too high • Lower to proper level
• Clogged breather hose • Clean or replace ;,
• Worn or damaged oil seal • Replace the oil seal
• Damaged sealing washer • Replace the sealing washer
• Loose mounting bolts or inadequate sealing • Recheck torgue or apply sealant
Rear differential screeches, • Fluid level too low • Add fluid
whines, moans, or squeaks • Incorrect or worn out fluid • Drain and fill the differential
• Incorrecttire rolling circumference with the recommended fluid
• Damaged pump • Adjust tire pressure or repl'ace
. , tires
• Replace torque control
differential (TCD) frontpump
15-20
Rear Differential Fluid Inspection and Replacement
1. With the vehicle on level ground, inspect,the ' 6. Clean the drain plug, then reinstall it with a new
differential fluid with the ignition switch turned to sealing washer, and refill the differential with the
LOCK (0). differential fluid to the proper level.
2. Use solvent and a brush to wash off any oil and dirt NOTE: If you disassemble the differential, check the
from the differential fluid inspection oil filler plug. fluid level again after the 4WD system check is
finished. Add fluid if necessary.
3. Remove the oil filler plug (A) and the sealing '
washer (B), then check the condition ofthe 'fluid, Fluid Capacity
1.2 L (1.3 US qt) at fluid change
, ,.
and make sure the fluid is at the proper level (C).
1.4 L (1.5 (;IS qt) at overhaul
Recommended fluid:
Honda Dual Pump Fluid (PIN 08200-9002)
I'
4. The fluid level must be up to the fill hole. If it is

below the hole, add the differential fluid until it
runs out, then reinstall the oil filler plug with a new
sealing washer.
A/
47N·m
14.8 kgf·m,
35Ibf·ft) B
5. If the fluid is dirty, remove the drain plug (A) and
the sealing washer (B) then drain the fluid.
7. Reinstall the oil filler plug (A) with a new sealing
washer (B).
15-21
Rear Differential
Differential Removal
1. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securely

7. Remove the breather tubes (A) from .the clip (B).
supported (see page 1-7).
2. Drain the differential fluid (see page 15-21).
3. Mark the propeller shaft (A) and thE! companion

flange of the rear differential assembly (B) so they
can be reinstalled in their original positions te).
8. Remove the mounting bolts (C) and the plates (D).
9. Disconnect the breather tube (A) from the breather

~ tube fitting.
\
4. Remove the propeller shaft from the rear
differential assembly.
5. Remove the breather tube (A) from the clip (B) .
. '
10. Lower the rear differential assembly while pulling

both driveshaft inboard joints out of the rear
differential assembly.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the driveshaft ring

(B) when prying out the driveshaft inboard joints.
c
6. Place a transmission jack under the rear differential

assembly, then remove the right and left rear
differential mount bracket (C).
15-22
Differential Housing Assembly
Removal and Installation f
11. Remove the rear differential mount assembly (A)

from the rear differential assembly (8).
1. Remove the six mounting bolts in a crisscross
pattern in several steps, then remove the
differential housing assembly (A) and the oil
seals (8).
A '
2. Remove the dirt and oil from the sealing surfaces.

Apply liquid gasket (PIN 08718-0001) to the sealing
surface. Make sure you seal the entire
circumference of the bolt holes to prevent oil
leakage.
NOTE:
• You must assemble the housi ngs within
5 minutes after applying the liquid gasket. If not,
the sealing surface must be cleaned, and the
liquid .gasket reapplied .
• Allow it to cure at least 30 minutes after
assembly before filling the differential with fluid.
(cont'd)
15-23
Rear Differential
Differential Housing Assembly Oil Seal Replacement

Removal and Installation (cont'd)
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07NAD-P200100
3. Install the differential housing assembly (A), then • Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100
torque .the six mounting bolts (B) in a crisscross • Attachment, 78 x80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
pattern in several steps. • Driver 07749-0010000
1. Remove the oil seals (A) from the differential

housing.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the differential

A
carrier while prying out the seals.
4. Install the oil seals (C).
15-24
2. Install the right side oil seal (A) squarely using the 4. Remove the companion flange (see step 2 on page
driver (B) and attachment (C). Insta.JIation depth of 15-26).
the oil seal is 9 mm (0.35 in.) below the machined
edge bfthe differential carrier assembly. Be careful 5. Remove the oil seal (A) from the torque control
not to damage the I[p of the oil seals. differential case (8).
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the shaft or case

while prying out the seal.
B
077 49-0010000
A
6. Install the oil seal (A) squarely using the oil seal
driver (B). Be careful not to damage the lip of the oil
seal.
3. Install the left side oil seal (A) squarely and flush
with the machined edge of the differential carrier
assembly using the driver (B) and attachment (C) .
Be careful not to damage the lip of the oil seal.
B
~ 07749-0010000
7. Install the companion flange (see step 10 on page

15-32).
15-25
Rear Differential
Differential Disassembly
Special Tools Required 3. Install the companion flange holder (A) and holder
• Holder handle 07JAB-001020A handle (B) on the companion flange .
• Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010B
8x 1.25 mm
32N·m
1. Remove the drain plug (A) and the oil filler plug (B) (3.3 kgf.m, 24Ibf·ft)
with sealing washers (C).
B
07JAB-001 020A
4. Loosen the locknut (A) counterclockwise so its tab

(B) comes out from the groove (C) in the clutch
guide.
2. Raise the locknut tab (A) from the groove of the A

clutch guide, making sure the tab completely clears
the groove to prevent damagi ng the clutch guide.
Torque: 147 N,m (15.0 kgf.m, 108Ibf·ft)
~5-26
5. Tighten the locknut (A) until its tab (8) aligns with 8. Remove the eight mounting bolts (A) in a crisscross
the groove (e) . pattern in several steps, then remove the torque
control differential case (8) and the dowel pins (e).
A
6. Remove any dirt from inside the groove in the

clutch guide, then loosen the locknut.
7. Remove the locknut (A), the disc spring washer (8),

the back-up ring (e), the O-ring (D), and the 9. Remove the shim (A) and the clutch assembly (8) .
companion flange (E).
(cont'd)
15-27
Rear~ Differential
Differential Disassembly (cont'd)
10. Remove the six steel balls (A), the base cam (B), the 12. Remove the oil pump body assembly (A), the oil
thrust needle bearings (C), and the pressure plate pump pin (B), the dowel pins (C), the magnet (D),
(D). and the ATF strainer (E).
E
NOTE: Do not lose the steel balls.
11 . Remove the oil pump drives haft.
15-28
Differential Reassembly
Exploded View
TORQUE CONTROL
DIFFERENTIAL CASE
I
O-RING
Rep lace.
Oil SEAL
Replace.
\ rm
S~NGW~~"~~~<:.......
~
LOCKNUT, 24 mm
~1'V:k~.m,
108Ibf·ft)
(§) \
COMPANION
FLANGE
6x 1.0mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf·m. 8.7Ibf·ft)
Replace.
PRESSURE
PLATE
THRUST ~
NEEDLE BEARING"
STEEL BALL \
DIFFERENTIAL
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
~ 0
OIL PUMP BODY
ASSEMBLY
o
o 0
0a;
OIL FILLER PLUG
47 N·m (4.8 kgf.m. 35Ibf·ft)
SHIM, 30 mm OIL SEAL
WASHER
Replace.
Replace.
DIFFERENTIAL ~
CARRIER ASSEMBLY "
1 _ - - BREATHER BOX
BREATHER TUBE B
BREATHER TUBE A
OIL SEAL
Replace.
ATF STRAINER
DRAIN PLUG
47 N·m (4.8 kgf·m. 35 Ibf·ft)
(cont'd)
15-29
Rear Differential
Differential Reassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 3. Install the oil pump driveshaft (A) by aligning the
• Holder handle 07JAB-001020A projection (8) of the oil pump driveshaft with the
• Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010B' groove ofthe front oil pump in the oil pump body
assembly.
1. Apply differential fluid to the rubber pinion of the
ATF strainer (A), then install the ATF strainer, the
magnet (8), the dowel pins (C), and the oil pump
pin (D), in the differential carrier assembly.
6x 1.0 mm
12N·m
(1.2 kgf.m.
8.7Ibf·ft)
o 4. Install the thrust needle bearing (C).
2. Align the grooves (A) of the rear oil pump with the
oil pump pin (8), then install the oil pump body
assembly (C) on the differential carrier assembly.
15-30
5. Install the six steel balls '(A), base cam (8)) thrust 6. Make a mark (A) on the outside of the clutch
needle bearing (C), and the pressure plate (D) on assembly (8) that corresponds to the position of the
the clutch assembly (E). tab (C) ofthe pressure plate (D) as shown. Make a
mark (E) on the outside of the oil pump assembly
NOTE : Align the tabs (F) of the pressure plate with (F) that corresponds to the position of the groove
the grooves (G) of the clutch assembly. (G) in the oil pump driveshaft (H) as shown.
7. Support the pressure plate and clutch assembly by

hand so that they do not misalign. With the marks
aligned, install the clutch assembly to the oil pump
assembly. Install the 30 mm shim (I) .
8. Make sure that the clutch assembly and pressure

plate are correctly installed. If the clutch assembly
can be pushed down as in the figure, proceed to
step 9. If not, return to step 5.
NOTE : If incorrectly installed, the clutch assembly

may be damaged when excessive force is applied.
-+
(cont'd)
15-31
Rear Differential
Differential Reassembly (cont'd)
9. Remove the dirt and oil from the sealing surfaces. 11. Install the companion flange (A), the O-ring (B), the
Apply liquid gasket (PIN 08718-0001) to the sealing back-up ringle), the disc spring washer (D), and the
surface. Make sure you seal the entire locknut (E).
circumference of the bolt holes to prevent flu id
leakage. NOTE: Apply differential fluid to the O"ring.
NOTE:
• You must assemble the housings within
5 minutes after applying the liquid gasket. If you
do not, the sealing surface must be cleaned, and
the liquid gasket reapplied .
• Allow it to cure at least 30 minutes after
assembly before filling the differential with fluid.
- Apply I~quid gasket ~

I »0
! ~./
12. Install the companion flange holder (A) and holder
handle (B) to the companion flange, then tighten
10. Install the 6 x 1.0 mm dowel pins (A) and the torque the new locknut to the specified torque .
control differential case (B). Torque the eight
mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern in several Torque: 147 N ·m (15.0 kgf·m, 108Ibf·ft)
steps.
8x 1.25 mm
6x 1.0 mm 32N·m
12N·m (3.3 kgf·m, 24Ibf·ft)
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7Ibf·ft)
B
07JAB-001020A
15-32
13. Stake the locknut tab (A) into the groove in the
clutch guide.
14. Install the drain plug (A) and the oil filler plug (8)
with new washers (el.
A
47N·m
14.5 kgf·m,
35lbf·ftl
/
15-33
Rear, Differential
Differential Mount Replacement
Exploded View
12 x 1.25 mm
69N·m
(7 .0 kgf·m. 51 Ibf·ft)
Replace.
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
RUBBER INSULATOR PLATE
\
10 x 1.25 mm
49N·m
8 x 1.25 mm 39 N·m
~
12x 1.25mm
/
lOx 1.25 mm
64N·m
59N·m
Replace.
(6.5 kgf·m. 47 Ibf·ft) RIGHT AND LEFT

Replace. REAR DIFFERENTIAL REAR DIFFERENTIAL
MOUNT BRACKET B ASSEMBLY
15-34
Differential Installation
1. Install rear differential mount assembly A to the 5. Align the tab (A) of the rubber mount (8) with the
rear differential assembly (8). hole (C) of the plates (D), then install the plates and
torque the rear di·f ferential mount assembly
mounting bolts (E).
-------- 12 x 1.25 mm
69N·m
(7.0 kgf·m, NOTE: The rubber heat insulator (F) is installed
51lbf·ttl only in the right side.
Replace.
2. Jack up the rear differential.
3. Install the new set rings (A) onto the driveshafts, E

lOx 1.25 mm
then insert the drives hafts into the rear differential. 49 N·m (5.0 kgf·m, 36lbf·ttl
A
6. Install the breather tubes (G) to the clips (H).
7. Install the right and left rear differential mount

brackets 8 (A), then torque the bolts (8).
4. Lift the rear differential up into position, then push

on both drives hafts to lock the set rings into place.
Connect the breather tube (8). B
12 x 1.25 mm
10 x 1.25 mm 59N·m
64N·m (6.0 kgf·m,
(6.5 kgf·m, A 44lbf·ttl
47lbf·ftl Replace.
Replace.
8. Install the breather tube (C) to the clip (D).
(cont'd)
15-35
Rear Differential
Differential Installation (cont'd)

9. Install the No.2 propeller shaft (A) onto the rear
differential (8) by aligning the reference marks (e)
made during removal. Make sure you use new
mounting bolts (D).
D
8x1.25mm
32N·m
~A
c
~
10. Fill the rear differential with the differential fluid to

the proper level (see page' 5-21).
15-36
DrivelinelAxle -
Special Tools ................................................................. 16-2
Component Location Index ......................................... 16-3
Driveshaft Inspection ................................................... 16-4
Front Driveshaft Removal ............................................ 16-4
Boot Band Removal ............................................ :........ 16-6
Front Driveshaft Disassembly ..................................... 16-7
Boot Band Installation .................................................. 16-10
Front Driveshaft Reassembly ...................................... 16-13
Front Driveshaft Installation ........................................ 16-18
Intermediate Shaft Removal ........................................ 16-20
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly ................................. 16-20
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly .................................. 16-22
Intermediate Shaft Installation .................................... 16-25
Rear Driveshaft Removal ............................................. 16-26
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly ...................................... 16-27
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly ....................................... 16-31
Rear Driveshaft Installation ......................................... 16-38
Propeller Shaft Inspection ........................................... 16-39
Propeller Shaft Removal.............................................. 16-40
Propeller Shaft Installation .......................................... 16-41
Drivelinel Axle
Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Otv

Q) 07JAD-PL90 100 Oil Seal Driver 1
® 07NAD-P200100 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
® 07NAF-SR30101 Half Shaft Base 1
CD 07XAC-001020A Threaded Adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 1
® 07XAC-001030A Threaded Adapter, 26 x 1.5 mm 1
® 077 46-0030400 Attachment, 35 mm LD. 1
(j) 07749-0010000 Driver 1
® 07946-M BOOOOO j Inner Handle, 30 mm 1
® 07947-SB00100 Oil Seal Driver . t", ·t~ 1
~
~
I'
I Q) ®
'c,
®
<,
CD,® ®
® ®
16-2
Component Locati'on Index

,
,\ .
BOOT BAND
Removal, page 16-6
REAR DRIVESHAFT
Removal, page 16-26
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Removal, page 16-20
PROPELLER SHAFT

Removal, page 16-40
Installation, page 16-25 FRONT DRIVESHAFT

Removal, page 16-4
' ,6 -3
Drivelinel Axle
Driveshaft Inspection Front Driveshaft Removal
1. Check the inboard boot (A) and the outboard boot 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and remove the front
(8) on the drives haft (C) for cracks, damage, leaking wheels (see page 1-7).
grease, and loose boot bands (D). If any damage is
found, replace the boot and boot bands.
2. Turn the driveshaft by hand, and make sure the 2. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (8),
splines (E) and joint are not excessively loose. · then remove the nut.
3. Make sure the driveshaft is not twisted or cracked; 3. If you need to remove the left driveshaft, drain the
if it is, replace it. transmission fluid (see page 14-239). It is not
necessary to drain the transmission fluid when the
right driveshaft is removed.
4. Disconnect the driveshaft outboard joint from the

front wheel hub using a plastic hammer.
16-4
5. Remove the nuts and bolt, then separate the lower 7. Left driveshaft: Pry the inboard joint (A) from the
arm with a prybar. differential case with a prybar. Pull the driveshaft
stra ight out to avoid damaging the oil seal.
Right drives haft: Drive the inboard joint (A) off of
the intermediate shaft with a drift and hammer.
Remove the driveshaft as an assembly. Do not pull
on the driveshaft (8), because the inboard joint may
come apart.
Left driveshaft
6. Pull the knuckle outward, and remove the

driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub.
Right driveshaft
16-5
DrivelinelAxle
Boot Band Removal
NOTE: When removing the boot bands, be careful not Low Profile Type
to damage the boot.
1. Pinch the boot band using commercially available
Welded Type boot band pliers (A), then remove the boot band.
1. Cut the boot band (A), then remove the boot band.
Ear Clamp Type

Opuble Loop Type
1. Lift up the three tabs (A) with a screwdriver, then
1. Lift up the band end (A), then push it into the clip remove the boot band .
(8), then remove the boot band.
16-6
Front Driveshaft Disassembly
Special Tools Required 4. Make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (e) to
-Threaded adapter, 26 x 1.5 mm 07XAe-001030A identify the locations of the rollers on the spider,
- Slide hammer, 5/8"-18 UNF, commercially available then remove the rollers.
Inboard Joint Side
1. Remove the set ring (A) from the inboard joint.
5. Remove the circlip (D).
6. Mark the spider and driveshaft (E) to identify the

position of the spider on the shaft.
2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage
the boot (see page 16-6). 7. Remove the spider.
3. Make marks (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint 8. Wrap the splines on the drives haft with vinyl tape
(e) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves (A) to prevent damage to the boot.
in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard joint
on the a shop towel (D) . Be careful not to drop the
rollers when separating them from the inboard
joint.
9. Remove the inboard boot. Be careful not to damage

the boot.
10. Remove the vinyl tape.
(cont'd)
16-7
DrivelinelAxle
Front Driveshaft Disassembly (cont'd)

.,
Outboard Joint Side 5. Securely clamp the drives haft in a bench vise with
a shop towel.
1. Remove the boot bands. Be carefu. not to damage
the boot (see page 16-6).
2. Slide the outboard boot (A) partially to the inboard

joint side. Be careful not to damage the boot.
6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the threaded

adapter (B) and a commercially available 5/8"~18
UNF slide hammer (C).
7. Remove the driveshaft from the bench vise.

3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and
the outboard joint inner race.
4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same

level as the outboard joint rim (C).
16-8
8. Remove the stop ring (A) from the driveshaft.
A
,I
9. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape

(A) to prevent damaging the boot.
10. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to

damage the boot.
I.
.. 16-9
Driveline/Axle
Boot Band Installation
Special Tools Required 4. Thread the free end of the band through the nose
• Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent, commercially section ofthe commercially available boot band
available tool KD-3191 or equivalent (A), and into the slot on
• Boot band pliers, Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent, the winding mandrel (8) .
commercially,available
c
Double Loop Type
1. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the

inboard joint, then install the new double loop band
(A) onto the boot.
NOTE: Pass the end of the new double loop band

through the clip (8) twice in the direction toward
the front of the vehicle .
5. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot

band tool, and tighten the band until the marked
spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip.
6. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of

the band 90 degrees to the clip. Center-punch the
clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip.
2. Pull up the slack in the band by hand.
3. Mark a position (A) on the band 10-14 mm

(0.4- 0.6 in.) from the clip (8).
16-10
.'
.,
7. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess Ear Clamp Type ,. 1" •
free end of the band to leave a 5-10 mm

(0.2-0.4 in.) tail protruding from the clip. 1. Close the ear portion (A) ofthe band with
commercially available boot' band pliers Kent
Moore J-35910 or equivalent (8).
8. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a

hammer.
NOTE:
• Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with
anything on the vehicle and the band does not
move. 2. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion
• Clean any grease remaining on the surrounding of the band. If the clearance is not within the
surfaces. standard, close the ear portion of the band farther.
A
6.0mm
10.24 in .) MAX.
3.0 mm 10.12 in.) MAX.
(cont'd)
16-11
DrivelinelAxle
Boot Band Installation (cont'd)
Low Profile Type
1. Install the new low profile band (A) onto the boot
(8), then hook the tab (C) of the band.
\ '~ .. I
2. Close the hook portion of the band with

commercially available boot band pliers (A), then
hook the tabs (8) of the band.
16-12
Front Driveshaft Reassembly
Exploded View
SET RING DOUBLE LOOP BANDS

(Boot band replacement only)
Replace. Replace. .
I
INBOARD JOINT
ROLLER
()
\
@~ CIRCUP .j
!'S!tJ£ -~S~DER
.
/
./a""') ®f-
......,
., ., . i
//
.. Q
/~
~INBOARDBOOT
Right drives haft ., ..~..
LOW PROFILE BANDS

Replace.
STOP RING
Replace .
EAR CLAMP BANDS

Replace.
OUTBOARD JOINT
/
OUTBOARD BOOT (TPE)
(cont'd)
16-13
DrivelinelAxle
Front Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning
this procedure. the marks (8) you made on the spider and the end
of the drives haft.
Inboard Joint Side
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent
damaging to the inboard boot.
B ~c
2. Install the inboard boot onto the drives haft, then

remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the
inboard boot. 4. Install the circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove.
Rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is
fully seated.
5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (8) with their high
shoulders facing outward, and note these items:
• Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on

the spider by aligning the marks (C) you made.
• Hold the driveshaft pointing· up to prevent the
rollers from falling off.
\
B
16-14
6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease 8. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the
included in the inboard boot set. inboard joint, then install the new boot band onto
t the boot (see page 16-10)
Grease quantity
Inboard joint: 150-160 9 (5.3-5.6 oz) 9. Repeat step 8 for the band on the other end of the
boot.
~
Use the grease included in the
inboard boot set.
7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft, and note

these items:
• Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by

aligning the marks (A) you made on the inboard
joint and the rollers .
• Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is
pointing up to prevent it from falling off.
(cont'd)
16-15
DrivelinelAxle
Front Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Outboard Joint Side 4. Pack about half of the grease included in the new
outboard boot set into the driveshaft hole in the
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent
outboard joint. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the
damaging the outboard boot.
outboard joint (B) until the stop ring (e) is closed .
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and outboard

boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to
damage the outboard boot. 5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the
driveshaft and joint, and tap or hit them from a
3. Install the new stop ring (A) into the driveshaft height of about 10 cm (4 in.) onto a hard surface. Do
groove (B). not use a hammer as excessive force may damage
the driveshaft. Be careful not to damage the
threaded section (A) of the outboard joint.
10cm[
(4in.) ~
- •
16-16
6. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) you 8. Fit the boot ends (A) into the driveshaft (B) .and
made with the outboard joint end (B). outboard joint (CI grooves.
7. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the remaining joint

grease included in the new outboard boot set.
Grease quantity ,·
9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the figure
Outboard joint: 140-150 9 (4.9-5.3 ozl
below then adjust the boots to halfway between full
compression and full extension. Make sure the
ends of the boots seat in the groove of the
driveshaft and joint. Doing this prevents a vacuum
or too much air in the boot, preventing it from
compressing or extending properly.
Left driveshaft: 463-468 mm (18.2-18.4 in.l
A
outboard boot set. Right driveshaft: 544-549 mm (21.4-21 .6 in.l
10. Install the new ear clamp band onto the boot
(see page 16-10).
11 . Repeat steps 10 for the band on the other end of the

boot.
DrivelinelAxle
Front Driveshaft Installation
1. Apply grease to the contact area (A) of the outboard 3. Apply 0.5-1.0 g (0.02-0.04 oz) of grease to the
joint and front wheel bearing. ... whole splined surface (A) of the right driveshaft.
After applying grease, remove the grease from the
NOTE: Failure to apply grease may cause excessive splined grooves at intervals of 2-3 splines and
noise andI vibration. from the set ring groove (8) so that air can bleed
from the intermediate shaft.
A .
B
A
.
t'
4. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the

differential thoroughly with solvent or brake
2. Install a new set ring (A) onto the set ring groove cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Insert the
(B) of the driveshaft (left driveshaft). . inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the
differential (B) or intermediate shaft (C) until the set
ring (D) locks in the groove (E).
A E
~:\ ~
16-18
5. Install the outboard joint (A) Into the front hub (B). 7. Install a new spindle nut (A), theA tighten the nut.
After tightening/ use a drift to stake the spindle nut
shoulder (B) against the driveshaft.
-;f.5 _.'·m,
A
26x 1.5mm
328N·m
242lbl·ftl
108N·m
(11.0 kgf·m.
6. Install the knuckle (A) onto the lower arm (B). 80Ibf·ft)
Then tighten the nuts and bolt (C) to the torque
specification~
8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the
front wheel, then install the front wheel.
9. Turn the front wheel by hand, and make sure there

is no interference between the driveshaft and
surrounding parts.
10. Refill the transmission with the recommended

automatic transmission fluid (see page 14-239).
11. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if

necessary (see page 18-5).
16-19
DrivelinelAxle
Intermediate Shaft Removal Intermediate Shaft Disassembly
1. ,Drain the automatic transmission fluid. Reinstall Special Tools Required

the drain plug with a new washer (see page 14-239). • Oil seal driver 07947-5800100
• Half shaft base 07NAF-5R30101
2. Remove the right driveshaft (see page 16-4).
1. Remove the heat shield.
3. Remove the flange bolt (A) and two dowel bolts (8).
2. Remove the set ring (A), outer seal (8), and external
4. Remove the intermediate shaft (A) from the snap ring (e).
differential. Hold the intermediate shaft horizontal
until it is clear of the differential to prevent
damaging the differential oil seal (8).
16-20
;. .
3. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the 5. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the
intermediate shaft bearing (B) using a press. Be bearing support (B) using the oil seal driver (C), half
careful not to damage the bearing support ring (C) shaft base (0), and a press.
on the intermediate shaft during disassembly.
PRESS
• .J.
PRESS
A
B
4. Remove the internal snap ring.
o
07NAF-SR30101
16-21
• I •
,'.
DrlvelinelAxle
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly
Exploded View
FLANGE BOLT
lOx 1.25 mm
39N·m
(4.0 kgf·m, 29 Ibf·ttl INTERMEDIATE SHAFT RING
\ I
EXTERNAL SNAP RING
OUTERSEAL
Replace .
\
\INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
~a
BEARING SUPPORT RING
/~ ~
SET RING
Replace , / INTERNAL
SNAP RING
BEARING SUPPORT
HEAT SHIELD
Pack the interior

of the outer seal.
16-22'
Special Tools Required 4. Press the inter,m ediate shaft (A) into the shaft
• Driver 077 49-0010000 bearing (B) using the attachment (e), and a press.
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07NAD-P200100
• Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400
• Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL901 00
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during

this procedure.
1. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry

them with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber
parts with solvent. ,
2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the
bearing support (8) using the driver (C), attachment B
(D), and a press.
PRESS
C
077 46-0030400
C
077 49-0010000
~ 5. Install, then seatthe external snap ring (A) in the

D groove of the intermediate shaft (B).
07NAD-P200100
~~/ o A
3. Install, then seat the internal snap ring in the A

groove of the bearing support.
(cont'd)
16-23
DrivelinelAxle
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly (cont'd)
6. Install the outer seal (A) into the bearing support (8) 8. Install the heat shield.
using the oil seal driver (e) and a press.
PRESS
, I ~7JAD-PL90100
A
6x 1.0 mm
9.8N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2Ibf·ft)
Pack the interior

of the outer seal.
7. Install the set ring.
16-24
Intermediate Shaft Installation
1. Use solvent or brake cleanerto thoroughly clean

the areas where the intermediate shaft (A) contacts
the transmission (differential), and dry with
compressed air. Insert the intermediate shaft
assembly into the differential. Hold the
intermediate shaft horizontal to prevent damage to
the differential oil seal (8).
2. Install the flange bolt (A) and two dowel bolts (8).
1 10X1.2smm
39N·m
(4.0kgf·m.
29Ibf.ft)
A
10x 1.25mm
39N·m
(4.0 kgf·m,
29Ibf·ft)
3. Install the right driveshaft (see page 16-18).
4. Refill the transmission with the recommended

automatic transmission fluid (see page 14-239).
16-25
DrivelinelAxle
Rear Driveshaft Removal ,H r

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and remove the rear 6. Remove the rear driveshaft (A).
wheels (see page 1-7). " ~ t· ,
NOTE" " .', , ,

2. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B), • Be careful not to damage the ABS wheel sensor
then remove the nut. (B).
• Pull on the outer joint. Do not pull on the
driveshaft because the joint may come apart.
B
A
3. Drain the differential fluid (see page 15-21).
4. Remove the rear driveshaft inboard joint from the

rear differential assembly (see page 15-22).
5. Disconnect the rear driveshaft outboard joint from

the trailing arm and rear wheel hub using a plastic
hammer or a puller if necessary.
r ('l.
"("'
16-26
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly
Special Tools Required 4. Make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (e) to
-Threaded adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 07XAe-001020A identify the locations of the rollers on the spider,
- Slide hammer, 5/8"-18 UNF, commercially available then remove the rollers.
Inboard Joint Side (Japan-built Models)
NOTE:
- Oue to the amount of work required to replace one
damaged boot, it is best to replace both boots at the
same time.
- These instructions are for the inboard joint. The same
procedure applies to the outboard joint.
1. Remov~ the set ring (A) from the inboard joint.
?
o
5. Remove the circlip (0).
6. Mark the spider (e) and driveshaft (E) to identify the

position of the spider on the shaft.
7. Remove the spider (e).

(A) to prevent damaging to the boot.

3. Make a mark (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint

(e) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves
on a shop towel (0). Be careful not to drop the
rollers when separating them from the inboard
joint.
the boot.
(cont'd)
16-27
Drivelinel Axle
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly (cont'd)
Inboard Joint Side (US-built Models) 4. Remove the circlip (A).

, .
1. Remove the set ring (A) from the inboard joint.
2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage 5. Make a mark on the spider (B) and drives haft (C) to
the boot and dynamic damper (see page 16-6). identify the position of the spider on the shaft.
3. Make a mark (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint 6. Remove the spider and rollers using a
(C) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves commercially available bearing remover (D).
on a shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the 7. Wrap the spl ines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape
rollers when separating them from the inboard (A) to prevent damaging to the boot.
joint.

the boot.
9. Remove the vinyl tape .
16-28
Outboard Joint Side 5. Securely clamp the driveshaft in a bench vise with
a shop towel.
2. Slide the outboard boot (A) partially to the inboard

joint side. Be careful not to damage the boot.
6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the threaded

adapter (B) and a commercially available 5/8"-18
UNF slide hammer (C).
7. Remove the driveshaft from the bench vise.

3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and
the outboard joint inner race. 8. Remove the stop ring (A) from the driveshaft.
4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same

level as the outboard joint end (C).
(cont'd)
16-29
Driveline/ Axle
Rear Driveshaft Disassembly (cont'd)

(A) to prevent damaging the boot.
10. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to

damage the boot.
16-30
Rear Driveshaft~R;;:~~~;:---------
[I eassembly
ExplodedV'l ew
Japan·built Models
EARCLA
Replace. MP BANDS
/
DRIVESHAFT
RING
EARCLA
Replace. MP BANDS
OUTBOARD BOOT
-~
Pack cavity with 9 rease.
(cont'd)
16-31
Drivelinel Axle
Rear Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Exploded View
US-built Models
INBOARD JOINT
\ CIRCLIP
SPIDER AND ROLLERS
\\if@I · .
\_«9fl) EAR CLAMP BANDS
R.pl".
~
Use the grease included in the'
inboard boot set.

()~
INBOARD BOOT ~
~
inboard boot set.
DRIVES HAFT
EAR CLAMP BANDS

Replace.
OUTBOARD JOINT
/
OUTBOARD BOOT

inboard boot set.
16-32
,"
Special Tools Required 5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with their high
Inner handle, 30 mm 07946-MBOOOOO shoulders facing outward, and note these items:
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during • Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on
this procedure. the spider by aligning the marks (C) you made.
• Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the
Inboard Joint Side (Japan-built Models) rollers from falling off.
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent'

damaging the inboard boot.
A
(J) / .
B
,
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and inboard
boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to
damage the inboard boot. 6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease
included in tbe new inboard boot set.
3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning
the marks (B) you made on the spider and the end Grease quantity
of the driveshaft. Inboard joint: 80-90 9 (2.8-3.2 oz)
4. Fit the circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always

rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is fully
seated.
(cont'd)
16-33
DrivelinelAxle
7. Fit the inboard joint (A) onto the driveshaft, and

9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the figure as
note these items:
shown, then adjust the boots to halfway between
full compression and full extension. Make sure the
• Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by ends of the boots seat in the grooves of the
, aligning the marks (8)on you made the inboard driveshaft and joint. Doing this prevents a vacuum
joint and the rollers (C). or too much air in the boot, preventing it from
• Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint points up compressing or extending properly.
to prevent it from falling off.
Inboard joint: 146.9-150.9 mm (5.8-5.9 in.l
B
~
Outboard joint: 136.9-140.9 mm (5.4-5.5 in.l
8. Fit the boot (A) ends onto the driveshaft (8) and
inboard joint (C).
10. Make sure the ends of the boot are seated in the
grooves in the driveshaft and joint, then install the
boot bands (see page 16-10).
11. Install the new set ring (A).
16-34
) " .
Inboard Joint Side (US-built Models) , 5. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease
I' included in the new inboard boot set.
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent .; -

damaging the inboard boot. Grease quantity
Inboard joint: 96-124 9 (3.4-4.3 oz)
~
inboard boot set.
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (8) and inboard 6. Fit the inboa'rd joint .onto the driv.eshaft, and note
boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to these items:
damage the inboard boot.
• Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by
3. Install the spider and rollers (A) onto the driveshaft aligning the marks (A) you made, on the inboard
by aligning the marks (B) you made, install it using joint and the rollers.
the inner handle (D) . • Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is
pointing up to prevent it from falling off.
A
o
07946-MBOOOOO Ie
(")
A
B
/
7. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the

inboard joint, then install the new boot band onto
4. Install the circlip (e) into the drives haft groove. the boot (see page 16-10).
Rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is
fully seated. 8. Repeat step 8 for the band on the other end of the
boot.
(cont'd)
16-35
arivelinelAxle
Outboard Joint Side " .'

4. Pack about half of the grease included in the new
joint boot set into the driveshaft hole in the
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent outboard joint. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the
damaging the outboard boot. outboard joint (B) until the stop ring (e) is closed.
2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and outboard

boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to "
damage the outboard boot. 5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the
driveshaft and joint, and tap or hit them from a
3. Install the new stop ring (A) into thedriveshaft height of about 10 cm (4in.) onto a hard surface. Do
groove (8). not use a hammer as excessive force may damage
the driveshaft. Be careful not to damage the
threaded section (A) of the outboard joint.
B
• r
i .
16-36
6. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) you 8. Fit the boot ends (A) into the drives haft (8) and
made with the outboard joint end (8). outboard joint (C) grooves.
7. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the remaining joint

grease included in the new outboad boot set.
Grease quantity
9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the figure as
Outboard joint: 70-90 9 (2.5-3.2 oz)
shown, then adjust the boots to halfway between
full compression and full extension. Make sure the
ends of the boots seat in the groove of the
driveshaft and joint. Doing this prevents a vacuum
or too much air in the boot, preventing it from
compressing or extending properly.
Left driveshaft: 647-652 mm (25.5-25.7 in.)
Right driveshaft: 698-703 mm (27.5-27.7 in.)
A
outboard boot set.
10. Install the new ear clamp band onto the boot
(see page 16-10).
11. Repeat step 10 for the band on the other end of the
boot.
16-37
Drivelinel Axle
Rear Driveshaft Installation
NOTE: Before starting installation, make sure the 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the br.ake disc and the
mating surfaces of the joint and the splined section are rear wheel, then install the rear wheel with the
free from dirt or dust. wheel nuts.
1. Install the outboard joint (A) into the rear hub (8). 6. Turn the rear wheel by hand, and make sure there
is no interference between the driveshaft and
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the ABS wheel surrounding parts.
sensor (C).
7. Refill the differential fluid (see page 15-21).
c
A
2. Install the rear driveshafts into the rear differential

assembly (see step 3 on page 15-35).
3. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating

surface of the new spindle nut (A).
12x1.5mm
A/ 108 N·m
(11.0 kgf.m,
24x 1.5 mm
80Ibf·ft)
245 N·m (25.0 kgf·m, 181 Ibf·ft)
4. Install a new spindle nut, then tighten the nut. 'After

tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut
shoulder (8) against the drives haft.
16-38
Propeller Shaft Inspection
Universal Joint and Boots Propeller Shaft Runout
1. Set the parking brake, then shift the transmission to 6. Install a dial indicator with its needle on the center
the N position. of No. 1 propeller shaft or No.2 propeller shaft.
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift (see page 1-7). 7. Turn the other propeller shaft slowly and check the
runout. Repeat this procedure for the other
3. Check the center support bearing (A) for excessive propeller shaft.
play or rattle. If the center support has excessive
No. 1 Propeller Shaft Runout
play or rattle, replace the propeller shaft assembly. Service Limit: 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
No.2 Propeller Shaft Runout

4. Check the universal joint boots for damage and Service Limit: 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
deterioration. If the boots are damaged or
deteriorated, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
5. Check the universal joints for excessive play or

rattle . If the universal joints have excessive play or
rattle, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
8. If the runout on either propeller shaft exceeds the

service limit, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
16-39
Drivelinel Axle
Propeller Shaft Removal 1
1. Raise the vehicle on a lift (see page 1-7). 4. Make a reference mark (A) across the No.1
propeller shaft (S) and transfer companion flange
2. Remove the No.1 propeller shaft protector. (e).
A c
5. Separate the No.1 propeller shaft from the transfer
3. Remove the No. 2 propeller shaft protector. assembly.
6. Remove the center support bearing mounting bolts.
16-40
· '.
Propeller Shaft Installation
7. Make a reference mark (A) across the No.2 1. Install the No.2 propeller shaft (A) onto the rear
propeller shaft (8) and rear differential companion differential (8) by aligning the reference mark (C)
flange (C). you made. Make sure you use new bolts.
8x 1.25mm
32N·m
8. Separate the No.2 propeller shaft from the rear

differential, then remove the propeller shaft
assembly. 2. Install the center support bearing mounting bolts.
". '. Make sure you use new bolts.
lOx 1.25 mm
39N·m
(cont'd)
16-41
Drivelinel Axle
Propeller Shaft Installatio'n (cont'd)
3. Install the No.1 propeller shaft (A) onto the transfer 5. Install the No.1 propeller shaft protector.
companion flange (B) by aligning the reference
mark (e) you made ~ Make sure you use new
mounting bolts.
8x 1. 25 mm
32 N·m .
8x 1.25 mm
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 Ibf·ttl
6. If you installed a new propeller shaft assembly, test

c ' B drive the vehicle at 55 mph (88 km/h), and check for
noise or vibration.
4. Install the No.2 propeller shaft protector.
• If there is no noise or vibration, the repair is
complete .
• If there is a noise or vibration, go to step 7.
7. Remove the mounting bolts from the No.2

propeller shaft at the rear differential companion
flange. Note the current alignment ofthe No.2
propeller shaft to the rear differential companion
flange .
8. Rotate the propeller shaft 180 degrees from its

current alignment with the rear differential
companion flange.
9. Install new mounting bolts, and tighten them to the

8x 1.25mm specified torque.
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 Ibf·ttl
16-42

CRV07 Service Manual CH 5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRV07 Service Manual CH 5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRV07 Service Manual CH 5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Transaxle

Automatic Transmission .................................. 14-1

Rear Differential ................................................ 15-1

Driveline/Axle ................................................... 16-1

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is

General Troubleshooting Information ...... 14-4

DTC Troubleshooting Index ....................... 14-12

Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 14-16

Component Location Index ....................... 14-28

System Description .................................... 14-29

DTC Troubleshooting ................................. 14-78

RoadTest ..................................................... 14-211

Stall Speed Test .......................................... 14-213

Pressure Test ............................................... 14-214

Shift Solenoid Valve Test ......... .................. 14-218'

Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement .......... . 14-222

Shift Solenoid Harness Replacement ....... 14-222

NT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid AIT Interlock System

Test .. .... ................... .................................. 14-225

Replacement ........ .. .......... ::...................... 14-227

NT Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Troubleshooting ...................................... 14-309

Valve B * Key Interlock System Circuit

Test .. ......................................................... 14-228

Replacement .......................... ................. . 14-232

Valve C Shift Lock Stop, Shift Lock Stop Cushion

Test ...... ............ .... ...................... .. ............. 14-230

Replacement .................. ...... .................... 14-232

Replacement ..................................... ....... 14-233

Replacement ..................................... ...... . 14-233

2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Transmission End Cover

3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Park Lever Stop

Switch Replacement ...................... .. ....... 14-234

Test/Replacement ................................... 14-235

ATF Level Check ........ .. ............................ .... 14-238

ATF Replacement ..................................... .. 14-239

Transfer Assembly Inspection ................... 14-241

Transfer Assembly Removal .................... . 14-242

Transfer Assembly Installation .. .. ............. 14-244

Transmission Removal .... ................... ....... 14-246

Transmission Installation ......................... .. 14-256

ATF Cooler Cleaning ................................... 14-268

ATF Cooler Hose Replacement ................. 14-270

ATF Filter Replacement ............................. . 14-271

Shift Lever Removal ................. .................. 14-272

Shift Lever Installation .............................. . 14-274

Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly .. ... . 14-275

Shift Lever/Shift Cable Bracket Assembly

Shift Lever Knob Replacement .................. 14-280

Shift Lever Knob Cover Replacement ...... . 14-281

Shift Lever Ring Replacement ................... 14-282

Shift Cable Replacement ............................ 14-284

Shift Cable Adjustment .............................. 14-286

Valve Body AIT Differential

Va lve Body Repair ....... ............................. .. 14-337

Valve Body Valve Installation ................... . 14-338

Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-339

ATF Pump Inspection ........ ..... .................... 14-340

Inspection, and Reassembly .......... ........ 14-341

Servo Body Disassembly, Replacement ............................................ 14-394